Law - Insider - Nextdecade Corp - Fixed Price Turnkey Agreement For The Engineering Procurement and Construction of Trains 1 and 2 of - Filed - 06 08 2019 - Contract
Law - Insider - Nextdecade Corp - Fixed Price Turnkey Agreement For The Engineering Procurement and Construction of Trains 1 and 2 of - Filed - 06 08 2019 - Contract
Law - Insider - Nextdecade Corp - Fixed Price Turnkey Agreement For The Engineering Procurement and Construction of Trains 1 and 2 of - Filed - 06 08 2019 - Contract
CERTAIN INFORMATION OF THIS DOCUMENT HAS BEEN REDACTED BECAUSE IT IS BOTH (I) NOT
MATERIAL AND (II) WOULD LIKELY CAUSE COMPETITIVE HARM IF PUBLICLY DISCLOSED.
INFORMATION THAT WAS OMITTED HAS BEEN NOTED IN THIS DOCUMENT WITH A PLACEHOLDER
IDENTIFIED BY THE MARK “[***].”
for the
OF TRAINS 1 AND 2
of the
by and between
as Owner
and
as Contractor
RECITALS 1
ARTICLE 1 DEFINITIONS 1
1.1 Definitions 1
1.2 Interpretation 18
i
3.31 Taxes 43
3.32 Electronic File Sharing Site 43
ii
7.10 Conditions Precedent to Payment 68
7.11 [***] 68
iii
ARTICLE 14 CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS 93
14.1 Contractor Representations 93
iv
21.2 Amendments 113
21.3 Joint Effort 113
21.4 Captions 113
21.5 Notice 113
21.6 Severability 114
21.7 Assignment 115
21.8 No Waiver 115
21.9 Governing Law 115
21.10 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act 115
21.11 Successors and Assigns 116
21.12 Attachments and Schedules 116
21.13 Obligations 116
21.14 Further Assurances 116
21.15 Priority 116
21.16 Restrictions on Public Announcements 116
21.17 Parent Guarantee 117
21.18 Language 117
21.19 Counterparts 117
21.20 Owner’s Lender 117
21.21 Train 3 Liquefaction Facility. 117
21.22 Potential Lenders, Potential Equity Investors and Equity Participants. 118
21.23 Survival 118
v
LIST OF ATTACHMENTS AND SCHEDULES
vi
SCHEDULE H-1 Form of Limited Notice to Proceed
SCHEDULE K-1 Contractor’s Interim Conditional Lien Waiver and Release upon Progress
Payment
SCHEDULE K-2 Contractor’s Interim Conditional Claim Waiver upon Progress Payment
SCHEDULE K-3 Subcontractor’s Interim Conditional Lien Waiver and Release upon Progress
Payment
SCHEDULE K-4 Subcontractor’s Interim Conditional Claim Waiver upon Progress Payment
SCHEDULE K-5 Contractor’s Final Lien Waiver and Release upon Final Payment
SCHEDULE K-6 Contractor’s Final Claim Waiver and Release upon Final Payment
SCHEDULE K-7 Subcontractor’s Final Lien Waiver and Release upon Final Payment
SCHEDULE K-8 Subcontractor’s Final Claim Waiver and Release upon Final Payment
vii
SCHEDULE L-3 Form of RFSU Certificate
viii
ATTACHMENT EE Not Used
ix
ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT AND CONSTRUCTION AGREEMENT
RECITALS
WHEREAS, Owner desires to enter into an agreement with Contractor to perform the engineering,
procurement, construction, pre-commissioning, commissioning, start-up and testing of a greenfield turnkey
liquefied natural gas (“LNG”) liquefaction facility and export terminal, consisting of two (2) liquefaction units,
each having an aggregate nominal LNG production capacity of up to approximately 5.87 million metric tonnes
per annum (“mtpa”) and associated facilities, for the purpose of liquefying natural gas to form LNG, including
feed gas treatment facilities, and all systems and infrastructure, including temporary facilities, from the feed
gas pipeline tie-in to storage and marine facilities and the loading arms, and all related appurtenances thereto
(the “Facility,” as defined in greater detail herein) located at a site south of the Brownsville-Port Isabel
Highway and north of the Brownsville Ship Channel in Cameron County near Brownsville, Texas (the “Site,”
as defined in greater detail herein); and
WHEREAS, Contractor, itself or through its vendors, suppliers, and subcontractors, desires to
perform the foregoing engineering, procurement, construction, pre-commissioning, commissioning, start-up
and testing on a fixed price turnkey basis (which fixed price is separated for tax purposes);
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants herein contained and for other good
and valuable consideration, the receipt and adequacy of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby
agree as follows:
ARTICLE 1
DEFINITIONS
1.1 Definitions. In addition to other defined terms used throughout this Agreement, when used
herein, the following capitalized terms have the meanings specified in this Section 1.1.
1
“Additional Work Options” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1B.3.
“Affiliate” means (i) any Person that directly or indirectly, through one or more intermediaries,
controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with a Party, and (ii) any Person that, directly or
indirectly, is the beneficial owner of fifty percent (50%) or more of any class of equity securities of, or
other ownership interests in, a Party or of which the Party is directly or indirectly the owner of fifty
percent (50%) or more of any class of equity securities or other ownership interests. For purposes of
this definition, “control” (including, with correlative meanings, the terms “controlled by” and “under
common control with”) means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting
securities or otherwise.
“Agreement” means this Agreement for the performance of the Work (including all Attachments and
Schedules attached hereto), as it may be amended from time to time in accordance with this
Agreement.
“Aggregate Equipment Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1B.1.
“Aggregate Labor and Skills Price” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1B.2.
“APCI” means Air Products and Chemicals, Inc., a Subcontractor providing certain Equipment and
engineering services related to the wound coil aluminum heat exchangers LNG liquefaction units
pursuant to the equipment purchase agreement between Contractor and Air Products and Chemicals,
Inc.
“APCI Assignment Agreement” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.7A.
“Applicable Codes and Standards” means any and all codes, standards or requirements set forth in
Attachment A) or in any Applicable Law, which codes, standards and requirements shall govern
Contractor’s performance of the Work, as provided herein. In the event of an inconsistency or conflict
between any of the Applicable Codes and Standards, the highest performance standard as
contemplated therein shall govern Contractor’s performance under this Agreement.
“Applicable Law” means all laws, statutes, ordinances, certifications, orders, (including presidential
orders), decrees, proclamations, injunctions, licenses, Permits, approvals, rules and regulations,
including any conditions thereto, of any Governmental Instrumentality having jurisdiction over any
Party, all or any portion of the Site or the Facility or performance of all or any portion of the Work or
the operation of the Facility or the Train 3 Liquefaction Facility, or other legislative or administrative
action of a Governmental Instrumentality having jurisdiction over all or any portion of the Site or the
Project or
2
performance of all or any portion of the Work or the operation of the Project, or a final decree,
judgment or order of a court which relates to the performance of Work hereunder or the interpretation
or application of this Agreement, including (i) any and all Permits, (ii) any Applicable Codes and
Standards set forth in Applicable Law, (iii) tariffs, quotas, and duties, and (iv) Applicable Law related to
(y) conservation, improvement, protection, pollution, contamination or remediation of the environment
or (z) Hazardous Materials or any handling, storage, release or other disposition of Hazardous
Materials.
“approval” and “consent” means, unless specified otherwise herein, written approval and written
consent. Wherever in this Agreement a provision is made for the giving or issuing of any consent by a
Party, unless otherwise specified, such consent shall be in writing and the words “consent”, “approve”,
“accept” or “certify” (or words to similar effect) are to be construed accordingly.
“Authorized Documents” means such documents, drawings, and specifications provided by Owner to
Contractor pursuant to the ITB Agreement, which Contractor has modified and resubmitted to Owner
as part of the FEED verification process performed by Contractor prior to the Effective Date.
“Basis of Design” means the basis of design of the Facility as set forth in Schedule A-2.
“Books and Records” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.13A.
“Business Day” means every Day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a Day that is an official holiday
for employees of the federal government of the United States of America.
“Capital Spare Parts” means those capital spare parts listed in Attachment W for use after
Substantial Completion which are to be included in the Work and the Contract Price, as further set
forth in Section 3.4B.
“Change Directive” is a written order issued by Owner to Contractor after the execution of this
Agreement in the form of Schedule D-2 that requires Contractor to commence and execute an addition
to, omission from, deletion from, suspension of, or any other modification or adjustment to the
requirements of this Agreement, the Work or any Changed Criteria.
“Change Order” means a written instrument signed by both Parties after the execution of this
Agreement in the form of Schedule D-1, that authorizes an addition to, deletion from, suspension of, or
any other modification or adjustment to the requirements of this Agreement, including an addition to,
deletion from or suspension of the Work or any
3
modification or adjustment to any Changed Criteria. Owner and Contractor are entitled to a Change
Order in accordance with ARTICLE 6.
“Changed Criteria” means the Contract Price, the Key Dates, the Basis of Design, the Payment
Schedule, any of the Minimum Acceptance Criteria or Performance Guarantees, or any other obligation
or potential liability of Contractor under the Agreement.
“Changes in Law” means any amendment, modification, superseding act, deletion, addition or change
in or to Applicable Law (other than tariffs, quotas, and duties, which are addressed separately in
Attachment FF), including changes to Tax laws that directly impact the Work (but excluding changes to
Tax laws where such Taxes are based upon Contractor’s revenue, income, profits/losses or cost of
finance) that occurs and takes effect after the Effective Date. Change in Law shall include any official
change in the interpretation or application of Applicable Law (including Applicable Codes and
Standards set forth in Applicable Law) that is not due to an act or omission of Contractor or its
Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors, provided that such Governmental Instrumentality making such
official change expressly states in writing that it is officially changing the interpretation or applicable
of such Applicable Law.
“Change in U.S. Tariffs or Duties” has the meaning set forth in Attachment FF.
“Commissioning” means, with respect to the applicable system or subsystem of the Equipment, all
activities required subsequent to achieving Mechanical Completion of such system or subsystem and
prior to RFSU, including the introduction of inert gas to oxygen free the systems and subsystems,
commencement of the drying out process and tightness tests performed with inert gas at operating
pressures, as further set forth in Attachment A and the performance and completion of the activities or
the Commissioning checklists agreed to by Owner and Contractor.
“Common Systems” means those portions of the Facility that will be utilized by both Train 1 and
Train 2, including, for example, certain utilities, instruments, control systems and piping. The
applicable Common Systems will be designed, procured and constructed such that both Train 1 and
Train 2 may be operated simultaneously or individually at the design conditions set forth in this
Agreement. The Common Systems are set forth in Attachment A.
“[***]”.
4
Contractor or its Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors for use in accomplishing the Work, but not
intended for incorporation into the Facility.
“Contractor’s Change Notice” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.2B.
“Contractor Indemnified Parties” means (i) Contractor and its Affiliates, and (ii) the respective
officers, directors, agents, members, shareholders, invitees, representatives and employees of each
Person specified in clause (i) above. A “Contractor Indemnified Party” means any one of the
Contractor Indemnified Parties.
“Contractor’s Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 19.2.
“Contractor’s Intellectual Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.
“[***]”.
(i) with respect to the Train 1 Work (except for Structural Work described in clause
(iii) below), the period commencing upon Substantial Completion of Train 1 and ending
eighteen (18) months thereafter, as may be extended in accordance with Sections 12.3C and
12.3D;
(ii) with respect to the Train 2 Work (except for Structural Work described in this
clause (iii) below), the period commencing upon Substantial
5
Completion of Train 2 and ending eighteen (18) months thereafter, as may be extended in
accordance with Sections 12.3C and 12.3D; and
(iii) with respect to Structural Work, the period commencing upon Substantial
Completion of Train 2 and ending three (3) years thereafter.
“Delay Liquidated Damages” means one, a combination of, or all of the Train 1 Delay Liquidated
Damages, Train 2 Delay Liquidated Damages and RLFC Delay Liquidated Damages as the context
requires.
“DFCD Date for Train 1” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.3B.
“DFCD Date for Train 2” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.3B.
“Drawings” means the graphic and pictorial documents (in written or electronic format) showing the
design, location and dimensions of the Work, generally including plans, elevations, sections, details,
schedules and diagrams, which are prepared as a part of and during the performance of the Work.
“Early Completion Bonus” means one, some, or all of the bonuses referred to in Sections 13.3A and
13.3B, as the context requires.
“Early Completion Bonus for Train 1” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.3A.
“Early Completion Bonus for Train 2” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.3A.
“Earned Value Contract Price Breakdown” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2A.
“Equipment” means all equipment, materials, supplies and systems required for the completion of
and incorporation into the Facility. Equipment excludes Construction Equipment. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, equipment required to be engineered, procured or constructed under the Train 3 EPC
Agreement shall not be considered Equipment under this Agreement.
“Expanded Facility” means the additional liquefaction units (beyond those included in the Facility and
the Train 3 Liquefaction Facility) and associated facilities at the Site, to achieve a total of up to twenty-
seven (27) mtpa.
6
“FCPA” has the meaning set forth in Section 21.10.
“FERC Authorization” means a written authorization issued from time to time by the FERC director
of the Office of Energy Projects, authorizing Owner to commence construction of the Facility, or take
such other actions with respect to the Facility as set forth therein.
“Final Completion” means that all Work and all other obligations under this Agreement (except for
that Work and obligations that survive the termination or expiration of this Agreement, including
obligations for Warranties, correction of Defective Work and those covered by Section 11.10), are fully
and completely performed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, including: (i) the
achievement of Substantial Completion of all Trains; (ii) the achievement of all Performance
Guarantees or payment of all Performance Liquidated Damages due and owing; (iii) the completion of
all Punchlist items; (iv) delivery by Contractor to Owner of a fully executed Final Lien and Claim
Waiver in the form of Schedules K-5 and K-6; (v) delivery by Contractor to Owner of all documentation
required to be delivered under this Agreement, including Record As-Built Drawings and Specifications,
test reports and the final operations and maintenance manuals for the Facility; (vi) delivery to Owner,
in content and form reasonably satisfactory to Owner, copies of all required Subcontracts, written
assignments of Subcontractor warranties and a list of the names, addresses and telephone numbers of
the Subcontractors providing such warranties; (vii) removal from the Site of all of Contractor’s,
Subcontractors’ and Sub-subcontractors’ personnel, supplies, waste, materials, rubbish, Hazardous
Materials, Construction Equipment, and temporary facilities for which Contractor is responsible under
ARTICLE 3, other than as required by Contractor to fulfill its obligations under Section 12.3A; (viii)
delivery by Contractor to Owner of fully executed Final Lien and Claim Waivers from all Major
Subcontractors in the form in Schedules K-7 and K-8; (ix) if, requested by Owner, fully executed Final
Lien and Claim Waivers from Major Sub-subcontractors in a form substantially similar to the form in
Schedules K-7 and K-8; and (x) delivery by Contractor to Owner of a Final Completion Certificate in the
form of Schedule L-6 and as required under Section 11.7, which Owner has accepted by signing such
certificate.
“Final Completion Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.7.
“Final Completion Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3B.
“Final Lien and Claim Waiver” means the waiver and release provided to Owner by Contractor,
Major Subcontractors and Major Sub-subcontractors in accordance with the requirements of
Section 7.3, which shall be in the form of Schedule K-5, Schedule K-6, Schedule K-7, and Schedule K-8.
“Final NTP Deadline” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2E.3.
“First RLFC Window Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2B.1.
7
“Force Majeure” means catastrophic storms, lightning or floods, tornadoes, hurricanes, typhoons,
cyclones, [***], earthquakes, and other acts of God, accidents at sea, wars, civil disturbances, Regional
Strikes or other similar national labor actions, terrorist attacks, revolts, insurrections, sabotage,
commercial embargoes, epidemics, fires, explosions, and actions of a Governmental Instrumentality
that were not requested, promoted, or caused by the affected Party; provided that such act or event (1)
delays or renders impossible the affected Party’s performance of its obligations under this Agreement,
(2) is beyond the reasonable control of the affected Party and not due to its or its Subcontractor’s fault
or negligence, and (3) could not have been prevented or avoided by the affected Party through the
exercise of reasonable due diligence. For avoidance of doubt, Force Majeure shall not include any of
the following: (1) economic hardship, (2) changes in market conditions, (3) late delivery or failure of
Construction Equipment or Equipment unless such late delivery or failure of Construction Equipment
or Equipment was otherwise caused by Force Majeure, (4) labor availability, strikes, or other similar
labor actions, other than Regional Strikes or other similar national labor actions, or (5) climatic
conditions (including rain, snow, wind, temperature and other weather conditions), tides, and seasons,
regardless of the magnitude, severity, duration or frequency of such climatic conditions, tides or
seasons, but excluding catastrophic storms or floods, lightning, tornadoes, hurricanes, typhoons,
cyclones, [***] and earthquakes.
“Fourth RLFC Window Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2B.4.
“GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America.
“Good Engineering and Construction Practices” or “GECP” means the generally recognized and
accepted reasonable and prudent practices, methods, skill, care, techniques and standards employed
by the international LNG liquefaction and storage engineering and construction industries with respect
to: (i) the engineering, procurement, construction, pre-commissioning, Commissioning, testing and
start-up of natural gas liquefaction and storage facilities of similar size and type as the Facility and in
accordance with Applicable Codes and Standards and Applicable Law; (ii) personnel and facility safety
and environmental protection; (iii) efficient scheduling of the Work; and (iv) the reliability and
availability of the Facility under the operating conditions reasonably expected at the Site, as specified
in Attachment A.
“Guarantee Conditions” means the conditions upon which the Minimum Acceptance Criteria and
Performance Guarantees are based and shall be tested, as further defined in Attachment T.
“Guaranteed Dates” mean the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Dates and the Final Completion
Date.
8
“Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date” or “Guaranteed Substantial Completion Dates” has
the meaning set forth in Section 5.3A.
“Guaranteed Train 1 Substantial Completion Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3A.1 as
may be adjusted by Change Order in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
“Guaranteed Train 2 Substantial Completion Date” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.3A.2 as
may be adjusted by Change Order in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
“Hazardous Materials” means any substance that under Applicable Law is considered to be
hazardous or toxic or is or may be required to be remediated, including (i) any petroleum or petroleum
products, radioactive materials, asbestos in any form that is or could become friable, urea
formaldehyde foam insulation, transformers or other equipment that contain dielectric fluid containing
polychlorinated biphenyls and processes and certain cooling systems that use chlorofluorocarbons, (ii)
any chemicals, materials or substances which are now or hereafter become defined as or included in
the definition of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous materials,” “extremely
hazardous wastes,” “restricted hazardous wastes,” “toxic substances,” “toxic pollutants,” or any
words of similar import pursuant to Applicable Law, or (iii) any other chemical, material, substance or
waste, exposure to which is now or hereafter prohibited, limited or regulated by any Governmental
Instrumentality, or which may be the subject of liability for damages, costs or remediation.
“Indemnified Party” means any Owner Indemnified Party or Contractor Indemnified Party, as the
context requires.
“Initial NTP Deadline” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2E.
“Interim Lien and Claim Waiver” means the waiver and release provided to Owner by Contractor,
Major Subcontractors and Major Sub-subcontractors in accordance with the requirements of
Section 7.2C, which shall be in the form of Schedule K-1, Schedule K-2, Schedule K-3, and Schedule K-
4.
“Investment Grade” means a rating of at least A- by Standard & Poor’s and at least A3 by Moody’s
Investors Service.
“Invoice” means Contractor’s request for an interim payment pursuant to Section 7.2 and for final
payment pursuant to Section 7.3, which invoice shall be in the form of Schedule I-1 for interim
payments and Schedule I-2 for final payment.
9
“ITB Agreement” means the Invitation to Bid (“ITB”) Services Agreement between Owner and
Contractor dated August 31, 2018.
“Key Dates” means the schedule of dates listed in Schedule E-1 and the Guaranteed Dates in which
Contractor is required to achieve certain stages of completion of the Facility.
“Key Personnel” or “Key Persons” has the meaning set forth in Section 2.2A.
“Lender” means any entity or entities providing temporary or permanent debt or equity financing to
Owner for the Facility, including interest rate hedge providers and any entity or entities involved in the
refinancing of such debt or equity financing.
“Limited Notice to Proceed” or “LNTP” means any limited notice to proceed issued in accordance
with Schedule H-1 and Section 5.2B, authorizing and requiring Contractor to proceed with the Work
identified in such LNTP.
“Liquidated Damages” means Performance Liquidated Damages, Delay Liquidated Damages and
RLFC Delay Liquidated Damages.
“LNG Storage Tanks” means LNG Storage Tank 1 and LNG Storage Tank 2.
“LNG Storage Tank 1” means the first full containment, double walled LNG storage tank to be
constructed, with a working capacity of approximately one hundred and eighty thousand cubic meters
(180,000 m3), as further defined herein.
“LNG Storage Tank 2” means the second full containment, double walled LNG storage tank to be
constructed, with a working capacity of approximately one hundred and eighty thousand cubic meters
(180,000 m3), as further defined herein.
“LNG Tanker” means any ocean-going vessel used by Owner, a customer of the Facility or the Train 3
Liquefaction Facility or their designee for the transportation of LNG.
“Major Subcontract” means (i) any Subcontract having an aggregate value in excess of [***] U.S.
Dollars (U.S. $[***]), (ii) multiple Subcontracts with one Subcontractor that have an aggregate value in
excess of [***] U.S. Dollars (U.S. $[***]), or (iii) any Subcontract entered into with a Subcontractor for
Work listed in Sections 2 and 3 of Attachment G. The foregoing dollar amount threshold shall be
calculated by adding up the relevant amounts across this Agreement and the Train 3 EPC Agreement,
provided that Contractor is concurrently performing Work under this Agreement and work under the
Train 3 EPC Agreement.
10
“Major Subcontractor” means any Subcontractor with whom Contractor enters, or intends to enter,
into a Major Subcontract and the Subcontractors listed as such in Attachment G.
“Major Sub-subcontract” means (i) any Sub-subcontract having an aggregate value in excess of [***]
U.S. Dollars (U.S. $[***]), (ii) multiple Sub-subcontracts with one Sub-subcontractor that have an
aggregate value in excess of [***] U.S. Dollars (U.S. $[***]), or (iii) any Sub-subcontract entered into
with a Sub-subcontractor for Work listed in Sections 2 and 3 of Attachment G. The foregoing dollar
amount threshold shall be calculated by adding up the relevant amounts across this Agreement and the
Train 3 EPC Agreement, provided that Contractor is concurrently performing Work under this
Agreement and work under the Train 3 EPC Agreement.
“Maximum Cumulative Payment Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2E.
“Mechanical Completion Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.1A.
“Mechanical Completion” means, with respect to (a) the applicable system or subsystem of the
Equipment or (b) a Train, that, with the exception of Punchlist items, all of the following have occurred:
(i) Contractor has completed all design, procurement, fabrication, assembly, erection, installation and
pre-commissioning of all Equipment (including all systems and components of Equipment, such as all
operating, protection, fire, safety and other related systems required or necessary prior to start-up) for
such applicable system or subsystem of the Equipment or a Train to ensure that all such Equipment or
Train was correctly fabricated, assembled, erected, installed, tested and pre-commissioned and is
capable of being operated safely and reliably within the requirements and specifications contained in
this Agreement, all as set forth in greater detail in Attachment A and the Mechanical Completion
checklists agreed by Owner and Contractor in accordance with Section 11.1A; (ii) the applicable
system, subsystem of Equipment or Trains ready for the commencement of Commissioning; (iii)
Contractor and Owner have agreed upon an initial Punchlist of items as set forth in Section 11.6; (iv)
Contractor has delivered to Owner a Mechanical Completion Certificate for the applicable system or
subsystem or Train in the form of Schedule L-1 and Owner has accepted such certificate by signing
such certificate; and (v) performance by Contractor of all other obligations required under this
Agreement for Mechanical Completion.
“Minimum Acceptance Criteria” or “MAC” means the minimum acceptance criteria specified in
Attachment T.
“Minimum Acceptance Criteria Correction Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.5B.
“Minimum Acceptance Criteria Correction Plan” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.5B.
11
“Minimum LNTP No. 1 Performance Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2F.
“Month” means a Gregorian calendar month; “month” means any period of thirty (30) consecutive
Days.
“Monthly Progress Reports” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.19A.4.
“Monthly Updated CPM Schedule” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4C.
“Notice to Proceed” or “NTP” means the full notice to proceed issued in accordance with Schedule
H-2 and Section 5.2D, authorizing and requiring Contractor to commence the performance of the entire
Work.
“OSHA” means the United States Department of Labor’s Occupational Safety and Health
Administration.
“Owner Indemnified Parties” means (i) Owner, Owner’s Lenders, Owner’s limited or general
partners, Owner’s members, Owner’s joint venturers and each of their respective Affiliates, and (ii)
the respective officers, directors, agents, members, shareholders, invitees, representatives and
employees of each Person specified in clause (i) above.
“Owner Indemnified Party” means any one of the Owner Indemnified Parties.
“Owner’s Change Request” means the form of Owner’s request for a proposed Change Order
attached hereto as Schedule D-3.
“Owner’s Confidential Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 19.1.
12
“Payment Milestone” means a designated portion of the Work as shown in the Payment Schedule.
“Payment Schedule” means the schedule set forth in Attachment C, which sets out the payments to
be paid based on achievement of Earned Value and Payment Milestones.
“Performance Liquidated Damages” means the liquidated damages associated with the failure to
achieve one or more of the Performance Guarantees as specified in Attachment T.
“Performance Tests” means those tests performed by Contractor to determine whether the Facility
meets the Performance Guarantees and Minimum Acceptance Criteria, which tests shall be set forth in
Attachment S and, to the extent not specified therein, as developed in accordance with Section 11.3.
“Permit” means any valid waiver, certificate, approval, consent, license, exemption, variance,
franchise, permit, authorization or similar order or authorization from any Governmental
Instrumentality required to be obtained or maintained in connection with the Facility, the Site or the
Work.
“Person” means any individual, company, joint venture, corporation, partnership, association, joint
stock company, limited liability company, trust, estate, unincorporated organization, Governmental
Instrumentality or other entity having legal capacity.
“Port Indemnified Parties” means (i) Brownsville Navigation District of Cameron County and its
Affiliates, successors and assigns and (ii) the respective directors, officers, shareholders and
employees of each entity or person specified in clause (i) above. A “Port Indemnified Party” means
any one of the Port Indemnified Parties.
“Pre-Existing Hazardous Materials” means Hazardous Materials on the Site that are not brought
on to the Site by or on behalf of Contractor or any of its Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors.
“Pre-Existing Owner Proprietary Work Product” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.4.
“Primavera Project Planner” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.4A.
“Progress As-Built Drawings and Specifications” means Drawings and Specifications that show all
current “as-built” conditions, as required under Attachment B.
13
Commissioning, testing and start-up of the Facility and all other Work required to be performed under
this Agreement.
“Punchlist” means those finishing items required to complete the Work, the completion of which shall
not interrupt, disrupt or interfere with the safe and reliable operation or use of all or any part of the
Facility as contemplated by this Agreement, as more fully described in Section 11.6 of this Agreement.
“[***]”.
“Ready for Start Up” or “RFSU” means, with respect to each Train, that all of the following have
occurred: (i) Contractor has achieved Mechanical Completion of such Train, including Mechanical
Completion of all systems and subsystems of Equipment for such Train; (ii) all activities necessary to
support the introduction of hydrocarbons, including all utility and process utility, safeguarding and
shutdown systems have been pre-commissioned, commissioned and integrity verified; (iii)
Commissioning is complete, cool down can commence for such Train, and such Train is ready for
startup and acceptance of feed gas; (iv) Equipment vendor representatives and other specialist
Subcontractors required to support RFSU and early operations are mobilized at the Site; (v)
Contractor has delivered to Owner a RFSU Certificate in the form of Schedule L-3 and Owner has
accepted such certificate by signing such certificate; and (vi) performance by Contractor of all other
obligations required under this Agreement for RFSU of such Train.
“Ready to Load First Cargo” or “RLFC” means that all of the following have occurred with respect
to the applicable Train: (i) Contractor has achieved and maintained RFSU for such Train; (ii) the
applicable LNG Storage Tank(s) designated to be completed as part of such Train have been
successfully cooled down and is operating normally with LNG stored in such tank(s); (iii) such Train
has liquefied natural gas into LNG meeting all specifications and requirements of this Agreement
(other than the Minimum Acceptance Criteria and Performance Guarantees) and successfully
transferred and stored such LNG into the applicable LNG Storage Tank(s); (iv) the LNG Storage
Tank(s) and all LNG loading and unloading lines (and equipment and systems related thereto)
necessary for transfer of LNG from such LNG Storage Tank(s) to the loading dock have been cooled
down and filled with LNG while remaining at cryogenic temperatures via circulation to the LNG berth
and are ready for transfer of LNG to an LNG Tanker and for return of vapor and boil-off gas to the
LNG tanks, and the loading dock or berth have successfully passed and Owner has approved the pre-
LNG arrived berth readiness review; (v) LNG is ready for delivery to, and capable of being delivered to
and loaded into, an LNG Tanker via the loading dock; (vi) Contractor has delivered to Owner an RLFC
Certificate for such Train in the form of Schedule L-4 and Owner has accepted such certificate by
signing such
14
certificate; and (vii) performance by Contractor of all other obligations required under this Agreement
for RLFC of such Train.
“Record As-Built Drawings and Specifications” means final, record Drawings and Specifications of
the Facility showing the “as-built” conditions of the completed Facility, as required under
Attachment B.
“Regional Strikes” means strikes or similar labor actions by craft construction labor occurring in the
entire Gulf coast region in Texas and Louisiana, including the Site.
“Rely Upon Information” means that certain information provided by Owner, which is expressly
identified in Attachment BB as being Rely Upon Information.
“RLFC Delay Liquidated Damages” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2C.2.
“RLFC Window Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2B.
“Scope of Work” means the description of Work to be performed by Contractor as set forth in this
Agreement, including Attachment A.
“Second NTP Deadline” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.2E.1.
“Second RLFC Window Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2B.2.
“Shiploading Performance Test” or “Shiploading Performance Testing” shall have the meaning
set forth Attachment S.
“Site” means those parcels of land where the Facility shall be located, as shown in greater detail in
Attachment Z. For the avoidance of doubt, the Site does not include any restricted areas designated in
Attachment Z.
“Specifications” means those documents consisting of the written requirements for Equipment,
standards and workmanship for the Work and performance of related services, which are prepared as
a part of and during the performance of the Work.
“Structural Work” means any and all engineering, procurement or construction of the Facility or
components thereof relating to the structural capacity, integrity or suitability of any load bearing
elements or underlying civil work for any portion of the Facility.
15
“Subcontract” means an agreement by Contractor with a Subcontractor for the performance of any
portion of the Work.
“Subcontractor” means any Person (other than an Affiliate of Contractor), including an Equipment
supplier or vendor, who has a direct contract with Contractor to manufacture or supply Equipment
which is a portion of the Work, to lease Construction Equipment to Contractor in connection with the
Work, to perform a portion of the Work or to otherwise furnish labor or materials.
“Subcontractor Proprietary Information” has the meaning set forth in Section 19.3.
“Substantial Completion” means that all of the following have occurred with respect to a Train: (i)
Mechanical Completion of such Train, including Mechanical Completion of all systems and subsystems
of Equipment of such Train; (ii) RFSU has been achieved for such Train; (iii) RLFC has been achieved
for such Train; (iv) all Minimum Acceptance Criteria have been achieved; (v) in the case that all
Performance Guarantees have not been achieved, Owner has accepted (such acceptance not to be
unreasonably withheld) Contractor’s corrective work plan, and Contractor has turned over the Train
pursuant to Section 11.5A; (vi) Contractor and Owner have agreed upon a list of Punchlist items as set
forth in Section 11.6; (vii) any Delay Liquidated Damages due and owing have been paid to Owner in
accordance with Section 13.2; (viii) the entire Work related to such Train (including training and the
delivery of all documentation, manuals and instruction books necessary for safe and proper operation)
has been completed, except for Punchlist items, in accordance with the requirements and
Specifications of this Agreement; (ix) Contractor has delivered to Owner all Capital Spare Parts for
such Train in accordance with Section 3.4B; (x) Contractor has delivered to Owner the applicable
Substantial Completion Certificate in the form of Schedule L-5 and as required under Section 11.3 and
Owner has accepted such certificate by signing such certificate; (xi) such Train is available for
commercial operation in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement, and with respect to
Substantial Completion of Train 2, Train 2 has been integrated with Train 1; (xii) Contractor has
obtained all Permits required to be obtained by Contractor under this Agreement; and (xiii) Contractor
has delivered to Owner a fully executed Interim Lien and Claim Waiver in the form of Schedules K-1
and K-2, fully executed Interim Lien and Claim Waivers from all Major Subcontractors in the form of
Schedules K-3 and K-4 and, if requested by Owner, fully executed Interim Lien and Claim Waivers from
all Major Sub-subcontractors substantially in the form of Schedules K-3 and K-4, covering all Work up
to the date of Substantial Completion.
“Substantial Completion Certificate” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.3.
16
portion of the Work, to perform a portion of the Work or to otherwise furnish labor, materials or
equipment (including Equipment).
“Taxes” means any and all taxes, assessments, levies, tariffs, duties, fees, charges and withholdings of
any kind or nature whatsoever and howsoever described, including sales and use taxes (excluding any
Texas Sales and Use Tax on Equipment), value-added, sales, use, gross receipts, license, payroll,
federal, state, local or foreign income, environmental, profits, premium, franchise, property, excise,
capital stock, import, stamp, transfer, employment, occupation, generation, privilege, utility, regulatory,
energy, consumption, lease, filing, recording and activity taxes, levies, fees, charges, imposts and
withholding, together with any and all penalties, interest and additions thereto.
“Technology Licensor” means any one of the following technology licensors that are licensing its
technology to Owner, either directly with Owner or as a Subcontractor, to be incorporated in the Work:
APCI, BASF and [***].
“Texas Sales and Use Tax” means Texas state and applicable local sales and use taxes.
“Third Party” means any Person other than Owner Indemnified Parties and Contractor Indemnified
Parties.
“Third Party Intellectual Property” has the meaning set forth in Section 10.2.
“Third RLFC Window Period” has the meaning set forth in Section 11.2B.3.
“Total Reimbursement Amount” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.1A.
“Train 1” means the first part of the Work to be designed, procured, constructed, pre-commissioned,
Commissioned, started up and tested for the Facility (as further defined in Attachment A).
“Train 1 Delay Liquidated Damages” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1A.
“Train 1 Work” means the Work required to be performed pursuant to this Agreement for Train 1.
“Train 2” means the second part of the Work to be designed, procured, constructed, pre-
commissioned, Commissioned, started up and tested for the Facility (as further defined in Attachment
A).
“Train 2 Delay Liquidated Damages” has the meaning set forth in Section 13.1B.
“Train 2 Work” means the Work required to be performed pursuant to this Agreement for Train 2.
17
“Train 3” means the work to be designed, procured, constructed, pre-commissioned, commissioned,
started up and tested as further described in the Train 3 EPC Agreement.
“Train 3 EPC Agreement” means the engineering, procurement and construction agreement
between Owner and Contractor dated May 24th, 2019 for the engineering, procurement, construction,
commissioning, start-up and testing of Train 3, to be located at the Site.
“UK Bribery Act” has the meaning set forth in Section 21.10.
“Unforeseen Subsurface Conditions” means any unforeseen (i) substantial voids, seismic faults or
caverns, (ii) substantial man-made or natural subsurface obstructions, or (iii) fossils, antiquities or
other things of archeological interest, that (a) are not identified in any Soils Data or any other
documents provided to Contractor by Owner and (b) were not discovered by Contractor or any of its
Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors, acting in accordance with GECP, from inspections and
investigations performed by Contractor or any of its Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors prior to the
Effective Date.
“U.S. Dollars” or “U.S.$” means the legal tender of the United States of America.
“U.S. Tariffs and Duties” means the following U.S. import laws, regulations, tariffs, duties and
restrictions: Section 232 of the Trade Expansion Act of 1962 (as amended), Section 301 of the Trade
Act of 1974 (as amended), and Section 201 of the Trade Act of 1974 (as amended).
“Weekly Progress Report” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.19A.3.
“Work” means all obligations, duties and responsibilities required of Contractor pursuant to this
Agreement, including all Equipment, Construction Equipment, spare parts, procurement, engineering,
design, fabrication, erection, installation, manufacture, delivery, transportation, storage, construction,
workmanship, labor, pre-commissioning, Commissioning, inspection, training, Performance Tests, other
tests, start-up and any other services, work or things furnished or used or required to be furnished or
used, by Contractor in the performance of this Agreement, including that set forth in Attachment A and
Section 3.1A and any Corrective Work. For the avoidance of doubt, the Work shall include the Train 1
Work and the Train 2 Work.
1.2 Interpretation. The meanings specified in this ARTICLE 1 are applicable to both the singular
and plural. As used in this Agreement, the terms “herein,” “herewith,” “hereunder” and “hereof” are
references to this Agreement taken as a whole, and the terms “include,”
18
“includes” and “including” mean “including, without limitation,” or variant thereof. Unless expressly stated
otherwise, reference in this Agreement to an Article or Section shall be a reference to an Article or Section
contained in this Agreement (and not in any Attachments or Schedules to this Agreement) and reference in
this Agreement to an Attachment or Schedule shall be a reference to an Attachment or Schedule attached to
this Agreement.
ARTICLE 2
RELATIONSHIP OF OWNER, CONTRACTOR AND SUBCONTRACTORS
19
B. Contractor Representative. Contractor designates [***] as the Contractor
Representative. Notification of a proposed change in Contractor Representative shall be provided in
advance, in writing, to Owner. The Contractor Representative is a Key Person.
A. Approved List. Section 1 and Section 3 of Attachment G set forth the lists of
Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors that Contractor and Owner have agreed are approved
Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors for the performance of that portion of the Work specified in
Section 1 and Section 3 of Attachment G. Section 2 of Attachment G sets forth a list of Subcontractors
and Sub-subcontractors that Contractor has agreed to subcontract with for that portion of the Work
specified in Section 2 of Attachment G. Approval by Owner of any Subcontractors or Sub-
subcontractors does not relieve Contractor of any responsibilities under this Agreement.
20
B. Additional Proposed Major Subcontractors and Major Sub-subcontractors. In
the event that Contractor is considering the selection of a Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor not
listed on Attachment G that would qualify as a Major Subcontractor or Major Sub-subcontractor,
Contractor shall (i) notify Owner of its proposed Major Subcontractor or Major Sub-subcontractor as
soon as practicable during the selection process and furnish to Owner all information reasonably
requested by Owner with respect to Contractor’s selection criteria (including information regarding
the Major Subcontractor or Major Sub-subcontractor’s qualifications, safety performance and the
agreed scope of work but excluding Major Subcontractor’s or Major Sub-subcontractor’s (i) pricing
(other than unit rates), discount or credit information, payment terms, payment schedules and
retention and (ii) performance security, liquidated damages and limitations on liability), and (ii) notify
Owner no less than ten (10) Business Days prior to the execution of a Major Subcontract with a Major
Subcontractor or Major Sub-subcontract with a Major Sub-subcontractor not listed on
Attachment G. Owner shall have the discretion, not to be unreasonably exercised, to reject any
proposed Major Subcontractor or Major Sub-subcontractor not listed on Attachment G for a Major
Subcontract or Major Sub-subcontract for failing to meet the standard set out in Section 2.3.
Contractor shall not enter into any Major Subcontract with a proposed Major Subcontractor or Major
Sub-subcontract with a Major Sub-subcontractor that is rejected by Owner in accordance with the
preceding sentence. Owner shall undertake in good faith to review the information provided by
Contractor pursuant to this Section 2.4B expeditiously and shall notify Contractor of its decision to
accept or reject a proposed Major Subcontractor or Major Sub-subcontractor as soon as practicable
after such decision is made. Failure of Owner to respond within ten (10) Days after Owner’s receipt of
Contractor’s notice of a proposed Major Subcontractor or Major Sub-subcontractor shall be deemed to
be an acceptance of such Major Subcontractor or Major Sub-subcontractor.
21
E. Terms of Major Subcontracts and Major Sub-subcontracts. In addition to the
requirements in Section 2.3 and without in any way relieving Contractor of its full responsibility to
Owner for the acts and omissions of Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors, Contractor shall:
2. use reasonable commercial efforts to include in each Major Subcontract and Major
Sub-subcontract a provision requiring each such Major Subcontractor and Major Sub-
subcontractor to comply with all requirements and obligations of Contractor to Owner under this
Agreement, as such requirements and obligations are applicable to the performance of the Work
under their respective Major Subcontract or Major Sub-subcontract, provided however,
notwithstanding the foregoing, Contractor shall, at a minimum, include in each Major
Subcontract and Major Sub-subcontract, to the extent such requirements and obligations are
applicable to the performance of the Work under their respective Major Subcontract or Major
Sub-subcontract, the following:
22
for the Contract Price and in accordance with all requirements of this Agreement, including Applicable
Codes and Standards, Applicable Law, and the Warranties, Minimum Acceptance Criteria and
Performance Guarantees. Accordingly, except for Section 4.6A, Contractor hereby (i) agrees that it
shall have no right to claim or seek an increase in the Contract Price or an adjustment to the Key
Dates with respect to any incomplete, inaccurate or inadequate information or requirements that may
be contained or referenced in Attachment A, and (ii) waives and releases Owner from and against such
claims. Owner makes no guaranty or warranty, express or implied, as to the accuracy, adequacy or
completeness of any such information that is contained or referenced in Attachment A.
1. In addition to Section 2.5A, Contractor further agrees and acknowledges that it has
made all investigations and inspections that it deems necessary to perform the Work in
accordance with this Agreement, has conducted a review of the legal description of the Site, and
understands the climate, terrain, topography, subsurface conditions and other difficulties that it
may encounter in performing the Work in accordance with this Agreement. Contractor warrants
that it has the experience, resources, qualifications and capabilities to perform the Work in
accordance with this Agreement. Except as provided in Section 2.5B.2 or for Force Majeure,
Contractor, as between Contractor and Owner, assumes all risks related to, and waives any right
to claim an adjustment in the Contract Price or the Key Dates as a result of any conditions at the
Site or at any other location where the Work is performed, including river levels, topography and
subsurface soil conditions. Contractor agrees and acknowledges that: (a) any information
provided by Owner to Contractor prior to the Effective Date of this Agreement relating to
subsurface soil conditions or topographical conditions at the Site (the “Soils Data”) was
provided to Contractor for its convenience only; (b) the Soils Data shall not be considered a
warranty or guarantee, express or implied, of subsurface conditions or topographical conditions
existing at the Site; (c) the Soils Data does not constitute a part of this Agreement; and (d)
Owner assumes no responsibility for the accuracy and sufficiency of the data contained within
the Soils Data nor for Contractor’s interpretation of such data, including the projection of soil-
bearing values; rock profiles; soil stability; or the presence, level and extent of underground
water.
2. Contractor, as between Contractor and Owner, assumes all risks related to, and
waives any right to claim an adjustment for, any and all subsurface conditions of whatever nature
or condition, except as expressly provided in this Section 2.5B.2:
23
provided that Contractor complies with the notice and Change Order request
requirements set forth in Sections 6.2 and 6.5, uses reasonable efforts not to disturb such
Unforeseen Subsurface Conditions prior to Owner’s investigation and, with respect to
claims for costs for delay or schedule relief for delay, satisfies the requirements of
Section 6.8. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Contractor is responsible for the proper
interpretation of the Soils Data, including in accordance with GECP.
C. Applicable Law and Applicable Codes and Standards. Contractor has investigated
to its satisfaction Applicable Law and Applicable Codes and Standards and warrants that it can
perform the Work at the Contract Price and within the Key Dates in accordance with Applicable Law
and Applicable Codes and Standards. Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with
Applicable Law and Applicable Codes and Standards, whether or not such Applicable Law or
Applicable Codes and Standards came into effect before the Effective Date or during the performance
of the Work; provided, however, Contractor shall be entitled to a Change Order for Changes in Law to
the extent allowed under Section 6.2A.6. Except for any Changes in Law for which Contractor is
entitled to a Change Order under Section 6.2A.6, Contractor hereby waives any right to make any
claim for adjustment of the Contract Price or the Key Dates in relation to any change in Applicable Law
or Applicable Codes and Standards. Notwithstanding anything provided in this Agreement, the Parties
agree that Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for any change in tariffs, quotas, or duties is set
forth in Attachment FF.
D. Owner’s Consultants. Owner may designate consultants that are not an employee of
Owner to provide certain administrative, management, planning and other services as it deems
appropriate to assist with Owner’s rights, remedies and obligations under this Agreement. Such
consultants or professionals may, to the extent specified in this Agreement between Owner and such
consultants or professionals, act for or on behalf of Owner with respect to Owner’s rights, remedies
and obligations under this Agreement, which may include receiving and reviewing certain deliverables
and submittals from Contractor, inspecting certain portions of the Work and receiving Contractor’s
Confidential Information to the extent necessary to perform such services (having first been bound to
an obligation of confidentiality in accordance with this Agreement) to the extent Owner is permitted to
do the same under this Agreement, as further specified by Owner to Contractor in writing. Under no
circumstances shall such consultants or professionals have any authority to amend this Agreement,
sign any Change Order or issue any Change Directive. In no event will Owner retain as a consultant on
this Project any Person that is a Competitor of Contractor.
ARTICLE 3
CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES
A. Generally. Subject to Section 3.1B, the Work shall be performed on a fixed price
turnkey basis and shall include all engineering, procurement, construction, pre-commissioning,
Commissioning, start-up and testing of the Facility, all Equipment,
24
Construction Equipment, spare parts, labor, workmanship, inspection, manufacture, fabrication,
installation, design, delivery, transportation, storage, training of Owner’s operation personnel and all
other items or tasks that are set forth in Attachment A, or otherwise required to achieve Mechanical
Completion, RFSU, RLFC, and Substantial Completion of each Train and Final Completion of the
Facility in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement, including achieving the Minimum
Acceptance Criteria and Performance Guarantees. Contractor shall be required to integrate and use
such Owner’s personnel in Contractor’s pre-commissioning, Commissioning, testing and start-up
efforts. Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with GECP, Applicable Law, Applicable Codes
and Standards, and all other terms and provisions of this Agreement, with the explicit understanding
that the Facility will operate as a natural gas liquefaction facility and export terminal meeting all
requirements and specifications of this Agreement, including Applicable Codes and Standards,
Applicable Law, Warranties, Minimum Acceptance Criteria and Performance Guarantees. It is
understood and agreed that the Work shall include any incidental work that can reasonably be inferred
as required and necessary to complete the Facility in accordance with GECP, Applicable Law,
Applicable Codes and Standards, and all other terms and provisions of this Agreement, excluding only
those items which Owner has specifically agreed to provide under the terms of this
Agreement. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Work is more specifically described in
Attachment A.
B. Exception to Scope of Work. Contractor shall not be responsible for providing those
items identified in ARTICLE 4 as Owner’s obligations.
3.2 Specific Obligations. Without limiting the generality of Section 3.1 or the requirements of
any other provision of this Agreement, Contractor shall:
A. procure, supply, transport, handle, properly store, assemble, erect and install all
Equipment;
D. perform shop and other inspections of the work of Subcontractors and Sub-
subcontractors to ensure that such work meets all of the requirements of this Agreement;
F. pay all Taxes incurred by Contractor in connection with the Work in a timely fashion, and
as between Owner and Contractor, be responsible for all Taxes incurred by any Subcontractor or Sub-
subcontractor;
25
G. ensure that the Work is performed in accordance with the Key Dates;
H. until Substantial Completion of each Train, conduct and manage all pre-commissioning,
start-up operations, Commissioning, Performance Tests and other testing of such Train, while directing
operation personnel provided by Owner pursuant to Section 4.4;
N. obtain and manage all temporary utilities for the performance of the Work;
P. supply all fills of lubricants, refrigerants and chemicals and transformer oils and all
consumables necessary to perform the Work through Substantial Completion of the applicable Train,
excluding Owner’s supply requirements of natural gas feed for Commissioning, start-up, testing and
operations as set forth in this Agreement, and as a condition of Substantial Completion with respect to
a Train, completely re-filling all fills, refrigerants, chemicals and oils for such Train; and
Q. perform all design and engineering Work in accordance with this Agreement, including
that specified in Section 3.3.
A. General. Contractor shall, as part of the Work, perform, or cause to be performed, all
design and engineering Work in accordance with this Agreement and cause the Work to meet and
achieve the requirements of this Agreement, including achieving the Minimum Acceptance Criteria and
Performance Guarantees.
26
B. Drawings and Specifications. Upon receipt of an LNTP or the NTP issued in
accordance with Section 5.2, Contractor shall commence the preparation of the Drawings and
Specifications for all Work relating to such LNTP or NTP. The Drawings and Specifications shall
conform and comply with the requirements of this Agreement, including the Scope of Work, Basis of
Design, GECP, Applicable Codes and Standards, Applicable Law, and all applicable provisions of this
Agreement. Contractor shall develop a design document submittal schedule in the form of a master
document register and issue to Owner no later than thirty (30) Days after the Effective Date.
C. Review Process.
1. Drawing and Specifications Review. During the development of the Drawings and
Specifications, Contractor shall provide Owner with the opportunity to perform regular reviews
of the design and engineering in progress on a regular basis. Such reviews may be conducted at
Contractor’s offices, at any of its Major Subcontractor’s or Major Sub-subcontractor’s offices
with Contractor’s presence, or remotely by electronic internet access (except that electronic
access of Major Subcontractor and Major Sub-subcontractor work shall be provided only where
reasonably available to Contractor). The reviews may be of progress prints, computer images,
draft documents, working calculations, draft specifications or reports, Drawings, Specifications
or other design documents determined by Owner.
3. Review Periods. Owner shall have up to ten (10) Business Days after its receipt of
Drawings and Specifications submitted in accordance with Section 3.3C.2 to issue to Contractor
one (1) set of consolidated written comments, proposed changes and/or approvals or
disapprovals of the submission of such Drawings and Specifications.
4. No Owner Response. If Owner does not issue any comments, proposed changes or
approvals or disapprovals within such time periods set forth in Section 3.3C.3, Contractor may
proceed with the development of such Drawings and Specifications and any construction relating
thereto, but Owner’s lack of comments, approval or disapproval, if applicable, shall in no event
constitute an approval of the matters received by Owner.
27
5. Disapproval by Owner. If Owner disapproves of the Drawings or Specifications,
Owner shall provide Contractor with a written statement of the reasons for such disapproval
within the time period required for Owner’s response for disapproval of Drawings and
Specifications set forth in Section 3.3C.3. Contractor shall provide Owner with revised and
corrected Drawings and Specifications as soon as possible thereafter and Owner’s rights with
respect to issuing comments, proposed changes or approvals or disapprovals of such revised and
corrected Drawings or Specifications are governed by the procedures specified above in this
Section 3.3C; provided that Contractor shall not be entitled to any extensions of time to the Key
Dates, an adjustment to the Contract Price or any adjustment to any other Changed Criteria;
provided further, however, to the extent Owner’s disapproval of the Drawings or Specifications is
due to one or more changes required by Owner to any such Drawings or Specifications that have
an impact on the Work, and such disapproval is not the result of such Drawings’ or
Specifications’ non-compliance with the requirements of this Agreement, Contractor shall be
entitled to a Change Order to the extent such Owner-required change adversely affects the Key
Dates or the Contract Price and Contractor complies with and meets the requirements of
ARTICLE 6.
D. Design Licenses. Contractor shall perform, or cause to be performed, all design and
engineering Work in accordance with Applicable Law and Applicable Codes and Standards, and all
Drawings, Specifications and design and engineering Work shall be signed and stamped by design
professionals licensed to the extent required by Applicable Law.
28
E. CAD Drawings. Unless otherwise expressly provided under this Agreement, all Drawings
and Record As-Built Drawings prepared by Contractor or its Subcontractors under this Agreement shall
be prepared using computer aided design (“CAD”). All CAD drawing files shall be in fully operable and
editable Microstation (Version 8) format, unless otherwise specified in Attachment B. Contractor shall
use reasonable efforts to also provide Drawings, including Record As-Built Drawings, in other formats
requested by Owner.
G. Other Information. Contractor shall deliver copies of all other documents required to
be delivered pursuant to Attachment B within and in accordance with the requirements and timing set
forth in Attachment B.
C. Operating Spare Parts. With respect to operating spare parts for use after Substantial
Completion (but only to the extent not taken into consideration by the Capital Spare Parts listed in
Attachment W), Contractor shall deliver to Owner for Owner’s approval, not to be unreasonably
withheld, a detailed priced list of the manufacturer and
29
Contractor-recommended operating spare parts for each applicable item of Equipment necessary for
operating such Equipment for two (2) years. The purchase price of each operating spare part shall be
provided to Owner for each item of Equipment for which there is manufacturer or Contractor-
recommended operating spare parts no later than thirty (30) Days after the execution of the applicable
Subcontract for such Equipment, and such purchase prices will be valid for one hundred and eighty (180)
Days after Contractor’s execution thereof. Within such one hundred and eighty (180) Days, Owner may
respond to Contractor identifying which operating spare parts, if any, that Owner wishes Contractor to
procure under each Subcontract. The cost associated with all Work related to the two (2) years’
operating spare parts is included in the Contract Price, except for the purchase price of such operating
spare parts. In the event Owner requests in writing that Contractor procure any operating spare parts
on Owner’s behalf, Contractor shall be entitled to a Change Order in accordance with Section 6.2A.6 to
increase the Contract Price for the actual purchase price and delivery costs of such requested operating
spare parts, plus costs of transportation, preservation and a profit of five percent (5%) on such price and
costs. To the extent that Contractor desires to use any Operating Spare Parts, Contractor must obtain
Owner’s prior approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, and replace all such spare parts as a condition
of Substantial Completion in new and unused condition unless otherwise approved by Owner. Operating
spare parts shall be treated, as appropriate, as Equipment or as a component of the Aggregate Labor
and Skills Price.
3.5 Training Program in General. As part of the Work, a reasonable number of competent
personnel, who are capable of being trained by Contractor, designated by Owner in its sole discretion (but not
to exceed the number of Persons listed in Attachment V) shall be given training designed and administered by
Contractor at its expense, which shall be based on the program requirements contained in Attachment A and
shall cover at a minimum the following topics: (i) the testing of each item of Equipment; (ii) the start-up,
operation and shut-down of each item of Equipment; (iii) the performance of routine, preventative and
emergency maintenance for each item of Equipment; and (iv) spare parts to be maintained for each item of
Equipment, and their installation and removal. Such training shall include instruction for Owner’s operations
personnel in the operation and routine maintenance of each item of Equipment prior to completion of
Commissioning of each item of Equipment. As part of the training, Contractor shall provide Owner’s
operating personnel with access to the Facility during Commissioning, testing and start-up. Training shall be
provided by personnel selected by Contractor who, in Contractor’s and the Equipment Subcontractor’s or Sub-
subcontractor’s judgment, are qualified to provide such training, and shall take place at such locations and at
such times as agreed upon by the Parties. Contractor shall provide trainees with materials described in
Attachment A. Contractor shall also provide to Owner all training materials and aids developed to conduct
such training in order to facilitate future training by Owner of personnel hired after Substantial
Completion. If Contractor determines, using GECP, that a member of the operations personnel provided by
Owner who is under the control of Contractor pursuant to Section 3.29 is not competent, or is not adequately
participating in the training, or is not sufficiently capable of performing his or her duties in connection with the
Facility, and such deficiencies are not the fault of Contractor and cannot be cured by Contractor using GECP,
the Contractor may require Owner to remove and replace that member of the operations personnel (provided
such personnel have not been designated as Owner’s key personnel).
30
3.6 Environmental Regulations and Environmental Compliance. No later than thirty (30)
Days after the Effective Date, Contractor shall submit for Owner’s approval, not to be unreasonably withheld,
Project-specific environmental policies and procedures. Such policies and procedures shall be in compliance
with requirements of this Agreement, including Applicable Law and the plan and procedures set forth in
Attachment J. Without limitation of Section 3.1, Contractor is responsible for performing the Work in
compliance with all provisions of this Agreement regarding the environment and Applicable Law and in
compliance with the policies and procedures set forth in Attachment J and the Project-specific policies and
procedures approved by Owner. Contractor shall maintain all environmental compliance records required by
Applicable Law and shall provide, or cause to be provided, necessary training to its employees,
Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors to ensure their compliance with the environmental rules and
requirements of this Agreement. Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, dispose of all non-hazardous
wastes and Hazardous Materials generated or brought onto the Site by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Sub-
subcontractor during performance of the Work at off-Site disposal facilities permitted to receive such wastes
and Hazardous Materials. Contractor shall provide copies of all waste and disposal records and reports to
Owner. Contractor shall report to Owner, as soon as reasonably possible after having knowledge thereof and
in no event later than one (1) Day after such occurrence, any violation of the foregoing. Contractor shall, at
its sole cost and expense, remediate the release of any Hazardous Materials generated or brought onto the
Site by Contractor, any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor or other event in violation of this
Section 3.6. Contractor’s obligations under this Section 3.6 shall survive termination of this Agreement.
3.7 Contractor’s Tools and Construction Equipment. Contractor shall furnish all Construction
Equipment necessary and appropriate for the timely and safe completion of the Work in compliance with this
Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, Contractor shall be
responsible for damage to or destruction or loss of, from any cause whatsoever, all Construction Equipment
owned, rented or leased by Contractor or its Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors for use in accomplishing
the Work. Contractor shall require all insurance policies (including policies of Contractor and all
Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors) in any way relating to such Construction Equipment to include
clauses stating that each underwriter will waive all rights of recovery, under subrogation or otherwise, against
the Owner Indemnified Parties.
31
any conduct which is prejudicial to safety, health, or the protection of the environment, disregards the
terms and conditions of this Agreement, or is interrupting, interfering with or impeding the timely and
proper completion of the Work. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING, OWNER SHALL HAVE NO
LIABILITY AND CONTRACTOR AGREES TO RELEASE, INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS
THE OWNER INDEMNIFIED PARTIES FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL CLAIMS, CAUSES OF
ACTION, DAMAGES, COSTS, LOSSES AND EXPENSES (INCLUDING ALL REASONABLE
ATTORNEYS’ FEES AND LITIGATION OR ARBITRATION EXPENSES) AND LIABILITIES, OF
WHATSOEVER KIND OR NATURE, WHICH MAY DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISE OR RESULT
FROM CONTRACTOR OR ANY SUBCONTRACTOR OR SUB-SUBCONTRACTOR TERMINATING THE
EMPLOYMENT OF OR REMOVING FROM THE WORK ANY SUCH EMPLOYEE OR AGENT WHO
FAILS TO MEET THE FOREGOING REQUIREMENTS FOLLOWING A REQUEST BY OWNER TO HAVE
SUCH EMPLOYEE OR AGENT REMOVED FROM THE WORK. Contractor shall replace any such
employee or agent at its sole cost and expense.
B. Contractor is responsible for maintaining labor relations in such manner that there is
reasonable harmony among the employees of Contractor and its Subcontractors and Sub-
subcontractors performing Work at the Site. Contractor and its Subcontractors and Sub-
subcontractors performing Work at the Site shall conduct their labor relations in accordance with the
recognized prevailing local area practices. Contractor shall inform Owner promptly of any labor
dispute, anticipated labor dispute, request or demand by a labor organization, its representatives or
members which may reasonably be expected to affect the Work. Contractor further agrees to inform
Owner, before any commitments are made, about the negotiations of any agreements or
understandings with local or national labor organizations.
C. Contractor and its Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors and the personnel of any of
them shall not bring onto the Site any: (i) firearm of whatsoever nature, knife with a blade exceeding
four (4) inches (100 millimeters) in length or other object which in the sole judgment of Owner is
determined to be a potential weapon; (ii) alcoholic beverages or intoxicants of any nature; (iii)
substance that creates a hazard and not related to the Work; (iv) animal; (v) illegal drugs of any nature;
(vi) drugs (whether prescription or non-prescription) which impair physical or mental faculties; or (vii)
prescription drugs without a valid prescription.
D. In connection with the enforcement of this Section 3.8D, all employees and agents of
Contractor and its Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors shall successfully complete a drug
screening test prior to performing Work at the Site, and periodically thereafter in accordance with the
requirements of Attachment J. Contractor and its Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors shall abide
by and enforce the requirements of this Section 3.8D, and shall immediately remove from the Work and
the Site to the extent permitted by Applicable Law any employee or agent of Contractor, Subcontractor
or Sub-subcontractor who has violated the requirements of this Section 3.8D. The provisions of
Section 3.8A with regard to liability of any of the Owner Indemnified Parties and Contractor’s release,
indemnification, defense and hold harmless obligations shall apply to the removal of any such Person
under this Section 3.8D.
32
3.9 Clean-up. Contractor shall keep the Site free from all waste materials or rubbish caused by the
activities of Contractor or any of its Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors. As soon as practicable after the
completion of all Punchlist items, Contractor shall remove, at its own cost, all Construction Equipment and
other items not constituting part of the Facility (other than as required by Contractor to fulfil its obligations
under Section 12.3A) and remove all waste material and rubbish brought on to or generated by Contractor
from the Site and restore the Site in accordance with this Agreement. In the event of Contractor’s failure to
comply with any of the foregoing, Owner may accomplish the same; provided, however, that Contractor shall
be liable for and pay to Owner (directly, by offset, or by collection on the Letter of Credit, at Owner’s sole
option) all reasonable costs associated with such removal and/or restoration, including costs associated with
permitting, transportation and disposal at an authorized location.
3.10 Safety and Security. Contractor recognizes and agrees that safety and physical security are
of paramount importance in the performance of the Work and that Contractor is responsible for performing
the Work in a safe and physically secure manner. No later than thirty (30) Days after the Effective Date,
Contractor shall deliver to Owner a safety program for Owner’s approval, not to be unreasonably
withheld. Once Owner has approved Contractor’s safety program, Contractor shall seek approval from
Owner of any material changes to such safety program. Contractor’s safety program shall specify the written
policies and procedures for maintaining and supervising all environmental, health and safety precautions and
programs in connection with the performance of the Work, including appropriate precautions and Work-
specific detailed programs for areas in and around the Site and the handling, collecting, removing,
transporting or disposing of Hazardous Materials in order to ensure prudent practice on the Site for the
safety of all Persons on the Site. Contractor further agrees to perform the Work in accordance with the safety
and health rules and standards of Applicable Law (including OSHA) and such safety program, and Contractor
shall assume all costs associated with compliance therewith. Contractor’s safety program shall include the
standards set forth in Attachment J. Owner’s review and approval of Contractor’s safety program shall not in
any way relieve Contractor of its responsibility regarding safety, and Owner, in reviewing and approving such
safety program, assumes no liability for such safety program. Contractor shall appoint one or more (as
appropriate) safety representative(s) acceptable to Owner who shall be resident at the Site, have
responsibility to immediately correct unsafe conditions or unsafe acts associated with the Work and the
Facility, act on behalf of Contractor on safety and health matters, and participate in periodic safety meetings
with Owner after Work has commenced on the Site. Contractor further agrees to provide or cause to be
provided necessary training and safety Construction Equipment to its employees, Subcontractors and Sub-
subcontractors to ensure their compliance with the foregoing safety and health rules and standards and
enforce the use of such training and Construction Equipment. Contractor shall maintain all accident, injury
and any other records required by Applicable Law or Contractor’s safety program and shall furnish Owner a
Monthly summary of injuries and labor hours lost due to injuries. Should Owner at any time observe
Contractor, or any of its Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors, performing the Work in an unsafe manner, or
in a manner that may, if continued, become unsafe, then Owner shall have the right (but not the obligation) to
require Contractor to stop the Work until such time as the manner of performing the Work has been rendered
safe to the satisfaction of Owner; provided, however, that at no time shall Contractor be entitled to an
adjustment of the Contract Price or Key Dates based on such work stoppage. Contractor shall be responsible
for the security, fencing, guarding, temporary facilities, lighting, and supervision each as required and
described in Attachment A until all of the
33
requirements of Substantial Completion for an applicable Train have been satisfied. Nothing in this
Section 3.10 shall affect Contractor’s status as an independent contractor. With respect to (i) the Site’s
access requirements, restrictions and procedures, (ii) Owner’s safety and security rules and procedures and
(iii) other such safety rules and procedures as required by the Site’s landowner or Applicable Law and
Regulations, Contractor acknowledges that it has fully investigated and has taken such requirements, rules
and procedures into account in planning the Work to be performed in accordance with the Key Dates. Further,
regarding Site access and performance of the Work on the Site, Contractor shall comply with any Site access,
safety, security requirements, restrictions, rules and procedures imposed by (i) the Site’s landowner and (ii)
Owner after Substantial Completion of each Train. As such, Contractor shall not be entitled to a Change
Order to adjust the Contract Price or Key Dates as a result of Contractor’s (including its Subcontractors and
Sub-subcontractors) compliance with such access, safety and security requirements, rules and procedures,
except to the extent of any material changes made thereto by the Site’s landowner subsequent to the Effective
Date.
3.11 Emergencies. In the event of any emergency endangering life or property in any way relating
to the Work, the Facility or the Site, whether on the Site or otherwise, Contractor shall take such action as
may be reasonable and necessary to prevent, avoid or mitigate injury, damage, or loss and shall, as soon as
possible, report any such incidents, including Contractor’s response thereto, to Owner. If Contractor fails to
take such action and the emergency requires immediate action, then Owner, with or without notice to
Contractor may, but shall be under no obligation to, take reasonable action as required to address such
emergency. The taking of any such action by Owner, or Owner’s failure to take any action shall not limit
Contractor’s liability. Contractor shall reimburse Owner for the performance of any work or furnishing of any
equipment or other items in connection with any emergency in an amount equal to the reasonable costs
incurred by Owner in such performance of work or furnishing of equipment or other items.
A. Contractor shall obtain the Permits listed in Attachment P as well as (i) those Permits for
the Project that are required to be maintained in Contractor’s name and (ii) those Permits necessary to
perform the Work (“Contractor Permits”), as well as cause its Subcontractors and Sub-
subcontractors to obtain those Permits in (i) and (ii).
34
C. Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment to the Contract Price, Key Dates or
Changed Criteria to the extent Owner’s failure to obtain a FERC Authorization or another Owner
Permit is due to Contractor’s failure to comply with Section 3.12B or to cooperate with Owner or any
relevant Governmental Instrumentality.
A. Contractor shall keep full and detailed books, construction and manufacturing logs,
records, daily reports, accounts, schedules, payroll records, receipts, statements, electronic files,
correspondence and other pertinent documents as may be necessary for proper management under
this Agreement, as required under Applicable Law or this Agreement (“Books and
Records”). Contractor shall maintain all such Books and Records in accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles applicable in the United States and shall retain all such Books and
Records for a minimum period of time equal to the greater of: (i) three (3) years after Final
Completion, (ii) such period of time as may be required under Applicable Law, or (iii) the time period
required for resolution of all third-party claims arising out of or relating to this Agreement, the Work or
the Facility.
B. Upon reasonable notice, Owner, Lender, and Independent Engineer shall have the right
to audit or to appoint an independent public accounting firm to audit Contractor’s Books and Records;
provided, however, with respect to an independent public accounting firm, such Lender, Independent
Engineer and independent public accounting firm and their representatives shall first execute a
confidentiality agreement with Contractor. Contractor’s Books and Records may be audited as
necessary to (i) validate all amounts billed under any Change Orders that are not a fixed price, and (ii)
review and confirm safety records. When requested by Owner, Contractor shall provide the auditors
with reasonable access to all relevant Books and Records, and Contractor’s personnel shall cooperate
with the auditors to effectuate the audit or audits hereunder. The auditors shall have the right to copy
such Books and Records at Owner’s expense. Contractor shall bear all reasonable costs and expenses
incurred by it in assisting Owner with audits performed pursuant to this Section 3.13. Contractor shall
include audit provisions identical to this Section 3.13 in all Subcontracts. The restrictions in this
Section 3.13B to the audit rights of Owner, Lender or Independent Engineer shall not control over any
rights such parties have under Applicable Law, in discovery in any arbitration or litigation arising out of
ARTICLE 18 or in any arbitration or litigation against Guarantor or in any litigation between Owner
and any Governmental Instrumentality.
A. Within a reasonable period of time (not to exceed thirty (30) Days) following
Contractor’s receipt of Owner’s written request therefor, Contractor shall provide Owner with any
information regarding quantities, descriptions and sales prices of any Equipment installed on or
ordered for the Facility and any other information, including Books and Records, subject to the extent
of the audit rights in Section 3.13, as Owner may deem reasonably necessary in connection with the
preparation of its tax returns or other tax documentation in connection with the Project or the
determination of Equipment listed in
35
Attachment DD. No access to the aforementioned information (including Books and Records) shall be
granted to Owner’s tax consultant until such tax consultant has signed a confidentiality agreement with
Contractor in accordance with the standard practice in the auditing industry for audits of this kind.
B. Contractor acknowledges that Owner is pursuing ad valorem tax abatement through the
Texas Comptroller of Public Accounts, and upon request, Contractor shall provide to Owner and
Owner’s tax consultant access to documentation required or requested by the Texas Comptroller of
Public Accounts or any other Governmental Instrumentality in order for Owner to perfect such
abatement related to the sales price of Equipment, including Equipment sales price, price of
fabrication and design specifications, installation labor costs and overhead and other indirect
costs. Documentation shall consist of asset name or Equipment reference number, a description of the
asset, and amount charged by Contractor to Owner. Contractor agrees to offer similar assistance to
Owner toward any other federal, state or local program that is enacted and would allow for a
reduction, rebate, abatement or exemption of (i) Taxes or (ii) Texas Sales and Use Tax on Equipment
listed in Attachment DD.
A. Prior to Substantial Completion of the relevant Train and except for those utilities
designated to be provided by Owner pursuant to ARTICLE 4, Contractor shall provide and pay for all
utilities (e.g., electricity, water, communication, cable, telephone, waste and sewer) with respect to
such Train, including all connections and substations, necessary for the performance of the Work,
including installation, Permit and usage costs.
B. Contractor shall construct and maintain temporary access and haul roads as may be
necessary for the proper performance of this Agreement. Roads constructed on the Site shall be
subject to Owner’s approval, not to be unreasonably withheld. Contractor shall provide Owner with
sufficient office space at the time of Contractor’s mobilization at the Site to accommodate Owner’s
Representative and support staff. Contractor shall provide Owner with all office space, construction
trailers, utilities, storage and warehousing, security, telephones, furnishings, and other temporary
facilities required for their oversight of the Work, as set forth in more detail in Attachment A.
C. All Equipment and other items or components thereof comprising part of the Work
stored at a location other than on the Site shall be segregated from other goods, and shall be clearly
marked as “Property of Rio Grande LNG, LLC”.
36
may be required to demonstrate that Owner’s property and the Site are free from liens, claims and
encumbrances arising out of the furnishing of Work under this Agreement. Nothing in this Section 3.16 shall
be construed as a limitation on or waiver by Contractor of any of its rights under Applicable Law to file a lien
or claim or otherwise encumber the Project as security for any undisputed payments owed to it by Owner
hereunder that are past due, provided that such lien or claim is subordinate to any liens granted in favor of
Lender.
3.17 Hazardous Materials. Contractor shall not, nor shall it permit or allow any Subcontractor or
Sub-subcontractor to, bring any Hazardous Materials on the Site and shall bear all responsibility and liability
for such materials; provided, however, that Contractor may bring onto the Site such Hazardous Materials as
are necessary to perform the Work so long as the same is done in compliance with Applicable Law, Applicable
Codes and Standards, and the requirements specified in Attachment J, and Contractor shall remain
responsible and liable for all such Hazardous Materials. If Contractor or any Subcontractor or Sub-
subcontractor encounters Pre-Existing Hazardous Materials at the Site, Contractor and its Subcontractors and
Sub-subcontractors shall immediately stop Work in the affected area and notify Owner. Contractor and its
Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors shall not be required to resume Work in connection with such Pre-
Existing Hazardous Materials or in any area affected thereby until Owner has: (i) obtained any required
permits or other approvals related thereto; and (ii) delivered to Contractor a written notice (x) specifying that
any affected area is or has been rendered suitable for the resumption of Work in compliance with Applicable
Law or (y) specifying any special conditions under which such Work may be resumed in compliance with
Applicable Law. To the extent that any such suspension adversely affects Contractor’s or its Subcontractors’
or Sub-subcontractors’ cost or time for performance of the Work in accordance with the requirements of this
Agreement, Contractor shall be entitled to an appropriate Change Order pursuant to Section 6.2A.8. If under
such circumstances Contractor or any of its Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors fail to stop Work and notify
Owner, Contractor shall be responsible and liable to Owner in accordance with Section 17.1B for all damages,
costs, losses and expenses to the extent relating to such failure, subject to an aggregate cap of [***] U.S.
Dollars (U.S.$[***]) and Owner hereby releases Contractor, its Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors from
any such liability in excess thereof. For the avoidance of doubt, any such liability of Contractor shall not
exceed [***] U.S. Dollars (U.S.$[***]) in the total cumulative aggregate under the Train 3 EPC Agreement and
this Agreement.
3.18 Quality Assurance. No later than thirty (30) Days after the Effective Date, Contractor shall
submit to Owner for its review and approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, a Facility-specific quality
control and quality assurance plan and an inspection plan detailing Contractor’s quality plan (“Quality Plan”)
and Subcontractor source inspection plan as required by Attachment Y. No later than thirty (30) Days after
the Effective Date, Contractor shall submit to Owner for its approval, not to be unreasonably withheld,
detailed inspection and test plans and supporting construction procedures as required by Attachment Y. Prior
to the commencement of the Work related to each Train, detailed quality assurance and quality control
procedures and plans applicable to that portion of the Work shall be issued to Owner in accordance with
Attachment Y. Owner’s review and approval of Contractor’s Quality Plan, Subcontractor source inspection
plan, detailed construction inspection and test plans and supporting construction procedures, and detailed
quality assurance and quality control procedures and plans shall in no way relieve Contractor of its
responsibility for performing the Work in compliance with this Agreement. As
37
part of such plans, Contractor agrees that it shall keep a daily record of inspections performed, and
Contractor shall make available at the Site for Owner’s and Lender’s (including Independent Engineer) review
a copy of all such inspections.
A. Reports. Contractor shall provide Owner with one (1) hardcopy and one (1) electronic
copy of the following reports and such other information required in this Agreement:
1. minutes for all weekly status and Project-related meetings with Owner within five
(5) Business Days following such meeting;
2. safety or environmental incident reports within three (3) Business Days following
the occurrence of any such incident (including “near miss” incidents where no individual was
injured or property was damaged), except for any safety or environmental incident involving a
significant non-scheduled event such as LNG or natural gas releases, fires, explosions,
mechanical failures, unusual over-pressurizations or major injuries which shall be provided to
Owner within eight (8) hours of the occurrence of such incident; provided, however, notification
shall be provided to Owner immediately if any safety or environmental incident threatens public
or employee safety, causes significant property damage, or interrupts the Work;
5. At Owner’s request, Contractor shall consolidate any or all reports and other
documentation required under this Section 3.19 (or other provisions under this Agreement) for
Train 1 and Train 2 with the reports required under similar provisions for Train 3 in the Train 3
EPC Agreement
B. Meetings.
1. A weekly progress meeting with Owner shall occur every week, on a weekday to
be agreed to by the Parties, at the Site, or at an alternate site agreeable to the Parties, to
discuss the matters described in Attachment X for the prior week.
38
The meetings shall be attended by Contractor and those Contractor employees and
Subcontractors reasonably requested by Owner.
2. A Monthly progress meeting shall be held within one (1) week after the issuance
of the Monthly Progress Report at the Site, or at an alternate site agreeable to Owner and
Contractor, to discuss the matters described in Attachment X for the prior Month and to review
the Monthly Progress Report for that Month with Owner. The Monthly progress meeting shall
be attended by the Owner Representative, the Contractor Representative and those Contractor
employees, Subcontractors and Sub-Subcontractors reasonably requested by Owner. The
meetings may be attended by any authorized representative or agent of Lender or the
Independent Engineer.
3.20 Payment. Contractor shall timely make all payments required to be paid to Owner pursuant
to the terms of this Agreement.
3.21 Commercial Activities. Neither Contractor nor its employees shall establish any
commercial activity or issue concessions or permits of any kind to third parties for establishing commercial
activities on the Site or any other lands owned or controlled by Owner; provided, however, temporary lunch
wagons and vending machines may be permitted upon prior approval by Owner, not to be unreasonably
withheld.
3.22 Title to Materials Found. As between Owner and Contractor, the title to water, soil, rock,
gravel, sand, minerals, timber, and any other materials developed or obtained in the excavation or other
operations of Contractor, any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor and the right to use said materials or
dispose of same is hereby expressly reserved by Owner. Contractor may use in the Work mesquite and top
soil and fill for leveling, provided that such materials comply with the requirements of this
Agreement. Notwithstanding the above, Contractor shall remain liable for, at its sole cost and expense, the
disposal of all materials developed or obtained in the excavation or other operations of Contractor, any
Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor (excluding Pre-Existing Hazardous Materials and Unforeseen Subsurface
Conditions, if any).
3.23 Survey Control Points and Layout. Contractor shall establish all survey control points and
layout the entire Work in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement, which shall be based on the
survey control points established by Owner pursuant to Section 4.5. Contractor acknowledges that, prior to
commencement of the Work, it has independently confirmed with a surveyor, licensed in the state of Texas,
the proper placement of such survey control points. If Contractor or any of its Subcontractors, Sub-
subcontractors or any of the representatives or employees of any of them move or destroy or render
inaccurate the survey control points provided by Owner, such control points shall be replaced by Contractor at
Contractor’s own expense.
3.24 Cooperation with Others. Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, including Section 4.3,
Contractor acknowledges that Owner, its consultants and professionals described in Section 2.5D and other
contractors and other subcontractors or other Persons may be working at the Site during the performance of
this Agreement. Owner shall, and shall require that such consultants and professionals described in Section
2.5D and other contractors and other
39
subcontractors or other Persons working at the Site (except with respect to Contractor’s work performed
under the Train 3 EPC Agreement) during the performance of this Agreement prior to Substantial Completion
of each Train, at all times while on the Site comply with Contractor’s safety program approved by Owner
pursuant to Section 3.12 that is applicable to the Site. To minimize interference with the work of any other
parties, Contractor and its Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors shall not, unless permitted by Owner in
writing, perform the Work in the restricted work areas set forth in Attachment Z. No later than thirty (30)
Days after the Effective Date, Contractor shall provide to Owner, for its review and comment, a Site access
plan designating the entrances and exits to the Site that will be used during construction and providing
Contractor’s proposed Site access policies, all in accordance with the requirements of this Agreement and
Attachment J. In addition, Contractor shall reasonably cooperate and coordinate its Work with Owner’s other
contractors performing services on the Site (and Contractor shall fully cooperate and coordinate its Work with
its separate work under the Trains 1 and 2 EPC Agreement) and shall not obstruct or restrict Owner’s access
to and on the Site. Owner’s Site access shall in no way relieve Contractor from its obligations to carry out the
Work in accordance with this Agreement.
3.25 Responsibility for Property. Contractor shall plan and conduct its operations so that
neither Contractor nor any of its Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors shall (i) enter upon private lands
(other than the Site) or water bodies in their natural state unless authorized by the owners of such lands; (ii)
enter any restricted areas set forth in Schedule A-1; (iii) close or obstruct any utility installation, highway,
waterway, harbor, road or other property unless and until applicable Permits have been obtained and, to the
extent such items are located on the Site, Owner’s permission has been obtained; (iv) disrupt or otherwise
interfere with the operation of any portion of any pipeline, telephone, ship or barge operation, dredging
activities, activities of the Port Authority Indemnified Parties, conduit or electric transmission line, railroad,
ditch, navigational aid, dock or structure unless otherwise specifically authorized by Owner in writing, the
appropriate entity or authority, or otherwise provided in Attachment A; (v) damage any property listed in (iii)
or (iv); and (vi) damage or destroy maintained, cultivated or planted areas or vegetation such as trees, plants,
shrubs, shore protection, paving, or grass adjacent to the Site. The foregoing includes damage arising from
performance of the Work through operation of Construction Equipment or stockpiling of materials. Contractor
shall be responsible for all damages, costs, losses and expenses arising out of non-compliance with this
Section 3.25 (in accordance with the indemnification and defense obligations set forth in Section 17.1I) and
shall, as soon as reasonably possible, restore at its own cost and expense such property to the condition it
was in before such damage. If damage occurs to Train 3 prior to substantial completion of Train 3, liability for
such damage shall be governed by the Train 3 EPC Agreement. Contractor and its Subcontractors and Sub-
subcontractors shall coordinate and conduct the performance of the Work so as to not unreasonably interfere
with or disrupt the use and peaceful enjoyment of any adjacent property to the Site.
3.26 Explosives. Explosives shall not be transported to the Site without Owner’s prior
approval. In the event that Contractor receives such approval, explosives shall be transported to the Site only
when required to perform the Work under this Agreement and with at least thirty (30) Days’ prior notice to
and approval of Owner. Contractor shall be responsible for properly purchasing, transporting, storing,
safeguarding, handling and using explosives required to perform the Work under this Agreement. Contractor
shall employ competent and qualified personnel for
40
the use of explosives. Residual surplus explosives shall be promptly removed from the Site and properly
disposed of by Contractor. Contractor shall strictly comply with Applicable Law and Applicable Codes and
Standards in the handling of explosives pursuant to this Agreement (including the U.S. Patriot Act of 2001 and
any and all rules and regulations promulgated by the U.S. Department of Homeland Security and the U.S.
Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco, Firearms and Explosives), shall perform all obligations and obtain all Permits with
respect to explosives, and shall develop and file and provide copies to Owner of all documentation regarding
same.
B. It is the Parties’ intent that, except for the activities listed in Attachment HH, the
performance of the Work and Contractor’s other obligations under this Agreement will not interfere
with the operation of Train 1 after it has achieved Substantial Completion. During the performance of
the Work, should an unforeseeable situation arise that requires access to or has the potential of
interfering with the operation of Train 1, Contractor shall, except in an emergency endangering
property or any Persons, give Owner written notice as soon as possible but no later than thirty (30)
Days’ prior to the time that Contractor plans to perform such interfering Work, detailing a plan that
proposes in detail how Contractor intends that such Work will be performed to minimize, to the
greatest extent reasonably possible, interference with the operation of Train 1. Such plan proposed by
Contractor shall be the least disruptive to operations of Train 1, unless such plan is disproportionately
expensive when compared to the impact on the operations of Train 1. Emergency actions are
governed by Section 3.11. Prior to performing such Work, Owner and Contractor shall mutually agree
in writing on a final plan for Contractor to execute such interfering Work. Owner may, in its sole
discretion, subsequently prohibit such interfering Work from being performed in accordance with the
final plans agreed by the Parties, but in such case, Contractor shall be entitled to a Change Order to
the extent permitted under Sections 6.2A.1 and 6.8.
C. Contractor acknowledges the risks, hazards and constraints relating to performing Work
adjacent to, and within the confines of operating facilities, including
41
Train 1 after it has achieved Substantial Completion. This requires significant planning and attention
to safe work practices to ensure the safety and reliability of the operating facilities and the safety of
the construction and operational personnel. Such detailed planning activities and safe work plans
shall be provided to Owner for its approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, within a reasonable
period of time prior to performing any Work affecting the operation of the Facility.
3.28 Equipment Not Incorporated into the Facility. If, after Substantial Completion for Train
2 and prior to Final Completion, Contractor has any Equipment that it purchased for the Facility but did not
incorporate into the Facility, Owner has the option of either purchasing such Equipment at fair market value,
plus applicable sales tax (unless an applicable exemption or direct payment permit exemption certificate is
provided to Contractor), and customs and import duties if the item was intended for re-export, or requiring
that Contractor haul off such Equipment at Contractor’s own cost and expense (and if required to haul off such
Equipment, Owner shall transfer title to such Equipment to Contractor); provided that, if such Equipment was
purchased on a basis other than a lump sum basis (such as on a time and material basis under a Change
Order), then if Owner elects to take such Equipment, it may take such Equipment at no cost to Owner, and
title to such Equipment shall remain with Owner in accordance with Section 8.1B.
A. Until Substantial Completion of the applicable Train, Owner’s operating personnel shall
be under the control of and supervised by Contractor, and Contractor shall (subject to Owner’s
indemnification obligations under Section 17.2) be fully responsible for the acts and omissions of such
personnel; provided, however, notwithstanding the foregoing, such operating and maintenance
personnel shall remain employees or agents of Owner and shall not be considered employees of
Contractor for any reason.
B. To the extent not set forth in Attachment A, Contractor shall, no later than [***] ([***])
Days prior to the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date of the applicable Train, prepare for
Owner’s review a proposed plan regarding the utilization of Owner’s operation personnel during
Commissioning and for the conduct of Performance Tests and any other tests. Each such plan shall be
prepared to avoid any impact on the operation of a Train after Substantial Completion and to take into
account Owner’s operating and maintenance procedures, the number of operating and maintenance
personnel available to Owner for participation in pre-commissioning, Commissioning, start-up and
Performance Testing, safety issues for the Train and the type of activities to be performed. Such plan
shall be mutually agreed-upon by the Parties in writing no later than forty-five (45) Days after Owner’s
receipt of Contractor’s proposed plan. Nothing in this Agreement, including this Section 3.29 or
Section 3.2H, shall be interpreted to create a master-servant or principal-agent relationship between
Contractor and any of Owner’s operation or maintenance personnel.
3.30 Compliance with Real Property Interests. Contractor shall, in the performance of the
Work, comply, and cause all Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors to comply, with any easement, lease,
right-of-way or other property interests that are clearly delineated in Attachment
42
Z and affect or govern the Site or any other real property used for the purposes of completing the Work.
3.31 Taxes. Subject to Section 7.1, the Contract Price includes all Taxes imposed on or payable by
Contractor, its Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in connection with the Work. Contractor shall be
responsible for the payment of all Taxes imposed on or payable by Contractor, its Subcontractors and Sub-
subcontractors in connection with the Work.
3.32 Electronic File Sharing Site. Commencing on the Effective Date and until the expiration of
the Defect Correction Period, Contractor shall create and maintain an electronic file sharing site that can be
accessible by Owner, Owner’s Affiliates, Lenders, Independent Engineer and any other Persons designated by
Owner, and their respective employees, officers and directors (using their own or their respective company’s
computers or electronic devices). Such electronic file share site shall be subject to approval by Owner, not to
be unreasonably withheld. Contractor shall upload, in native format, onto such electronic file sharing site all
Work Product, reports, schedules, Drawings, Specifications and project specific policies and procedures (other
than Invoices or Change Orders) contemporaneously with, or immediately after, such document, data and
information was submitted to Owner. Such electronic file sharing site shall not be a substitute for the
submission of documents to Owner as required herein, but instead shall serve as an additional service
provided to Owner enabling Owner, Owner, Owner’s Affiliates, Lenders, Independent Engineer and any other
Persons designated by Owner to have another source of access to such documents, data and information.
ARTICLE 4
OWNER’S RESPONSIBILITIES
4.1 Payment. Owner shall timely pay the Contract Price in accordance with the provisions of
ARTICLE 7 hereof.
4.2 Permits. Owner shall be responsible for obtaining and maintaining (i) the Permits listed in
Attachment Q, (ii) those Permits for the Project that are required to be maintained in Owner’s name and (iii)
those Permits required for the operation of the Facility. To the extent Owner has not obtained any Permits
prior to the Effective Date, Owner shall obtain such Permits in accordance with the schedule contained in
Attachment Q and Owner shall provide Contractor with copies of such Permits within five (5) Business Days
after obtaining them.
A. Owner shall provide Contractor with access on the Site to the extent necessary to perform
any LNTP Work and, in any event, upon issuance of NTP. Subject to Sections 3.24 and 3.25, such
access shall be sufficient to permit Contractor to progress with construction on a continuous basis
without material interruption or interference.
B. Contractor understands that Owner may choose to develop the Expanded Facility under
one or more separate agreements (the “Expanded Facility Work”). Such other agreements may or
may not involve Contractor and may be performed during the
43
course of the completion of the Work covered under this Agreement. If such Expanded Facility Work
does not involve Contractor, and as a result of such concurrent activities, impacts the performance of
the Work on the Site, then Contractor shall be entitled to a Change Order to the extent such Expanded
Facility Work adversely affects the Key Dates or Contractor’s costs of performance of the Work to the
extent permitted in Section 6.2A.1 and 6.8, provided that Contractor complies with the notice and
Change Order request requirements set forth in Sections 6.2 and 6.5.
4.4 Operation Personnel. Owner shall retain sixty (60) competent operating personnel (who are
capable of being trained by Contractor) to assist Contractor with the commissioning and start-up of the
Facility under the supervision of Contractor during commissioning as set forth in Attachment T and to operate
the Facility prior to Substantial Completion of each Train under the supervision of Contractor as set forth in
Attachment A and Attachment V (Owner’s “operation personnel”). Until Substantial Completion of the
applicable Train, such personnel shall be under the control of and supervised by Contractor in accordance
with Section 3.29, subject to Owner’s indemnity obligations in Section 17.2.
4.5 Legal Description and Survey. Owner shall provide to Contractor for Contractor’s
information a survey of the Site showing the boundaries of the Site and three (3) survey control points, the
proper placement of which Contractor has confirmed as set forth in Section 3.23.
A. Rely Upon Information. Owner shall be responsible for the Rely Upon Information
identified in Attachment BB. Should Contractor discover an error, omission or inaccuracies in such
information, Contractor shall be entitled to a Change Order to the extent permitted under Sections
6.2A.9 and 6.8.
B. Owner-Furnished Items. Owner shall, at no cost to Contractor, provide the items listed
in Attachment V (“Owner-Furnished Items”) within the times and at the locations set forth therein,
subject to the conditions specified therein.
44
D. Feed Gas Delivery.
1. In connection with each Train, Contractor shall give its best estimate of when natural
gas feed is required to produce the LNG necessary to achieve RLFC of such Train, and such
estimate shall be given in a written notice with each RLFC Window Period notice as set forth in
Section 11.2B. Such notice shall include the quantities of feed gas needed, including a range of
Days and range of flows for each Day.
2. For all other circumstances that Contractor may require natural gas feed up to the
achievement of Substantial Completion of a Train, Contractor shall provide Owner:
(i) written notice at least sixty (60) Days prior to Contractor needing its first
deliveries of natural gas feed including a range of Days and a range of flows for each Day
which Contractor, using GECP, believes it will need for delivery of natural gas feed; and
(ii) a second written notice at least thirty (30) Days prior to Contractor needing its
first deliveries of natural gas feed, with an updated forecast of the Days and amounts of natural
gas feed deliveries (within the ranges provided by Contractor in its initial notice delivered
pursuant to Section 4.6D.2(i)).
3. Provided Contractor provides notice in accordance with Section 4.6D.1 and 4.6D.2,
Owner will procure such natural gas feed subject to the conditions in Attachment V; provided,
however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Owner is not obligated to
provide any natural gas feed for Train 1 and Train 2 prior to the dates set forth in Attachment
V.
E. LNG Tankers. Owner will provide LNG Tanker capacity in accordance with Section 11.2,
provided, however, notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Owner is not obligated
to provide any LNG Tanker capacity for Train 1 or Train 2 prior to the dates set forth in Attachment V.
F. Electrical Power. Owner shall procure and make permanent electric power available for
the operation of such Train in accordance with Attachment V. Such electric power shall be made
available by (or on behalf of) Owner at the Pompano switch yard to be located at the Site.
4.7 Owner Representative. Owner designates [***] as the Owner Representative. Notification
of a change in Owner Representative shall be provided in advance, in writing, to Contractor.
45
A. Sales and Use Taxes Exemption Certificates on Equipment.
1. For Texas Sales and Use Tax, this Agreement shall be considered to be a separated
contract for the construction of new non-residential real property as defined under Applicable
Law, including 34 Tex. Admin Code Rule § 3.291(a)(13). Contractor shall ensure that all
Subcontracts are separated for Sales and Use Tax purposes.
2. The associated portion of the Contract Price attributable to each piece of Equipment
is located in Attachment DD, which has been prepared to satisfy the requirements of Applicable
Law of Texas for a separated contract. Contractor shall, with respect to any Change Order
entered into between Owner and Contractor that results in an update to Attachment DD,
provide such update to Owner for its review as part of the documentation required in ARTICLE
6.
3. Prior to issuance of NTP or any LNTP directing Contractor to procure any Equipment,
and to the extent not already included in Attachment DD, Owner shall issue a Texas direct pay
exemption certificate to Contractor, and Contractor shall not invoice Owner for any Texas Sales
and Use Tax on Equipment. Pursuant to direct pay permit status, Owner shall pay applicable
Texas Sales and Use Tax on Equipment directly to the State of Texas. Contractor shall provide
the documents and information necessary to allow the Owner to properly determine this tax
liability. Contractor shall maintain for Owner’s review copies of exemption certificates and
other similar documentation necessary to support all Texas Sales and Use Tax exemptions that
may be available to Owner, Contractor or any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor in connection
with the Work.
4. Contractor shall reasonably cooperate with Owner to minimize any and all Texas
Sales and Use Tax relating to the Project. If Contractor or any Subcontractor or Sub-
subcontractor incurs any Texas Sales and Use Tax on any items of Equipment listed in
Attachment DD for which Owner provided Contractor with a valid direct pay exemption
certificate, Contractor shall be responsible for the payment of such Texas Sales and Use Tax
without reimbursement by Owner and Contractor shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless any
and all Owner Indemnified Parties from and against any claims by a Governmental
Instrumentality for such Texas Sales and Use Tax.
B. Additional Contractor Texas Sales and Use Tax Responsibilities. For Texas Sales
and Use Tax purposes, Contractor shall be considered a retailer of all Equipment incorporated into the
Work. Contractor shall issue a valid Texas Sales and Use Tax resale exemption certificate for such
Equipment to its Subcontractors, and Contractor shall not pay, consistent with such exemption
certificate, any sales and use tax on such Equipment to Subcontractors. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, Contractor shall remain responsible for the payment of all Taxes on account of the Work,
including Texas Sales and Use Tax on any purchase, lease or rental of construction equipment and on
any other purchases related to Work other than the Equipment.
46
C. Taxes on Delivered Property. Owner shall be responsible for all property tax on
Equipment that has been delivered to the Site and laydown areas.
4.9 Hazardous Materials. If Pre-Existing Hazardous Materials are discovered at the Site,
Owner shall, at the sole cost, expense and liability of Owner (except for those costs, damages, losses and
expenses for which Contractor is responsible and/or liable under Section 3.17), remediate, remove, transport,
and dispose of such Pre-Existing Hazardous Materials.
4.10 LNG Tanker Release. Owner shall endeavor to obtain a release of Contractor Indemnified
Parties and Owner Indemnified Parties from the owner of any LNG Tanker and related LNG cargo from any
and all damages, losses, costs and expenses arising out of or resulting from claims for damage to or
destruction of an LNG Tanker and loss of the related LNG cargo or personal injury or death of any employee,
officer or director employed by the company operating, owning or leasing such LNG Tanker or owning the
related LNG cargo in connection with the delivery of LNG of any LNG Tanker to the Project where such
damage, destruction, loss, injury or death occurs prior to Substantial Completion of the applicable
Train. Owner shall endeavor to obtain a release which shall apply regardless of the cause of such damage,
destruction, injury or death, including the sole or joint negligence, breach of contract or other basis of liability
of any member of the Contractor Indemnified Parties and any member of the Owner Indemnified Parties.
ARTICLE 5
COMMENCEMENT OF WORK, KEY DATES, AND SCHEDULING OBLIGATIONS
5.1 Commencement of Work. Upon Contractor’s receipt from Owner of an LNTP or NTP,
Contractor shall immediately commence with the performance of the Work specified in such LNTP or NTP.
A. Limited Notice to Proceed. On the Effective Date, Owner shall issue an LNTP
authorizing and requiring Contractor to commence performance of the Work described in Schedule H-3
(“LNTP No. 1”), subject to the maximum cost agreed upon by the Parties as set forth in LNTP No. 1
(and such maximum cost may be increased by written agreement of the Parties). All Work performed
under LNTP No. 1 shall be performed in accordance with the terms and conditions of this
Agreement. Contractor shall be paid for such LNTP No. 1 Work pursuant to the terms and conditions
of this Agreement and LNTP No. 1, with all payment for Work under LNTP No. 1 credited against the
Contract Price.
B. Additional LNTPs. At any time prior to the date of issuance of NTP, Owner may issue
additional LNTPs using the form attached hereto as Schedule H-1, which shall authorize and require
Contractor to commence performance of a specified portion of the Work (provided that the Parties
must mutually agree to any LNTPs that require procurement of Equipment or construction Work). All
Work performed under such LNTP shall be performed in accordance with the terms and conditions of
this Agreement. An LNTP shall specify the maximum total cost of such specified Work, and Contractor
shall be paid for such specified Work pursuant to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, with the
payments under such LNTP credited against the Contract Price.
47
C. With respect to any LNTP that is issued by Owner, Owner shall not be liable for any
cancellation payments under an LNTP if Owner does not issue NTP, unless Owner issued an LNTP that
included the ordering of Equipment and such cancellation charges are specifically agreed upon in such
LNTP.
D. Notice to Proceed. Unless otherwise specifically set forth in an LNTP, Contractor shall
not commence performance of the Work until Owner issues NTP authorizing the same pursuant to the
terms and conditions of this Agreement. Upon Contractor’s receipt from Owner of NTP, Contractor
shall immediately commence with the performance of the Work. NTP shall be issued in the form
attached hereto as Schedule H-2. Owner shall not issue NTP until the following conditions precedent
have been fulfilled or waived by Contractor:
2. Owner has provided, or is able to provide, Contractor with access on the Site in
accordance with Section 4.3;
3. Owner has obtained all Owner Permits which are shown in Attachment Q as required
to be obtained prior to the issuance of the NTP;
4. Owner has made payment to Contractor of all undisputed amounts due and owing as
of the date of NTP that were invoiced in connection with Contractor’s performance of the LNTP
Work; and
5. If Owner fails to issue NTP on or before the Second NTP Deadline, the Parties have
agreed to the adjustments to the Contract Price and Guaranteed Substantial Completion Dates
as provided in Section 5.2E.2, and shall execute the applicable Change Order.
E. Delay in NTP. In the event Owner fails to issue NTP in accordance with Section 5.2D on
or before January 2, 2020 (the “Initial NTP Deadline”), then Contractor shall be entitled to a Change
Order as set forth in this Section 5.2E.
1. If Owner issues NTP after the Initial NTP Deadline but on or before April 22, 2020
(the “Second NTP Deadline”), then Contractor shall be entitled to a Change Order adjusting
the Contract Price (including the pricing of any Additional Work Options elected by Owner), as
applicable, upward in the applicable amount set forth
48
in Schedule C-5. Such adjustment to the Contract Price shall be Contractor’s sole and exclusive
remedy for Owner’s delay in issuing NTP after the Initial NTP Deadline but prior to the Second
NTP Deadline. For the avoidance of doubt, Owner’s delay in issuing NTP as described in this
Section 5.2E.1 shall not under any circumstances result in a Change Order adjusting the
Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date.
2. If Owner desires to issue NTP after the Second NTP Deadline, Contractor shall, at
Owner’s request, provide its revised proposal for the Work, including revised Contract Price
and/or pricing for Additional Work Options and/or Guaranteed Substantial Completion Dates. If
Owner agrees to such proposal, all elements of the agreed changes shall be set forth in a
Change Order, provided that Contractor shall not be entitled to an adjustment to the Contract
Price or to an adjustment to the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Dates for any (i) changes
in design, quantities or Equipment (unless Owner directs such changes in design, quantities or
Equipment through a Change Order) or (ii) errors or omissions of Contractor (other than errors
or omissions in Contractor’s assumptions related to a change in market conditions occurring
after the end of the Second NTP Deadline). Such adjustment to the Contract Price and
Guaranteed Substantial Completion Dates shall be Contractor’s sole and exclusive remedy for
Owner’s delay in issuing NTP after the Second NTP Deadline (except as set forth in Section
5.2E.3).
3. If Owner fails to issue NTP on or before April 22, 2021 (the “Final NTP Deadline”),
Contractor may terminate this Agreement without liability to Owner, provided that Contractor
issues written notice to Owner within seven (7) Days after the Final NTP Deadline stating its
intent to terminate this Agreement and Owner has not, within thirty (30) Days after receipt of
such notice, issued NTP in accordance with Section 5.2D. Notwithstanding the foregoing,
Contractor may not terminate this Agreement if Contractor is performing Work under an
LNTP. In the event of such termination under this Section 5.2E.3, Contractor shall have the
rights (and Owner shall make the payments) provided for in Section 16.2 in the event of an
Owner termination for convenience.
F. Contractor shall not be entitled to any increase in the Contract Price or any adjustment to
the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Dates as a result of Owner issuing NTP on any date prior to
the Initial NTP Deadline, and Contractor shall not be entitled to any adjustment to the Guaranteed
Substantial Completion Dates as a result of Owner issuing NTP on any date after the Initial NTP
Deadline but prior to the Second NTP Deadline. Notwithstanding the forgoing, if Owner issues NTP
prior to the expiration of the Minimum LNTP No. 1 Performance Period, Contractor shall be entitled to
increase the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Dates a Day for every Day that Owner issues NTP
prior to date on which the Minimum LNTP No. 1 Performance Period expires. The “Minimum LNTP
No. 1 Performance Period” is [***] ([***]) Days.
5.3 Key Dates. The Key Dates may only be adjusted by Change Order as provided under this
Agreement.
49
A. Guaranteed Substantial Completion Dates. Contractor shall achieve:
B. Final Completion Date. Contractor shall achieve Final Completion no later than [***]
([***]) Days after achieving Substantial Completion of Train 2 (“Final Completion Date”). The Final
Completion Date shall only be adjusted by Change Order as provided under this Agreement.
A. CPM Schedule. No later than thirty (30) Days after the Effective Date, Contractor shall
prepare and submit to Owner for Owner’s review and approval, not to be unreasonably withheld: (i) a
detailed level 3 resource/man-hour loaded critical path method schedule for the Work using the latest
version of Primavera Project Planner (“Primavera Project Planner”) and meeting all requirements
of this Section 5.4A (such schedule, once approved by Owner, is hereinafter referred to as the “CPM
Schedule”) and (ii) a detailed resource plan generated by the CPM Schedule and developed in
accordance with Attachment B and Attachment X. Such submission to Owner of the CPM Schedule
shall be in hard copy and native electronic format. The CPM Schedule shall be consistent with the Key
Dates and shall represent Contractor’s best judgment as to how it shall complete the Work in
compliance with the Guaranteed Dates. The CPM Schedule shall, at a minimum, be detailed at a level
3 (with each activity containing Work for on discipline or craft having a maximum duration of twenty
(20) Days, except in limited circumstances when, due to the nature of the activity, a longer duration is
necessary) for all activities for the Facility (including engineering, procurement, prefabrication or pre-
assembly prior to erection, delivery of equipment, construction, required Owner or government agency
inspections, procurement of Contractor permits, construction, pre-commissioning, Commissioning,
testing and startup) and shall comply with GECP. Without limitation of the foregoing, the CPM
Schedule shall: (i) show the duration, early/late start dates, early/late finish dates and available total
float value for each activity, show a unique activity number, activity description, actual start/finish
dates, remaining duration, physical percent complete and reflect logical relationships between
activities, show an uninterrupted critical path from NTP through each of the Key Dates including
Substantial Completion of each Train and Final Completion of the Facility; (ii) be tagged by activity
codes to allow sorting and filtering by responsible Contractor, Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor,
Owner activities, discipline, craft, major work area, engineering, procurement, construction and
50
commissioning (iii) the Work Breakdown Structure identifier shall be included for each activity, and
(iv) be man-hour loaded to reflect the projected manpower to be used per activity (whether provided by
Contractor or any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor), showing the number of personnel, and a
general description of the Work being performed. Contractor shall submit with the CPM Schedule the
following: (a) progress “S” curve, showing the baseline plan, actual and forecast progress by Month
for total progress of the Work, which shall be based on the CPM Schedule; (b) engineering discipline
and overall engineering and construction area and overall manpower histograms showing forecast
manpower required by Month, for scheduled completion of the Work; (c) Drawing log showing the
Drawing number, title, planned, actual and forecast released for construction dates by discipline and
reporting period; and (d) cost reporting as set forth in Attachment X. Contractor shall use the CPM
Schedule in planning, organizing, directing, coordinating, performing and executing the Work, and the
CPM Schedule shall be the basis for evaluating progress of the Work. The CPM Schedule shall reflect
the critical path to Substantial Completion to each Train.
B. Owner Review of the CPM Schedule. Owner may review the CPM Schedule for general
conformance with this Agreement, and issue written comments and proposed changes of such CPM
Schedule. If Owner reasonably determines that the CPM Schedule does not conform to this
Agreement Contractor shall promptly revise and resubmit the CPM Schedule to Owner. Once the CPM
Schedule and the required submittals have been approved by Owner, this version of the CPM Schedule
shall be the baseline CPM Schedule for the Work. Owner’s review or acceptance of the CPM Schedule
shall not relieve Contractor of any obligations for the performance of the Work, change any Key Date,
nor shall it be construed to establish the reasonableness of the CPM Schedule.
C. Monthly Updates to CPM Schedule. After acceptance by Owner of the CPM Schedule,
Contractor shall manage and update the CPM Schedule no less frequently than once per Month with
Primavera Project Planner, using the critical path method, to reflect the actual progress to date
(“Monthly Updated CPM Schedule”); provided, however, Contractor may not modify any Key Date
without a Change Order executed pursuant to this Agreement, nor shall Contractor change any dates
that relate to Owner’s obligations without obtaining Owner’s written consent. The Monthly Updated
CPM Schedule shall be in the same detail and form and meet all of the other requirements specified
for the CPM Schedule and shall be submitted by Contractor to Owner in native electronic format and
hard copy with each Invoice. Contractor shall provide all supporting data reasonably necessary to
validate the progress shown in each schedule update including: (a) percent complete curves for the
total project, (b) engineering and design, (c) procurement, (d) construction, and (e) start-up and
Commissioning. Contractor shall also provide key commodity installation data including: (f) budgeted
quantity, (g) current estimated quantity, (h) quantity installed by period, (i) overall quantity installed
and forecast to complete to validate claimed overall project completion status. Contractor shall
promptly correct any material errors or inconsistencies in the updates to the CPM Schedule identified
to Contractor by Owner and resubmit a corrected Monthly Updated CPM Schedule for Owner’s review.
51
D. Other Reporting. Without limitation to Contractor’s other reporting requirements under
this Agreement, Contractor shall provide to Owner the following reports on a weekly or Monthly basis,
as required and described in greater detail in Attachment X: (i) Gantt charts organized by work
breakdown or activity codes, (ii) engineering deliverable logs showing budgeted quantities, achieved
quantities and forecast quantities by date, (iii) major Equipment logs showing bid, purchase order,
inspection points and delivery dates, (iv) construction installation logs showing budget quantities,
achieved quantities and forecast quantities for key commodities, (v) manpower curves for engineering
showing discipline budget quantities, achieved quantities and forecast quantities, (vi) manpower
curves for construction showing craft planned manpower, actual manpower, and forecast manpower,
(vii) Invoice and payment log showing Invoice numbers, dates, and amounts and payment receipt dates,
and (viii) Change Order logs showing tracking numbers, descriptions, amounts, submittal dates and
status (pending, approved or rejected).
5.5 Recovery and Recovery Schedule. If, at any time during the prosecution of the Work,
should (i) the Monthly Updated CPM Schedule shows (or if Contractor has not provided the Monthly Updated
CPM Schedule and Owner reasonably determines) that any activity on the critical path of the Monthly
Updated CPM Schedule is delayed such that achievement of a Key Date (including a Guaranteed Date) is
forecasted to occur thirty (30) or more Days after the applicable Key Date, or (ii) Contractor fails to achieve a
Key Date within thirty (30) Days after the applicable Key Date, then Owner may, in addition to any other
remedies that it may have under this Agreement, require that, as soon as reasonably possible, Contractor
prepare a schedule to explain and display how it intends to regain compliance with the CPM Schedule to the
extent required to achieve Substantial Completion of the applicable Train prior to the Guaranteed Substantial
Completion Date for such Train (“Recovery Schedule”). Contractor shall do the following after written
notification by Owner of the requirement for a Recovery Schedule:
A. Within ten (10) Business Days after such notice, Contractor shall prepare the Recovery
Schedule and submit it to Owner for its review and approval, not to be unreasonably
withheld. Contractor shall prepare the Recovery Schedule even if Contractor disputes Owner’s
determination of the need for a Recovery Schedule. The Recovery Schedule shall represent
Contractor’s best judgment as to how it shall regain compliance with the CPM Schedule to the extent
required to achieve Substantial Completion of the applicable Train prior to the Guaranteed Substantial
Completion Date for such Train. The Recovery Schedule shall (i) be prepared in accordance with
GECP, (ii) have a similar level of detail as the CPM Schedule and (iii) meet the requirements specified
for the CPM Schedule.
B. Within ten (10) Business Days after Owner’s receipt of such Recovery Schedule,
Contractor shall participate in a conference with Owner, and with any other
52
Person, including Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors, whom the Parties mutually agree to
participate, to review and evaluate the Recovery Schedule. Any revisions necessary as a result of this
review shall be resubmitted for review by Owner within three (3) Days following the conference. The
revised Recovery Schedule shall then be used by Contractor in planning, organizing, directing,
coordinating, performing, and executing the Work (including all activities of Subcontractors and Sub-
subcontractors) for the duration specified in Section 5.5A, to regain compliance with the CPM
Schedule to the extent required to achieve Substantial Completion of the applicable Train prior to the
Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date for such Train.
C. Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the Recovery Schedule.
D. Five (5) Days prior to the expiration of the Recovery Schedule, Contractor shall meet with
Owner at the Site to determine the effectiveness of the Recovery Schedule and to determine whether
Contractor has regained compliance with the CPM Schedule and the Key Dates to the extent required
for Substantial Completion of the applicable Train to occur before the applicable Guaranteed
Substantial Completion Date. At the direction of Owner, one of the following shall happen:
1. If, in the reasonable opinion of Owner, Contractor is still behind schedule, Contractor
shall be required to prepare another Recovery Schedule pursuant to Section 5.5A above, to
take effect during the immediate subsequent pay period or other period selected in writing by
Owner. Contractor shall prepare such Recovery Schedule even if Contractor disputes Owner’s
opinion.
E. In preparing and executing the Recovery Schedule, Contractor shall take the steps
necessary to regain compliance with the CPM Schedule so that the applicable Train will achieve
Substantial Completion on or before the applicable Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date, including
establishing additional shifts, hiring additional manpower, paying or authorizing overtime, providing
additional Construction Equipment, and resequencing activities.
F. The cost of preparing and performance in accordance with the Recovery Schedule shall be
for Contractor’s account.
G. Owner’s requirement, review and approval of the Recovery Schedule shall not relieve
Contractor of any obligations for the performance of the Work, change any Key Dates, or be construed
to establish the reasonableness of the Recovery Schedule.
53
H. If, at any time prior to the applicable Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date,
Contractor’s performance of the Work is delayed such that Substantial Completion of a Train is
projected to achieve Substantial Completion beyond the applicable Guaranteed Substantial Completion
Date (as may be adjusted by Change Order) to such an extent that the Delay Liquidated Damages cap
in Section 20.2 would apply, and (i) Contractor fails to provide a Recovery Schedule in accordance with
this Section 5.5 or (ii) Contractor provides a Recovery Schedule but Contractor fails to materially
comply with such Recovery Schedule, then Contractor shall be in Default and Owner, after written
notice to Contractor, and a cure period of fifteen (15) Days from the date of Owner’s notice, shall have
the right, prior to the applicable Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date, to terminate Contractor’s
performance of the Work in accordance with Section 16.1A.
5.6 Acceleration and Acceleration Schedule. Even if the Work is otherwise in compliance with
the CPM Schedule and Key Dates, Owner may, at any time, direct Contractor by Change Order or Change
Directive to accelerate the Work by, among other things, establishing additional shifts, performing overtime
Work, providing additional Construction Equipment or expediting Equipment; provided, however, (i) in no
event shall Owner order with a Change Directive acceleration of the Work requiring Contractor to achieve any
Substantial Completion or the Final Completion prior to the respective, original Guaranteed Substantial
Completion Dates or the Final Completion Date or if such acceleration is not technically feasible and (ii)
Contractor’s obligation with respect to an acceleration directive from Owner shall be limited to using
commercially reasonable efforts to accelerate the CPM Schedule. In the event of this directive, Owner shall
pay to Contractor any (i) documented direct and indirect costs (and profit) clearly and solely attributable to
such acceleration; and (ii) appropriate incentives, if any, that the Parties agree to in advance and which are set
forth in the Change Order or Change Directive, as applicable. Any Change Directive shall be governed by
Sections 6.1E and 6.2D. Any adjustment to the Contract Price or any other Changed Criteria that the Parties
agree in a Change Order will be changed by such acceleration for Owner’s acceleration of the Work shall be
implemented by Change Order. If Owner directs Contractor to accelerate the Work, Contractor shall promptly
commence and diligently perform the acceleration of the Work as directed by Owner, and shall prepare a
schedule to explain and display how it intends to accelerate the Work and how that acceleration will affect a
critical path of the CPM Schedule (the “Acceleration Schedule”). With respect to the Acceleration
Schedule, Contractor shall do the following:
A. No later than the thirtieth (30th) Day after such directive, Contractor shall prepare the
Acceleration Schedule and submit it to Owner for its review. The Acceleration Schedule shall
represent Contractor’s best judgment as to how it shall satisfy such acceleration directive. The
Acceleration Schedule shall be prepared using GECP and to a similar level of detail as the CPM
Schedule.
B. On the thirtieth (30th) Day after issuance of such directive (or such longer time as specified
in writing by Owner), Contractor shall participate in a conference with Owner, and with any other
Person, including Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors, whom Owner requests and Contractor
agrees (with such agreement not to be unreasonably withheld) to participate, to review and evaluate
the Acceleration Schedule. Any revisions to the Acceleration Schedule necessary as a result of this
review shall be resubmitted for review by Owner as soon as reasonably practicable. The revised
Acceleration Schedule
54
shall then be the schedule which Contractor shall use in planning, organizing, directing, coordinating,
performing, and executing that portion of the Work that is affected by such acceleration, with the CPM
Schedule governing the performance of all other Work.
C. Owner’s review and approval of the Acceleration Schedule shall not constitute an
independent evaluation or determination by Owner of the workability, feasibility, or reasonableness of
that schedule.
ARTICLE 6
CHANGES; FORCE MAJEURE; AND OWNER CAUSED DELAY
6.1 Owner’s Right to Change Order. Owner may, at any time, instruct Contractor to alter,
amend, omit, or suspend the Work or modify the requirements of this Agreement in accordance with this
Section 6.1.
A. Prior to the execution of any Change Order under this Section 6.1, Owner shall notify
Contractor of the nature of the proposed addition to, omission from, deletion from, suspension of, or
any other modification or adjustment to the requirements of this Agreement, by issuing an Owner’s
Change Request to Contractor in the form of Schedule D-3.
B. Within fourteen (14) Business Days after Contractor’s receipt of such Owner’s Change
Request (when reasonably possible but if it is not reasonably possible for Contractor to provide all of
the information required under this Section 6.1B within such fourteen (14) Business Day period,
Contractor shall provide Owner with as much information as reasonably possible as well as a written
explanation of the reason that additional time is required, but in no event later than thirty (30)
Business Days following Contractor’s receipt of Owner’s written request for a change). Contractor
shall respond to Owner with a written statement in the form of Schedule D-3 detailing:
C. After submission of Contractor’s written assessment in accordance with Section 6.1B and
upon Owner’s written request, Contractor shall provide Owner within fourteen (14) Business Days (or
if Contractor requires third party quotes in order to prepare the comprehensive written estimate
required under this Section 6.1C or states that a longer time period is reasonably required at the time
Contractor provides the preliminary assessment, within thirty (30) Days or such longer period of
mutually agreed by the Parties in writing), a comprehensive written estimate setting forth in detail the
effect, if any, which such request, if implemented by Change Order, would have on the Changed
Criteria. This detailed estimate shall (i) include a fixed price breakdown (unless otherwise agreed by
the Parties in writing) for the Work to be performed derived from the unit rates set forth in
55
Schedule D-5 to the extent applicable or, if not stated therein, derived from rates not to exceed then-
current market rates, (ii) include all information required by Section 6.5B, and (iii) supplement and
supersede the assessment provided under Section 6.1B.
D. If the Parties agree on such Changed Criteria for such request, the Parties shall execute a
Change Order, which shall be in the form of Schedule D-1 and such Change Order shall become
binding on the Parties, as part of this Agreement.
E. If the Parties cannot agree on such Changed Criteria for such request within fourteen (14)
Days of Owner’s receipt of Contractor’s comprehensive written estimate specified in Section 6.1C,
unless mutually extended in writing by the Parties, or if Owner desires that the proposed changed
Work set forth in the Owner’s Change Request commence immediately without the requirement of an
estimation or a detailed estimate by Contractor as required under Sections 6.1B or 6.1C, Owner may,
by issuance of a Change Directive in the form attached hereto as Schedule D-2, require and authorize
Contractor to commence and perform the changed Work specified in such Change Directive in
accordance with the rates specified in Schedule D-5 (or if not set forth therein, at rates not to exceed
then current market rates) with the effect of such unilateral Change Order on the Changed Criteria (or
if the Parties agree on the effect of such unilateral Change Order for some but not all of the Changed
Criteria, the impact of each of the components of the Changed Criteria on which the Parties disagree)
to be determined as soon as possible but without prejudice to Contractor’s right to refer any Dispute
for resolution in accordance with ARTICLE 18. Notwithstanding the foregoing, Owner may not issue a
Change Directive that would cause an adjustment to the Minimum Acceptance Criteria, the
Performance Guarantees or require Contractor to handle, transport or remediate any Pre-Existing
Hazardous Materials without Contractor’s agreement in the form of a mutual Change Order. After
Owner’s issuance of a Change Directive, the Parties shall continue to negotiate in good faith to reach
agreement on the Changed Criteria. If the Parties cannot agree on the effect of such Change Directive
within a reasonable period of time but no longer than [***] ([***]) Days after Owner’s receipt of all
supporting documentation reasonably required by Owner to evaluate the Changed Criteria, then the
Dispute shall be resolved as provided in ARTICLE 18. Pending resolution of the Dispute, Contractor
shall perform the Work as specified in such Change Directive, and Owner shall pay Contractor on a
Monthly basis for (i) additional design and engineering Work related to the changed Work specified in
the Change Directive in accordance with the rates set forth in Schedule D-5; (ii) the actual purchase
price of Equipment procured by Contractor, plus associated margin of six percent (6%) on such
purchase price for profit and corporate overhead; and (iii) Work involving minor changes to be
performed in the field (such as relocation of Equipment within the Facilities) where unit rates are
provided in this Agreement. When Owner and Contractor agree on the effect of such Change Directive
on all of the Changed Criteria, such agreement shall be recorded by execution by the Parties of a
Change Order in the form attached hereto as Schedule D-1, which shall supersede the Change
Directive previously issued and relating to such changed Work. Contractor shall be considered to be in
Default under Section 16.1 should it (i) fail to commence (which may include planning or design
activities) the performance of the changed Work or other obligations required in such Change Directive
within seven (7) Business Days after receipt of such Change Directive (or within such other time as
specified in writing by Owner) or (ii) fail to
56
diligently perform the changed Work or other obligations required in such Change Directive; provided,
however, in no event shall Owner be entitled to issue any unilateral Change Directive (a) where such
unilateral Change Directive would result in an increase in the Contract Price exceeding [***] U.S.
Dollars (U.S.$ [***]), or (b) if in conjunction with other outstanding unilateral Change Directives issued
by Owner, such unilateral Change Directives would in themselves result in an increase in the Contract
Price equal to or exceeding to [***] U.S. Dollars (U.S.$ [***]).
A. Contractor shall only have the right to a Change Order in the event of any of the following
occurrences:
4. Owner’s request for an increase in coverage under the Letter of Credit pursuant to
Section 9.2 to cover any increase in the Contract Price as a result of Change Orders;
5. To the extent expressly permitted under Sections 2.5B.2(i), 3.3C.5, 3.10, 3.12C, 3.17,
3.27A, 3.27B, 5.2E.2, 7.2D, 8.2C, 11.2D and 12.2A;
6. To the extent expressly permitted under Sections 3.4C, 5.2E.1, 7.9 and 9.1C;
7. Changes in Law that occur after the Effective Date and that adversely affect
Contractor’s actual cost (which costs shall be adequately documented and supported by
Contractor) of performance of the Work or ability to perform any requirement under this
Agreement. If such Changes in Law causes a delay (as that term is defined Section 6.9),
Contractor shall be entitled to relief to the extent allowed under Section 6.8. Notwithstanding
anything provided in this Agreement, any change in Applicable Law related to tariffs, quotas, or
duties shall be addressed exclusively and Contractor shall be entitled to a Change Order only to
the extent permitted in Attachment FF (Relief for Changes in U.S. Tariffs or Duties);
57
9. Changes to the Rely Upon Information, or errors, omissions or inaccuracies in the
Rely Upon Information that adversely affect Contractor’s (i) actual cost (which costs shall be
adequately documented and supported by Contractor) of performance of the Work, or (ii) ability
to perform any material requirement under this Agreement. If such errors, omissions or
inaccuracies in the Rely Upon Information cause a delay (as that term is defined in Section 6.9),
Contractor shall be entitled to relief to the extent allowed under Section 6.8;
10. To the extent expressly permitted elsewhere in Attachment O and, further, delay
beyond the permissible times specified in Section 1A(x)(g)(2) or Section 1A(xii)(g)(2) of
Attachment O for the delivery by Owner to Contractor of builder’s risk or marine cargo
insurance proceeds received by the Collateral Agent (or if no Collateral Agent, a mutually
agreed upon escrow agent) shall relieve Contractor of any obligation under this Agreement to
effect repairs or other restoration of the Work affected by the insured occurrence for any costs
of repairs or restoration exceeding the sum of the deductible under such insurance and any
amounts previously paid to Contractor under such insurance and shall entitle Contractor to a
Change Order adjusting the Contract Price and Key Dates, but only to the extent such delay
adversely affects (i) Contractor’s cost of performance of the Work, (ii) Contractor’s ability to
perform the Work in accordance with the Monthly Updated CPM Schedule, or (iii) Contractor’s
ability to perform any material obligation under this Agreement; provided that, notwithstanding
the foregoing, in no event shall this Section 6.2A.10 in any way relieve Contractor from any
obligation to perform any work necessary to maintain the builder’s risk and marine cargo
insurance in full force and effect; and
B. Should Contractor desire a Change Order under this Section 6.2, Contractor shall, pursuant
to Section 6.5, notify Owner in writing and issue to Owner, at Contractor’s expense, a notice in the
form of Schedule D-4 (“Contractor’s Change Notice”) with a detailed explanation of the proposed
change and Contractor’s reasons for proposing the change, all documentation necessary to verify the
effects of the change on the Changed Criteria, and all other information required by Section 6.5. Any
adjustments to the Contract Price shall be requested on a fixed price basis (unless otherwise agreed
by the Parties in writing) and shall be derived from the rates set forth in Schedule D-5 to the extent
applicable or, if not stated therein, derived from rates not to exceed then-current market rates.
C. Owner shall respond to Contractor’s Change Notice within thirty (30) Days of receipt
(unless Owner requests additional information in order to respond), stating (i) whether Owner agrees
that Contractor is entitled to a Change Order and (ii) the extent, if any, to which Owner agrees with
Contractor’s statement regarding the effect of the proposed Change Order on the Changed Criteria,
including any adjustment to the Contract Price. If Owner agrees that a Change Order is necessary and
agrees with Contractor’s statement regarding the effect of the proposed Change Order on the
Changed Criteria, then Owner shall issue such Change Order, which shall be in the form of
Schedule D-1, and
58
such Change Order shall become binding on the Parties as part of this Agreement upon execution
thereof by the Parties.
D. If the Parties agree that Contractor is entitled to a Change Order but cannot agree on the
effect of the proposed Change Order on the Changed Criteria within fourteen (14) Days after Owner’s
receipt of Contractor’s written notice and proposed Change Order and all other required information,
or if Owner desires that the proposed changed Work set forth in the proposed Change Order
commence immediately, the rights, obligations and procedures set forth in Section 6.1E are applicable.
E. If the Parties cannot agree upon whether Contractor is entitled to a Change Order within
fourteen (14) Days after Owner’s receipt of Contractor’s Change Notice and proposed Change Order,
then the dispute shall be resolved as provided in ARTICLE 18. Pending resolution of the dispute,
Contractor shall continue to perform the Work required under this Agreement, and Owner shall
continue to pay Contractor in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, as modified by any
previously agreed Change Orders or Change Directives.
6.4 Change Orders Act as Accord and Satisfaction. Change Orders agreed pursuant to
Section 6.1D or 6.2C by the Parties, and Change Directives entered into pursuant to Section 6.1E or 6.2D in
which the Parties have subsequently agreed upon the effect of such Change Directive and executed a
superseding Change Order as provided in Section 6.1D or 6.2C, shall, unless otherwise expressly reserved in
such Change Order, constitute a full and final settlement and accord and satisfaction of all effects of the
change as described in the Change Order upon the Changed Criteria and shall be deemed to compensate
Contractor fully for all direct and indirect impacts of such change. Accordingly, unless otherwise expressly
reserved in such Change Order, Contractor expressly waives and releases any and all right to make a claim or
demand or to take any action or proceeding against Owner for any other consequences arising out of, relating
to, or resulting from such change reflected in such Change Order, whether the consequences result directly or
indirectly from such change reflected in such Change Order, including any claim or demand for damages due
to delay, disruption, hindrance, impact, interference, inefficiencies or extra work arising out of, resulting from,
or related to, the change reflected in that Change Order (including any claims or demands that any Change
Order or number of Change Orders,
59
individually or in the aggregate, have impacted the unchanged Work). If Contractor expressly reserves its
right in a Change Order to maintain a claim arising out of the change in the Change Order, then such
reservation shall only be effective for the earlier of Contractor’s achievement of Substantial Completion of the
applicable Train to which the Change Order relates or one hundred eighty (180) Days after execution of the
Change Order, and afterwards Contractor waives and releases any and all right to make a claim or demand
relating to such Change Order as specified in this Section 6.4.
6.5 Timing Requirements for Change Notices Issued by Contractor. Should any
circumstance that Contractor has reason to believe may give rise to the right to a Change Order, Contractor
shall, with respect to each such circumstance:
A. issue a Contractor’s Change Notice to Owner within fourteen (14) Days following the date
that Contractor knew of or sixty (60) Days after the date that Contractor reasonably should have
known of the first occurrence or beginning of such circumstance; provided that if such occurrence or
circumstance is an emergency, oral notice shall be given immediately, followed by a Contractor’s
Change Notice within seventy-two (72) hours after such oral notice is provided.
1. In such Contractor’s Change Notice, Contractor shall state in detail all known and
presumed facts upon which its claim is based, including the character, duration and extent of
such circumstance, the date Contractor first knew of such circumstance, any activities impacted
by such circumstance, the estimated cost and time consequences of such circumstance
(including showing a good faith estimate of the impact of such circumstance, if any, on the
critical path of the Monthly Updated CPM Schedule) and any other details or information that
are expressly required under this Agreement.
2. Contractor shall only be required to comply with the notice requirements of this
Section 6.5A once for continuing circumstances, provided the notice expressly states that the
circumstance is continuing and includes Contractor’s best estimate of the impact on any
Changed Criteria by such circumstance; and
B. submit to Owner a comprehensive written estimate no later than forty five (45) Days
(unless mutually extended by the Parties in writing) after the later of (a) the date that the notice in
Section 6.5A.1 is given and (b) the completion of each such circumstance, setting forth in detail (i) why
Contractor believes that a Change Order should be issued, plus all documentation reasonably
requested by or necessary for Owner to determine the factors necessitating the possibility of a Change
Order and all other information and details expressly required under this Agreement, including the
information required by Schedule D-4, applicable detailed estimates and cost records, time sheet
summaries and a graphic demonstration using the CPM Schedule showing Contractor’s entitlement to
a time extension to the Key Dates pursuant to the terms of this Agreement, which shall be provided in
its native electronic format and (ii) the effect, if any, which such proposed Change Order would have
for the Work on any of the Changed Criteria.
60
C. The Parties acknowledge that the notice requirements contained in this Agreement are an
express condition precedent necessary to any right for an adjustment to the Changed Criteria or any
other modification to any other obligation of Contractor under this Agreement, provided that Owner
demonstrates it was prejudiced by Contractor’s failure to provide such notice in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement; however, in any event, if Contractor fails to provide the required notice within
sixty (60) Days of when such notice was required to be given under the terms of this Agreement, such
failure is deemed a complete bar to Contractor’s claim for which such notice was required. Oral
notice, shortness of time, or Owner’s actual knowledge of a particular circumstance shall not waive,
satisfy, discharge or otherwise excuse Contractor’s strict compliance with this Section 6.5.
6.6 Adjustment Only Through Change Order. No change in the requirements of this
Agreement, whether an addition to, deletion from, suspension of or modification to this Agreement, including
any Work, shall be the basis for an adjustment to any Changed Criteria or any other obligations of Contractor
or right of Owner under this Agreement unless and until such addition, deletion, suspension or modification
has been authorized by a Change Order executed and issued in accordance with and in strict compliance with
the requirements of this ARTICLE 6, except that the Work may be changed by a Change Directive. Contractor
shall not perform any change in the Work unless and until such change is authorized pursuant to a Change
Order or Change Directive in accordance with this ARTICLE 6, and all costs incurred by Contractor prior to
authorization by Change Order shall be for Contractor’s account. No course of conduct or dealings between
the Parties (including the issuance of an Owner’s Change Request or Contractor’s Change Notice), nor
express or implied acceptance of additions, deletions, suspensions or modifications to this Agreement, and no
claim that Owner has been unjustly enriched by any such addition, deletion, suspension or modification to this
Agreement, whether or not there is in fact any such unjust enrichment, shall be the basis for any claim for an
adjustment to the Changed Criteria or any other obligations of Contractor under this Agreement.
1. Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment to the Contract Price for any delay that
meets the requirements of Section 6.7A, if such delay, alone or aggregated with other Force
Majeure events, causes delay in the performance of any Work that is on the critical path of the
Monthly Updated CPM Schedule in
61
excess of thirty (30) Days in the aggregate. Any such Contract Price adjustments shall be for
reasonable costs necessarily incurred by Contractor for delay occurring after the expiration of
such thirty (30) Day aggregate period; provided that Owner’s total liability under this
Agreement for any such Contract Price adjustment(s) for all such events occurring during the
term of this Agreement shall not exceed fifty million U.S. Dollars (U.S.$50,000,000) in the
aggregate.
B. Owner Relief. Subject to Section 6.7A, Owner’s obligations under this Agreement shall be
suspended to the extent that performance of such obligations is delayed by Force Majeure (but without
prejudice to Contractor’s entitlement to a Change Order for the events described in Section 6.2A).
6.8 Delay Caused by Owner or for Which Owner Is Responsible. If (a) any Owner
Indemnified Party or any Person acting on behalf of or under the control of Owner delays the commencement,
prosecution or completion of the Work, including Owner’s failure to provide an Owner-Furnished Items, and to
the extent such delay is not attributable to Contractor or its Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors but is
caused by Owner’s breach of an express obligation under this Agreement, or (b) the commencement,
prosecution or completion of the Work be delayed as a result of (1) Changes in Law for which Contractor is
entitled to relief under Section 6.2A.7, (2) changes to or errors or omissions in Rely Upon Information for
which Contractor is entitled to relief under Section 6.2A.9, (3) a suspension of the Work for which Contractor
is entitled to relief under Section 6.2A.8, or (4) an event entitling Contractor to a Change Order as set forth in
Section 6.2A.5 or 6.2A.11 for a Change in Quotas (as defined in Attachment FF), then Contractor shall, with
respect to any of the above, be entitled to an adjustment in the Contract Price and an extension to the
applicable Guaranteed Substantial Completion Dates if such delay affects the performance of any Work that is
on the critical path of the Monthly Updated CPM Schedule, and Contractor complies with the notice and
Change Order request requirements in Section 6.5 and the mitigation requirements of Section 6.10, provided
that Contractor shall be entitled to an adjustment to the Contract Price which shall be limited to the
reasonable, additional costs incurred by Contractor for such delay, plus associated profit margin of six percent
(6%) on such costs. Any adjustments to the Contract Price or a Key Date shall be recorded in a Change
Order. The Parties agree that if they execute a Change Order with respect to any change in the Scope of
Work described in this Section 6.8, any delay arising out of such change in the Scope of Work and meeting the
requirements of this Section 6.8 shall be included in the Change Order incorporating such change in the Scope
of Work.
6.9 Delay. For the purposes of Sections 6.2A.1, 6.2A.6, 6.2A.9, 6.7 and 6.8, the term “delay” shall
include hindrances, disruptions, preventions or obstructions, or any other similar term in the industry and the
resulting impact from such hindrances, disruptions or obstructions, including inefficiency, impact, ripple or lost
production. For the avoidance of doubt, the Parties recognize and agree that for the purposes of Sections 6.7
and 6.8, a Work activity not on the critical path can become on the critical path, and if a delay causes a Work
activity off the critical path to become a critical path activity, Contractor is entitled to an extension to the Key
Dates for those
62
days of delay after which the non-critical path activity became a critical path activity, provided that such delay
satisfies the other applicable requirements under Sections 6.7 and 6.8.
6.10 Contractor Obligation to Mitigate Delay. With respect to Sections 6.7 and 6.8, in no
event shall Contractor be entitled to any adjustment to the Key Dates or adjustment to the Contract Price for
(i) that portion of delay to the extent Contractor could have taken, but failed to take, reasonable actions to
mitigate such delay or (ii) that portion of delay that would nevertheless been experienced had such delay
event in Section 6.7 or 6.8 not occurred.
6.11 Separated Contract Price Adjustments in Change Orders. Any adjustment by Change
Order to the Contract Price which is made on a fixed price separated basis shall be separated pursuant to 34
Tex. Admin. Code Rule § 3.291(a)(13) to specify the applicable adjustments to the Aggregate Equipment Price
and Aggregate Labor and Skills Price in accordance with ARTICLE 7.
ARTICLE 7
CONTRACT PRICE AND PAYMENTS TO CONTRACTOR
7.1 Contract Price. As compensation in full to Contractor for the full and complete performance
of the Work and all of Contractor’s other obligations under this Agreement, Owner shall pay and Contractor
shall accept Seven Billion Forty Two Million Fifty Two Thousand U.S. Dollars (US$ 7,042,052,000) (the
“Contract Price”). The Contract Price is subject to adjustment only by Change Order as provided in
ARTICLE 6, and includes all Taxes (excluding U.S. Tariffs and Duties, as further described in Section 7.1A)
payable by Contractor and its Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors in connection with the Work. For the
avoidance of doubt, the Contract Price does not include Texas Sales and Use Tax on Equipment (which is
subject to exemption as provided under Section 4.8A).
A. The Contract Price excludes U.S. Tariffs and Duties, and Contractor shall invoice
separately to recover its costs for U.S. Tariffs and Duties pursuant to Attachment FF, provided that
Contractor may not invoice any more than Sixty One Million Four Hundred Ninety Five Thousand
Seven Hundred Thirty U.S. Dollars (US$ $61,495,730) (“Total Reimbursement Amount”) in total for
U.S. Tariffs and Duties (unless reduced or increased via Change Order pursuant to Attachment FF
(Relief for Changes in U.S. Tariffs or Duties) for a Change in U.S. Tariffs or Duties), and any additional
costs related to any tariffs, quotas, and duties are for Contractor’s account.
B. The Contract Price is separated, in accordance with the definition of separated contract as
defined in 34 Tex. Admin Code Rule § 3.291(a)(13), as follows:
1. [***] U.S. Dollars (U.S.$ [***]) for Equipment (“Aggregate Equipment Price”). The
Aggregate Equipment Price equates to the portion of the Contract Price attributable to all
Equipment and includes the cost of every piece of Equipment, including markup, overhead,
freight and profit, but excludes labor.
63
for all Work in this Agreement other than for Equipment (“Aggregate Labor and Skills
Price”), which such Work includes all labor, engineering, design, services, installation,
consumables, freight on Construction Equipment, overhead and all other items of whatever
nature applicable to the Work. Excluding only the Aggregate Equipment Price, the Aggregate
Labor and Skills Price shall include all costs, charges and expenses of whatever nature
applicable to the Work, including Taxes (except for U.S. Tariffs and Duties) on all Work and
Texas Sales and Use Tax on all Work other than on Equipment.
B. Invoices. Within [***] ([***]) Days after the end of each Month (or the next Business Day
if the [***]th Day is not a Business Day), Contractor shall submit to Owner an Invoice for (i) all Work
completed during the prior Month in accordance with the Earned Value Contract Price Breakdown, (ii)
all Payment Milestones completed during the prior Month, if any and (iii) reimbursement for U.S.
Tariffs and Duties, if any. Contractor shall not be entitled to any payment whatsoever for any portion
of the Work relating to a
64
particular Payment Milestone until such Payment Milestone is fully completed. Such Monthly Invoice
shall also include amounts properly due and owing for Work performed during the prior Month under
Change Directives. All Invoices, other than the Invoice for final payment under this Agreement, shall
be in the form of Schedule I-1, and shall include all documentation supporting its request for payment
as required under this Agreement. All Invoices issued to Owner hereunder shall separately state
charges for Equipment and skill, labor and other costs for the Project.
C. Interim Lien and Claim Waivers. Each Invoice received by Owner prior to Final
Completion shall be accompanied by (i) a fully executed Interim Lien and Claim Waiver from
Contractor in the form of Schedules K-1 and K-2 for all Work performed through the date for which
payment is requested, (ii) fully executed Interim Lien and Claim Waivers from each Major
Subcontractor in the form set forth in Schedules K-3 and K-4 for all Work performed through the date
for which payment is requested and (iii) if requested by Owner, fully executed Interim Lien and Claim
Waivers from all Major Sub-subcontractors in the form set forth in Schedules K-3 and K-4 for all Work
performed through the date for which payment is requested. Interim Lien and Claim Waivers,
however, shall not be required from Major Subcontractors, Major Sub-subcontractors, Subcontractors
or Sub-subcontractors until they have performed and invoiced Contractor for their Work, and Major
Subcontractors, Major Sub-subcontractors, Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors shall be required
to submit additional Interim Lien and Claim Waivers only if they have performed Work not covered by a
previous Interim Lien and Claim Waiver. Submission of all Interim Lien and Claim Waivers are a
condition precedent to payment of any Invoice (provided that if Contractor does not submit an Interim
Lien and Claim Waiver for a Major Subcontractor or Major Sub-subcontractor in accordance with this
Section 7.2C, Owner may withhold payment for the amount allocated to such Major Subcontractor or
Major Sub-subcontractor that has not provided an Interim Lien and Claim Waiver).
D. Review and Approval. Each Invoice shall be reviewed by Owner and, upon Owner’s
reasonable request, Contractor shall furnish such supporting documentation and certificates and
provide such further information as may be reasonably requested by Owner. Unless disputed by
Owner, each Invoice (less any withholdings allowed under this Agreement) shall be due and payable
[***] ([***]) Days after it, and all documentation required under this Agreement, is received by
Owner. Notwithstanding the above, prior to receipt of NTP, Contractor may submit an Invoice to
Owner for the NTP milestone payment, and such Invoice shall be due and payable within [***] ([***])
Days after NTP, and Contractor shall have no obligation to commence the Work under the NTP until
such payment is received by Contractor (but for the avoidance of doubt, the Guaranteed Substantial
Completion Dates for each Train shall not be altered despite Contractor’s right not to commence the
Work until such payment is received, unless such payment is received after such ten (10) Day period
above, in which case Contractor shall be entitled to a Change Order adjusting the Contract Price
and/or the Key Dates, as applicable, pursuant to Section 6.8, provided that Contractor complies with
the notice and Change Order request requirements set forth in Sections 6.2 and 6.5. If an Invoice is
disputed by Owner, then payment shall be made for all undisputed amounts and the Dispute shall be
resolved
65
pursuant to ARTICLE 18. Payment on disputed amounts shall be made as soon as such Dispute is
resolved.
E. Maximum Cumulative Payment Amounts. The Parties have agreed upon and set forth
in Schedule C-3 a schedule of the maximum cumulative amounts that Contractor is allowed to Invoice
Owner at any one time during the performance of the Work (the “Maximum Cumulative Payment
Schedule”). The Maximum Cumulative Payment Schedule shall only be subject to adjustment
pursuant to a Change Order.
7.3 Final Completion and Final Payment. Upon Final Completion, Contractor shall, in
addition to any other requirements in this Agreement for achieving Final Completion, including those
requirements set forth in Section 1.1 for the definition of Final Completion, submit a fully executed final
Invoice in the form attached hereto as Schedule I-2, along with (i) a statement summarizing and reconciling all
previous Invoices, payments and Change Orders, (ii) an affidavit that all payrolls, Taxes, liens, charges,
claims, demands, judgments, security interests, bills for Equipment, and any other indebtedness connected
with the Work have been paid, (iii) fully executed Final Lien and Claim Waiver from Contractor in the form of
Schedules K-5 and K-6, (iv) fully executed Final Lien and Claim Waivers from each Major Subcontractor in the
form set forth in Schedules K-7 and K-8, and (v) if requested by Owner, fully executed Final Lien and Claim
Waivers from each Major Sub-subcontractor in the form set forth in Schedules K-7 and K-8. No later than [***]
([***]) Days after receipt by Owner of such final Invoice and all requested documentation and achieving Final
Completion, Owner shall, subject to its rights to withhold payment under this Agreement, pay Contractor the
balance of the Contract Price.
7.4 Payments Not Acceptance of Work. No payment made hereunder by Owner shall be
considered as approval or acceptance of any Work by Owner or a waiver of any claim or right Owner may
have hereunder. All payments shall be subject to correction or adjustment in subsequent payments.
7.5 Payments Withheld. In addition to disputed amounts set forth in an Invoice, Owner may, in
addition to any other rights under this Agreement, withhold payment on an Invoice or a portion thereof, or
collect on the Letter of Credit, in an amount and to such extent as may be reasonably necessary to protect
Owner from loss due to:
B. liens, stop notices or other encumbrances on all or a portion of the Site,, the Work, the
Train 3 Liquefaction Facility or the Facility, which are filed by any Subcontractor, any Sub-
subcontractor or any other Person acting through or under any of them, provided that Owner has
made payment to Contractor of all undisputed amounts due to Contractor in accordance with the terms
of this Agreement and further provided that, with respect to liens and other encumbrances, Contractor
has not removed or discharged such lien or encumbrance in accordance with Section 17.6;
66
D. the assessment of any fines or penalties against Owner as a result of Contractor’s failure
to comply with Applicable Law or Applicable Codes and Standards;
E. a discovery that a Payment Milestone or other Work associated with a prior payment was
not in fact achieved;
G. Liquidated Damages that Contractor owes under the terms of this Agreement;
I. any other costs or liabilities which Owner has incurred or will incur for which Contractor is
responsible under this Agreement; or
J. failure of Contractor to comply with its Monthly Progress Report obligations or scheduling
obligations as set forth in Section 5.4.
7.6 Payment of Amounts Withheld or Collected on Letter of Credit. Prior to drawing down
or collecting on the Letter of Credit in accordance with this Agreement, Owner shall provide Contractor with
the written notice in accordance with Section 9.2A(b). For amounts actually withheld or collected on the
Letter of Credit, Owner shall pay Contractor the amount Owner withheld or collected on the Letter of Credit
under Section 7.5 if Contractor (i) pays, satisfies or discharges the applicable claim of Owner against
Contractor under or by virtue of this Agreement and provides Owner with reasonable evidence of such
payment, satisfaction or discharge, (ii) cures the applicable breach described in Section 7.5 or the applicable
Default (i.e., the breach described in Section 7.5 or Default on which Owner’s withholding or collection on the
Letter of Credit was based), (iii) with respect to item 7.5B, removes the lien or other encumbrance in question
in accordance with Applicable Law, or (iv) provides Owner with a Letter of Credit reasonably satisfactory to
Owner in the amount of the withheld payment. In the event Owner draws down or collects any amount on the
Letter of Credit pursuant to this Section 7.6, and Contractor acts in accordance with either (i), (ii) or (iii)
above so as to require payment from Owner, Contractor shall, within [***] ([***]) Days after Owner’s
payment to Contractor, restore the Letter of Credit to the amount the Letter of Credit had immediately prior
to Owner’s collection on the Letter of Credit under this Section 7.6, failing which, Owner may withhold all
payments otherwise due Contractor until Contractor so restores such Letter of Credit. Owner’s failure to
withhold or draw down or collect against the Letter of Credit in the event of any of the circumstances
described in this Section 7.6 shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of Owner’s rights under this
Agreement, including Owner’s right to withhold or draw down on the Letter of Credit at any time one of the
circumstances in Section 7.5 exists.
7.7 Interest on Late Payments. Any undisputed amounts due but not paid when such amounts
are due and payable hereunder shall bear interest at the lesser of (i) an annual rate equal
67
to the prime rate published by the Wall Street Journal on the date such amounts were due and payable plus
three percent (3%) or (ii) the maximum rate permitted under Applicable Law.
7.8 Offset. Owner may, upon prior notice to Contractor, offset any debt due and payable from
Contractor to Owner against any amount due and payable to Contractor hereunder.
7.9 Currency. All amounts contained herein are in and shall be paid in U.S. Dollars. Included in
the Contract Price are the following amounts in U.S. Dollars based upon the following foreign (non-U.S.
Dollar) currencies at the following exchange rates to the U.S. Dollar:
Contemporaneously with Owner’s issuance of the NTP Payment Milestone payment, the Contract Price shall
be subject to an upward or downward adjustment by Change Order to account for changes in the exchange
rates during the time period between the Effective Date and Owner’s issuance of the NTP milestone payment,
and such adjusted Contract Price shall be stated in U.S. Dollars.
The adjustment to the Contract Price for each foreign currency will be determined as follows:
(a) the equivalent U.S. Dollar value at the time of Owner’s issuance of the NTP Payment Milestone
payment
(determined by multiplying the value of foreign currency listed above by the exchange rate quoted by
Bloomberg FX Fixings rate for such foreign currency as of 9:00am NY time on the next banking day
following Owner’s issuance of the NTP Payment Milestone payment)
minus
(b) the initial equivalent U.S. Dollar value listed in the table above for such foreign currency.
The Contract Price adjustment shall be the sum of the adjustments for each currency, and shall be
stated in U.S. Dollars. After Owner’s issuance of the NTP Payment Milestone payment, Contractor assumes
all risk relating to fluctuation of any foreign currency.
7.11 [***].
68
ARTICLE 8
TITLE AND RISK OF LOSS
8.1 Title.
A. Clear Title. Contractor warrants and guarantees that Owner will receive good and legal
title to and ownership of the Work and the Facility (including each component thereof) shall be free
and clear of any and all liens, claims, security interests or other encumbrances when title thereto
passes to Owner.
B. Title to Work. Title to all or any portion of the Work (other than Work Product) shall pass
to Owner (or its designee) upon the earlier of (i) payment by Owner therefor, (ii) delivery of the Work
to the Site, or (iii) incorporation of such Work into the Facility, except in the case of Work Product,
which is governed by ARTICLE 10. Transfer of title to Work shall be without prejudice to Owner’s
right to reject Defective Work, or any other right in this Agreement.
A. Risk of Loss Prior to Substantial Completion. Contractor shall bear the risk of
physical loss and damage to each Train and all Equipment and Work incorporated or to be
incorporated into such Train until the earlier of Substantial Completion of such Train or termination of
the Agreement, provided that Owner shall at all times bear the risk of physical loss and damage to the
extent arising from (i) war (whether declared or undeclared), civil war, act of terrorism, sabotage,
blockade, insurrection; or (ii) ionizing radiation, or contamination by radioactivity from nuclear fuel, or
from any nuclear waste from the combustion of nuclear fuel properties of any explosive nuclear
assembly or nuclear component thereof; or (iii) a significant atmospheric disturbance marked by high
winds, with or without precipitation, including such events as hurricane, typhoon, monsoon, cyclone,
rainstorm, tempest, hailstorm, tornado, or any combination of the foregoing events, including any
resulting flood, tidal or wave action (collectively, “Windstorms”) and earthquake to the extent that
such Windstorms and earthquakes result in loss or damage in excess of [***] U.S. Dollars (U.S.$ [***])
(or such greater amount obtained in the Builder’s Risk policy) in the cumulative aggregate with respect
to the Work, the Facility and the Train 3 Liquefaction Facility. The full amount of [***] U.S. Dollars
(U.S.$ [***]) (or such greater amount obtained in the Builder’s Risk policy) may be satisfied under
either the Train 3 EPC Agreement or this Agreement.
69
extent such physical loss and damage arises out of or results from or is related to the negligence or
fault of any Contractor Indemnified Party or Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors, subject to a cap in
liability of [***] Dollars (U.S. $[***]) per occurrence, with a cumulative per occurrence of [***] U.S.
Dollars (U.S. $[***]) under the Train 3 EPC Agreement and this Agreement. Under no circumstances
shall this Section 8.2B be interpreted to relieve Contractor of its obligations with respect to
Warranties, Defective Work and Corrective Work.
C. With respect to any physical loss or physical damage to a Train (including Equipment or
Work incorporated into such Train) caused by (a) Force Majeure (including any of the events listed in
Section 8.2A(i), (ii), or (iii)); (b) any member of Owner Indemnified Parties or any other Person for
whom Owner is responsible, or (c) any Third Party over whom neither Contractor nor Owner are
responsible and such Third Party is beyond the reasonable control of Contractor and such loss or
damage was not due to Contractor’s fault or negligence and could not have been prevented or avoided
by Contractor through the exercise of due diligence, Contractor shall be entitled to a Change Order
adjusting the Key Dates if and to the extent permitted under (y) Section 6.7 if caused by Force Majeure
(including any of the events listed in Section 8.2A(i), (ii), or (iii)), and (z) Section 6.8 if caused by any
member of Owner Indemnified Parties or any other person for whom Owner is responsible or a Third
Party pursuant to Section 8.2C(c) above. In the event that any physical loss or damage to a Train (or
any Equipment or Work incorporated or to be incorporated in such Train) arises from one or more of
the events set forth in 8.2A(i), 8.2A (ii), or 8.2A (iii), and Owner elects to rebuild such physical loss or
damage, Contractor shall be entitled to a Change Order to adjust the Contract Price to the extent such
event adversely affects Contractor’s costs of performance of the Work, provided that Contractor
complies with the requirements in Section 6.5 and the mitigation requirements in Section 6.10.
D. For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 8.2 shall apply to any loss or damage to the Work
caused by, arising out of or resulting from, any activities, events or omissions occurring in connection
with this Agreement. Similarly, for the avoidance of doubt, the risk of loss and damage to the Train 3
Liquefaction Facility shall be determined in accordance with Section 8.2 of the Train 3 EPC Agreement,
notwithstanding that such loss or damage to the Train 3 Liquefaction Facility was caused by, arose out
of or resulted from activities or events occurring during the performance of this Agreement.
ARTICLE 9
INSURANCE AND LETTER OF CREDIT
9.1 Insurance.
70
Parties and additional insureds prior to cancellation, non-renewal or material change in the coverage.
C. Additional Insurance. Upon Owner’s request, and at Owner’s sole option, Contractor
shall increase its insurance required under this Agreement (as long as such insurance coverage is
available in the commercial insurance market); provided however, that the payment of any incremental
increase in the cost of such insurance shall be reimbursed by Owner at cost via Change Order.
E. Failure to Provide Required Insurance. IN THE EVENT THAT LIABILITY FOR ANY
LOSS OR DAMAGE IS DENIED BY THE UNDERWRITER OR UNDERWRITERS IN WHOLE OR IN
PART DUE TO THE BREACH OF CONTRACTOR’S INSURANCE BY CONTRACTOR, OR IF
CONTRACTOR FAILS TO MAINTAIN ANY OF THE CONTRACTOR’S INSURANCE HEREIN
REQUIRED, THEN CONTRACTOR SHALL DEFEND, INDEMNIFY AND HOLD THE OWNER
INDEMNIFIED PARTIES HARMLESS AGAINST ALL LOSSES WHICH WOULD OTHERWISE HAVE
BEEN COVERED BY SAID INSURANCE.
71
9.2 Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit.
1. Contractor may fulfill the requirements set forth in this Section 9.2 through
multiple, co-existent Letters of Credit issued to Owner with no more than a total of two (2)
Letters of Credit being provided under this Section 9.2; provided
72
that each Letter of Credit shall meet the requirements of Section 9.2 and the amounts of such
Letters of Credit shall, in the aggregate, equal an amount equal to ten percent (10%) of the
Contract Price (as may be increased or decreased pursuant to Section 9.2). Owner may in
accordance with Section 9.2 draw down or collect on any one of the Letters of Credit, or all of
the Letter of Credits, or any combination thereof, in any amounts Owner determines with
respect to each Letter of Credit in order to collect all the amounts permitted under Section 9.2,
which such allocation and collection on any one or more of the Letters of Credit shall be
determined in Owner’s sole discretion. Any reference to “Letter of Credit” in this Agreement
shall mean any one, any combination, or all of the Letters of Credit provided under this
Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.2A.1, at Owner’s sole discretion.
B. The amount of the Letter of Credit shall decrease to an aggregate amount equal to:
1. seven percent (7%) of the Contract Price upon the commercial bank’s receipt from
Owner of a written notice that (i) Substantial Completion of Train 1 has occurred (including
Contractor’s payment of all Delay Liquidated Damages due and owing under this Agreement for
Train 1), and (ii) Contractor has achieved the Performance Guarantees for Train 1 or paid all
Performance Liquidated Damages due and owing under this Agreement for Train 1 (including
any potential Performance Liquidated Damage exposure based upon the results of the
Performance Tests conduction prior to Substantial Completion);
2. provided that the conditions of clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 9.2B.1 have occurred,
five percent (5%) of the Contract Price upon the commercial bank’s receipt from Owner of a
written notice that (i) Substantial Completion of Train 2 has occurred (including Contractor’s
payment of all Delay Liquidated Damages due and owing under this Agreement for Train 2),
and (ii) Contractor has achieved the Performance Guarantees for Train 2 or paid all
Performance Liquidated Damages due and owing under this Agreement for Train 2 (including
any potential Performance Liquidated Damage exposure based upon the results of the
Performance Tests conduction prior to Substantial Completion);
3. provided that the conditions of clauses (i) and (ii) of Section 9.2B.2 have occurred,
two percent (2%) of the Contract Price upon the commercial’s bank receipt from Owner of
written notice of the expiration of the period specified in clause (i) of the definition of “Defect
Correction Period”; provided that if the expiration of such Defect Correction Period occurs
before Substantial Completion of Train 2, such decrease shall not occur until after the
conditions for decreasing the Letter of Credit for Substantial Completion of Train 2 occurs; and
4. zero percent (0%) of the Contract Price within [***] ([***]) Days after the issuing
commercial bank’s receipt from Owner of a written notice of the
73
expiration of the period specified in clause (ii) of the definition of “Defect Correction Period”,
except that the Letter of Credit shall remain in effect in an aggregate amount equal to the
reasonable value of any claims that Owner has against Contractor arising out of this
Agreement and which remain unresolved at the expiration of the period specified in clause (ii)
of the definition of “Defect Correction Period.” Upon the resolution of such claims, the Letter
of Credit shall be decreased to an aggregate amount equal to zero percent.
C. The Letter of Credit shall remain in full force and effect from the issuance of the Letter
of Credit through the expiration of the period specified in clause (ii) of the definition of “Defect
Correction Period” (i.e., the [***] ([***]) month period following Substantial Completion of Train 2) in
accordance with Section 9.2B.4. Partial drawings are permitted under the Letter of Credit. No later
than [***] ([***]) Days after the satisfaction of the conditions listed in 9.2B.1, 9.2B.2, 9.2B.3, or 9.2B.4
above, Owner shall provide the commercial bank that issued the Letter of Credit with the written
notice as specified in that particular section. No later than [***] ([***]) Days after expiration of the
Defect Correction Period, Owner shall provide the commercial bank that issued Letter of Credit with
written notice of the expiration of such period.
D. Owner shall copy Contractor on the notices provided to the commercial bank described
in Section 9.2B.
ARTICLE 10
OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTATION
10.1 Ownership of Work Product. Owner and Contractor acknowledge that during the course
of, and as a result of, the performance of the Work and prior work related to the Facility done by Contractor
for Owner (including any work done by Contractor or any of its Affiliates under the ITB Agreement or any
other agreements between the Parties related to the Project), Contractor or its Affiliates, Subcontractors or
Sub-subcontractors will create or have created for the Project and will deliver to Owner certain written
materials, plans, Drawings, Specifications, or other tangible manifestations of Contractor’s performance of
the Work (hereinafter individually or collectively referred to as “Work Product”). Subject to Section 10.2,
and to the use restrictions in the licenses described in Section 10.7A-C, Work Product prepared by Contractor,
its Affiliates, Subcontractors or Sub-Subcontractors shall be “works made for hire,” and all rights, title and
interest to the Work Product, including any and all copyrights in the Work Product, shall be owned by Owner
irrespective of any copyright notices or confidentiality legends to the contrary which may have been placed in
or on such Work Product by Contractor, its Affiliates, Subcontractors, Sub-Subcontractors or any other
Person. Contractor, its Subcontractors and its Sub-Subcontractors waive in whole all moral rights which may
be associated with such Work Product. If, for any reason, any part of or all of the Work Product is not
considered a work made for hire for Owner or if ownership of all right, title and interest in the Work Product
shall not otherwise vest in Owner, then Contractor agrees, subject to Section 10.2, that such ownership and
copyrights in the Work Product, whether or not such Work Product is fully or partially complete, shall be
automatically assigned from Contractor to Owner without further consideration, and Owner shall thereafter
own
74
all right, title and interest in the Work Product, including all copyright interests. IF OWNER USES ANY WORK
PRODUCT FOR PURPOSES OTHER THAN THOSE RELATING TO THE FACILITY, AND CONTRACTOR IS
NOT INVOLVED IN THE ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT, OR CONSTRUCTION OF SUCH OTHER PROJECT,
OWNER SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND, AND HOLD HARMLESS CONTRACTOR INDEMNIFIED PARTIES
WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS, DAMAGES, LOSSES, LIABILITIES, OR OTHER CAUSES OF ACTION
ARISING FROM SUCH USE, REGARDLESS OF THE CAUSE SUCH CLAIMS, DAMAGES, LOSSES,
LIABILITIES, OR OTHER CAUSES OF ACTION, INCLUDING THE SOLE OR JOINT NEGLIGENCE OF ANY
CONTRACTOR INDEMNIFIED PARTIES. LIKEWISE, IF THIS AGREEMENT IS TERMINATED, AND OWNER
THEREAFTER MODIFIES THE WORK PRODUCT WITHOUT THE INVOLVEMENT OF CONTRACTOR, AND
SUCH MODIFIED WORK PRODUCT IS USED TO ENGINEER OR CONSTRUCT THE FACILITY, AND SUCH
MODIFICATIONS TO THE WORK PRODUCT INFRINGES UPON THE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY RIGHTS
OF A THIRD PARTY, OWNER SHALL INDEMNIFY, DEFEND AND HOLD HARMLESS CONTRACTOR
INDEMNIFIED PARTIES WITH RESPECT TO ANY CLAIMS, DAMAGES, LOSSES, LIABILITIES OR OTHER
CAUSES OF ACTION BROUGHT BY SUCH THIRD PARTY ARISING FROM SUCH MODIFICATION.
10.2 Contractor’s Intellectual Property and Third Party Intellectual Property. As between
Owner and Contractor, Contractor and its Affiliates shall retain ownership of (i) all proprietary intellectual
property rights owned by Contractor or its Affiliates prior to the Effective Date; (ii) any improvements to the
intellectual property developed by Contractor or its Affiliates as part of this Agreement, including proprietary
software, proprietary program settings or other proprietary engineering tools used, modified or adapted for
performance of the Work; and (iii) all proprietary intellectual property rights developed by Contractor or its
Affiliates outside this Agreement, the ITB Agreement or any other agreements between the Parties related to
the Project (hereinafter referred to as “Contractor’s Intellectual Property”), regardless of whether such
Contractor’s Intellectual Property is included in the Work Product, and nothing in this Agreement shall result
in a transfer of ownership of any Contractor’s Intellectual Property or the proprietary intellectual property
owned and developed by Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors (“Third Party Intellectual
Property”). With respect to such Contractor’s Intellectual Property and Third Party Intellectual Property
relating to the Facility (but subject to Section 10.5 and to the use restrictions in the licenses described in
Section 10.7A-C), Contractor grants to Owner (when the Work Product is conveyed or assigned pursuant to
Section 10.1) an irrevocable, perpetual, non-exclusive and royalty-free license (including with right to assign
such license) to use, modify and copy such Contractor’s Intellectual Property and Third Party Intellectual
Property for any purpose relating to (a) the Facility (including any expansions thereto), (b) the Expanded
Facility, or (c) any other related facility, project or program that the Owner, including its Affiliates, joint
ventures, partners and assigns, may choose to develop, expand, design, procure or construct, provided that
with respect to (b) and (c), such license shall only apply to Authorized Documents. Subject to Sections 10.6
and 10.7, all Subcontracts and Sub-subcontracts shall contain provisions consistent with Section 10.1 and
Section 10.2. Contractor warrants that it is entitled to grant licenses under any Contractor’s Intellectual
Property and Third Party Intellectual Property (but subject to Section 10.6 below regarding APCI, and subject
to Sections 10.7A, 10.7B and 10.7C regarding the APCI License, BASF License and [***] License,
respectively) necessary for Owner to exploit and have exploited its full and unrestricted rights regarding the
use of the Work Product for any purpose relating to (a) the Facility (including any expansions thereto), (b) the
Expanded Facility or (c) [***]. If Owner or any of its Affiliates, joint ventures, partners and assigns uses
Contractor’s Intellectual Property or Third Party Intellectual Property on any project, facility or program that
does not involve Contractor or any of its Affiliates, Owner shall indemnify Contractor from any
75
claims brought against Contractor relating to Contractor’s Intellectual Property or Third Party Intellectual
Property.
10.3 Limitations on Use of Work Product. The Work Product, including all copies thereof, shall
not be used by Contractor or its Subcontractors, Sub-subcontractors or any other Persons on any other project
for a Person without first removing all information provided in Section 10.4, all Owner’s Confidential
Information in Section 19.1(ii) and any other information identifying Owner, the Project, the Facility or the
Site. Pursuant to the requirements of this Section 10.3, Owner grants Contractor an irrevocable, perpetual
and royalty-free license to use, modify and copy the Work Product for any other project, except for any of the
following which may be in such Work Product: (i) any proprietary intellectual property rights owned by Owner
or any Affiliate of Owner; or (ii) any proprietary intellectual property rights in which Owner or an Affiliate of
Owner has a license. As a condition of using on another project any Work Product that Contractor has a
license under this Section 10.3, Contractor shall remove from the Work Product any reference to the Project
or Owner. The foregoing license and rights to use any Work Product granted to Contractor shall be subject to
any limitations imposed on Contractor by third parties which have any ownership interest in such Work
Product or any proprietary intellectual property embedded therein.
10.4 Owner Provided Documents. Owner represents that it owns or has a license to the
information, data and documentation referenced within Attachment M of the ITB Agreement, and that
Contractor had and continues to have the right to use such information as the basis of the design of the
Facility. All written materials, plans, drafts, specifications, computer files or other documents (if any)
prepared or furnished to Contractor by Owner, the Owner Indemnified Parties or any of Owner’s other
consultants, suppliers or contractors shall at all times remain the property of Owner, and Contractor shall not
make use of any such documents or other media for any other project or for any other purpose other than to
perform the Work and fulfill its obligations under the Agreement. All such documents and other media,
including all copies thereof, shall be returned to Owner upon Final Completion or the earlier termination of
this Agreement, except that Contractor and its Subcontractors may, subject to their respective confidentiality
obligations as set forth in ARTICLE 19, retain one (1) record set of such documents or other media as
required by Section 3.13A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, Contractor’s and its
Subcontractors’ computer systems may automatically make and retain back-up copies of emails containing
written materials, plans, drafts, specifications, computer files or other documents (if any) prepared or
furnished by any member of the Owner Indemnified Parties or any of the Owner Indemnified Parties’ other
consultants, suppliers or contractors and Contractor and any such Subcontractors may retain such copies in
its archival or back-up computer storage for the period that Contractor and any such Subcontractors normally
archive backed-up computer records, provided that Contractor and any such Subcontractors shall not access
or use such archival or back-up copies for any purpose without the knowledge and approval of its respective
legal counsel, and other than for compliance with any legal, regulatory or information audit purposes after the
earlier of the completion of the Services or the termination of this Agreement; provided, further, that such
copies are subject to the confidentiality obligations set forth in ARTICLE 19 until destroyed. Owner hereby
grants to Contractor, its Affiliates and Subcontractors a non-exclusive, royalty-free, irrevocable, non-
transferable license to use and modify Pre-Existing Owner Proprietary Work Product (and all Intellectual
Property existing or referenced therein) to the extent required to perform Contractor’s obligations under this
Agreement. For the purposes of this Agreement, “Pre-
76
Existing Owner Proprietary Work Product” means Intellectual Property and written materials, plans,
drafts, specifications, or computer files or other documents, owned by Owner or its Affiliates prior to the
Effective Date or developed or acquired by Owner or its Affiliates independently of this Agreement.
10.5 License to Use Liquefaction Technology. Contractor represents that the rights granted in
this ARTICLE 10 are sufficient for the engineering, procurement, construction, commissioning, pre-
commissioning, start-up, testing, operation, maintenance and repair of the Facility, including for natural gas
pre-treatment, condensate production and the liquefaction of natural gas into LNG, practicing such technology
in the Facility, and transporting, making, selling, offering to sell, exporting, importing or offering to import
throughout the world, condensate and LNG produced at the Facility.
10.6 APCI Third Party Intellectual Property. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, but
subject to the APCI License described in Section 10.7A, (i) title to drawings, specifications and other data
prepared by APCI, or containing the Third Party Intellectual Property of APCI, shall remain vested in APCI;
and (ii) Owner’s disclosure of any APCI confidential information shall be subject to, and governed by, Owner’s
separate non-disclosure agreement with APCI.
B. BASF License. With respect to the BASF gas processing technologies (including BASF
OASE technology and products) that Contractor is providing as part of the Work, Contractor shall, no
later than [***] ([***]) Days after NTP, and in any event, prior to and as a condition precedent to
achievement of Substantial Completion of each Train, obtain and grant to Owner an irrevocable,
perpetual, non-exclusive and royalty-free sublicense (including with right to assign such license other
than to a competitor to BASF) to use, modify and copy BASF gas processing technologies for any
purposes related to the Facility (the “BASF License”). For purposes of this Section 10.7B,
“competitor of BASF” means any third party who – either itself, or whose Affiliate – develops, owns
and/or markets to any other third parties a process for the removal of acid gases from gaseous
streams by absorption in a liquid absorbent. The Parties shall mutually agree to, and Contractor shall
cause BASF to agree to, a form of sublicense of the BASF License within [***] ([***]) Days after the
Effective Date.
C. [***].
77
ARTICLE 11
COMPLETION AND PERFORMANCE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
A. Notice and Requirements for Mechanical Completion. No later than [***] ([***])
Months prior to the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date for each Train, Contractor shall provide
to Owner for its review and comment detailed Mechanical Completion requirements, in the form of
checklists, for completion of each system or subsystem of Equipment for each Train. Once Contractor
has incorporated all of Owner’s comments and/or proposed revisions to the Mechanical Completion
checklists, such Mechanical Completion checklists shall form a part of the requirements for achieving
Mechanical Completion. Contractor shall comply with all requirements for Mechanical Completion set
forth in this Agreement, including those requirements set forth in the definition of the term Mechanical
Completion, Attachment A, Attachment M and the Mechanical Completion checklists agreed by Owner
and Contractor pursuant to this Section 11.1. Upon Mechanical Completion of each system or
subsystem of Equipment for the Facility or each Train, Contractor shall certify to Owner in the form of
Schedule L-1 for such system or subsystem or Train (“Mechanical Completion Certificate”) that all
requirements under this Agreement for Mechanical Completion have occurred, including all of the
requirements specified in the applicable Mechanical Completion checklist have been completed. The
Mechanical Completion Certificate shall be accompanied by all other supporting documentation as may
be required under this Agreement to establish that the requirements for Mechanical Completion have
been met.
B. Notice and Requirements of Ready for Start Up. No later than [***] ([***])
Months prior to the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date for each Train, Contractor shall provide
to Owner for its review and comment detailed RFSU requirements, in the form of checklists, for each
Train. Once Contractor has incorporated all of Owner’s comments and/or proposed revisions to such
RFSU checklists, such RFSU checklists shall form a part of the requirements for achieving RFSU of
each Train. Contractor shall comply with all requirements for RFSU set forth in this Agreement,
including those requirements set forth in the definition of the term RFSU, Attachment A, Attachment
M and the RFSU checklists agreed by Owner and Contractor pursuant to this Section 11.1B. Upon
RFSU of a Train, Contractor shall certify to Owner in the form of Schedule L-3 (“RFSU Certificate”)
that all requirements under this Agreement for RFSU have occurred with respect to such Train,
including all of the requirements specified in the applicable RFSU checklist have been completed. The
RFSU Certificate shall be accompanied by all other supporting documentation as may be required
under this Agreement to establish that the requirements for RFSU for such Train have been met.
A. Notice and Requirements of Ready to Load First Cargo. Contractor shall comply
with all requirements for RLFC for each Train set forth in this Agreement, including those
requirements set forth in the definition of the applicable RLFC and those set forth in Attachments A
and T. To the extent not specified in Attachments A and T, the
78
Parties shall, no later than [***] ([***]) Days prior to the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date for
the applicable Train, mutually agree upon the requirements for achieving RLFC for such Train. At
such time as the applicable Train has achieved RLFC, Contractor shall certify to Owner in the form of
Schedule L-4 (“RLFC Certificate”) that all requirements under this Agreement for RLFC for such
Train have occurred. The RLFC Certificate for each Train shall be accompanied by all other
supporting documentation as may be required under this Agreement to establish that the requirements
for such RLFC have been met. Notwithstanding the foregoing and prior to the First RLFC Window
Period for each Train, Contractor shall cooperate with Owner to propose an alternative notice and
windowing procedure that is more cost efficient and economically feasible to Owner. If such
alternative is accepted by Owner in its sole discretion, the foregoing notice and windowing procedure
shall be modified by Change Order.
1. At least [***] ([***]) Days prior to achievement of RLFC for such Train, Contractor
shall notify Owner in writing of a [***] ([***]) Day period in which Contractor expects to
achieve RLFC for such Train (such [***] ([***]) Day period referred to as the “First RLFC
Window Period”);
2. At least [***] ([***]) Days prior to achievement of RLFC for such Train, Contractor
shall notify Owner in writing of a [***] ([***]) Day period falling within the First RLFC Window
Period in which Contractor expects to achieve RLFC for such Train (such [***] ([***]) Day
period referred to as the “Second RLFC Window Period”); provided that if Contractor fails
to give timely notice of same, the Second RLFC Window Period shall be the latest [***] ([***])
Day period within the First RLFC Window Period;
3. At least [***] ([***]) Days prior to achievement of RLFC for such Train, Contractor
shall notify Owner in writing of a [***] ([***]) Day period falling within the Second RLFC
Window Period in which Contractor expects to achieve RLFC for such Train (such [***] ([***])
Day period referred to as the “Third RLFC Window Period”); provided that if Contractor
fails to give timely notice of same, the Third RLFC Window Period shall be the latest [***]
([***]) Day period within the Second RLFC Window Period; and
79
Owner shall be entitled to rely upon such first, second, third and fourth notices, which are set forth in
this Section 11.2B, in scheduling the LNG Tankers for the purpose of loading the first LNG cargo for
each Train; provided, however, such reliance shall not relieve Owner of its obligation to provide LNG
Tankers for RLFC. In the event that Contractor at any time becomes aware or has reason to believe
that its ability to achieve RLFC for a Train will be delayed beyond the applicable RLFC Window Period
specified in the then current written notice given pursuant to this Section 11.2B, Contractor will
immediately give Owner written notice of such fact and of the date on which Contractor then expects
to achieve RLFC for such Train, but such notice shall not relieve Contractor of its responsibility to
achieve RLFC for such Train within the then current RLFC Window Period or pay RLFC Delay
Liquidated Damages. Owner shall provide operating personnel pursuant to Section 4.4 and the natural
gas feed pursuant to Section 4.6D for Contractor to achieve RLFC for each Train in accordance with
this Section 11.2.
C. Delay in RLFC. If through no fault of Owner Indemnified Parties (i) RLFC for a Train
occurs after the Fourth RLFC Window Period or (ii) the Facility is unable to load an LNG Tanker to
demonstrate RLFC for a Train, then Contractor shall be liable to and pay to Owner the amounts in
Sub-section 11.2C.1 or 11.2C.2 as applicable:
1. After such LNG Tanker arrives at the Site, [***] U.S. Dollars (U.S. $[***]) per Day
for each Day, or portion thereof, after the Fourth RLFC Window Period expires until the
completion of LNG Tanker loading, subject to a cap of [***] U.S. Dollars (U.S. $[***]) per
applicable Train and subject to Contractor’s overall liability for Delay Liquidated Damages set
forth in Section 20.2; or
2. If Owner cancels or turns away the LNG Tanker before it arrives at the Site as a
result of notice provided by Contractor to Owner, or if Contractor fails to provide such notice,
through reasonable evidence provided by Contractor to Owner (such as through schedules,
reports or other documents provided by Contractor) that the Facility will be unable to load an
LNG Tanker during the Fourth RLFC Window Period to demonstrate RLFC for a Train, then
[***] U.S. Dollars (U.S. $[***]) per LNG Tanker, subject to a cap of [***] U.S. Dollars (U.S.
$[***]) per applicable Train and subject to Contractor’s overall liability for Delay Liquidated
Damages set forth in Section 20.2 (the amounts in clause 11.2C.1 and 11.2C.2 are hereinafter
referred to as “RLFC Delay Liquidated Damages”).
D. Owner Does Not Timely Deliver LNG Tanker. If Owner does not deliver the LNG
Tanker to load the first LNG cargo for a Train within the Fourth RLFC Window Period and Contractor
is ready to receive such LNG Tanker and ready to load LNG into such LNG Tanker, Contractor shall be
entitled to a Change Order if and to the extent permitted under Section 6.8.
E. LNG Production Plan. At least [***] ([***]) months prior to RLFC of each Train,
Contractor shall prepare and provide Owner with Contractor’s LNG production plan, prepared by
Contractor using GECP, detailing Contractor’s estimated production of LNG prior to Substantial
Completion of each Train, including the dates and volumes of LNG to be produced and the dates in
which it forecasts that such LNG would need to be removed
80
from the LNG Storage Tanks to allow for such LNG production. Such plan shall be in sufficient detail
to allow for Owner to schedule for providing the means for the removal of LNG from the LNG Storage
Tanks, whether by LNG Tankers or otherwise. Contractor shall provide Owner with monthly written
notices updating its LNG production plan until [***] ([***]) months prior to RLFC and then weekly
thereafter, provided, however, such written notices shall not require Owner to reschedule any LNG
Tankers. As between Owner and Contractor, Owner shall own all LNG produced by each Train and will
be the party responsible for providing the means for removal of such LNG. Owner will provide
sufficient LNG tank capacity for Contractor to perform the Performance Tests based on Contractor’s
LNG production plan.
11.3 Notice and Requirements for Substantial Completion. Contractor shall comply with all
requirements for Substantial Completion of each Train herein, including as set forth in the definition of the
term Substantial Completion and in Attachments A, S and T. For the initial Performance Test for each Train,
Contractor shall give Owner not less than [***] ([***]) Days’ prior notice of its intention to commence each
initial Performance Test for a Train, and, on the [***] ([***]) Day and thirtieth (30th) Day immediately prior to
Contractor’s intention to commence such testing activities, Contractor shall provide notice to Owner. For all
Performance Tests other than the initial Performance Test for each Train, Contractor shall give the Owner not
less than [***] ([***]) Days’ written notice of its intention to commence a Performance Test. To the extent not
specified in Attachment S, the Parties shall, no later than [***] ([***]) Days prior to the Guaranteed
Substantial Completion Date for the applicable Train, agree upon final test procedures for the conduct of the
Performance Tests applicable to such Train and the achievement of Substantial Completion of such
Train. Except for the items listed in Attachment V, the natural gas feed pursuant to Section 4.6C, and
operation personnel to be provided by Owner under Section 4.4, Contractor shall provide labor, equipment,
supplies, and all other items necessary for the conduct of the Performance Tests. Contractor shall analyze the
data obtained during all Performance Tests and ensure that such data reflects the performance standards
required hereunder. A complete electronic native copy of all raw performance data and a detailed listing of all
testing instrumentation utilized shall be provided to Owner at the completion of testing. Upon achieving all
requirements under this Agreement for Substantial Completion of each Train, Contractor shall certify to
Owner in the form of Schedule L-5 (“Substantial Completion Certificate”) that all of the requirements
under this Agreement for Substantial Completion have occurred and provide Owner with a Substantial
Completion Certificate, a Performance Test report, and analysis to Owner for the applicable Train. Each
Performance Test report shall include, at minimum: (i) the raw data, (ii) the procedures and instrumentation
utilized for the applicable Performance Test, (iii) test calculations and information in Microsoft Excel format,
and a full explanation concerning same, for adjustments to the Guarantee Conditions, as and to the extent
specified in Attachment S, and (iv) any other supporting information used to demonstrate that the Work has
met the Minimum Acceptance Criteria and other requirements of this Agreement. The Substantial Completion
Certificate for each Train shall be accompanied by all other supporting
81
documentation as may be required to establish that the requirements for Substantial Completion of such Train
have been met.
11.5 Performance Guarantees and Minimum Acceptance Criteria. Contractor shall achieve
all Minimum Acceptance Criteria and Performance Guarantees for each Train or pay Performance Liquidated
Damages, as described in greater detail in this Section 11.5. The Performance Tests for determining whether
a Train achieves the Minimum Acceptance Criteria and Performance Guarantees are described in Attachment
S. Performance Tests and any repeat Performance Tests shall be performed as specified in Attachment S.
82
Substantial Completion Certificate; provided that all requirements under this Agreement for
Substantial Completion were achieved on such date listed on the Substantial Completion Certificate
(including the applicable Train achieving the Minimum Acceptance Criteria). Contractor shall only be
responsible for the payment of applicable Delay Liquidated Damages owing up to the date of
Substantial Completion. After Substantial Completion of such Train, Contractor shall perform
corrective actions to achieve such Performance Guarantees. Owner shall give Contractor access to
the Site sufficient to perform any corrective actions, but Contractor shall, at all times, perform such
corrective actions so as not to interfere with the receipt of feed gas or loading of LNG into LNG
Tankers or materially interfere with the production of LNG, unless otherwise agreed by Owner in its
sole discretion, and Owner’s security and safety requirements. If such Train has not achieved all of
the Performance Guarantees within [***] ([***]) Days after the Guaranteed Substantial Completion
Date for such Train (as may be extended as specified below in this Section 11.5A, or as may be
otherwise extended if the Parties agree in writing to so extend), then Contractor shall cease taking
corrective actions to achieve the Performance Guarantees for such Train, and in that event, Contractor
shall pay to Owner in accordance with Section 13.2 the applicable Performance Liquidated Damages
for such Performance Guarantees based on the results of the last performance test conducted by
Contractor. The Performance Liquidated Damages shall be calculated in accordance with Attachment
T. If Owner does not provide Contractor with access to the Site sufficient to perform such corrective
actions in accordance with the corrective work plan agreed upon by the Parties within such [***]
([***]) Day period, such [***] ([***]) Day timeframe may, at Contractor’s written request, be extended
to the extent necessary for Contractor to perform such corrective actions in accordance with the
corrective work plan agreed by the Parties. Contractor’s liability under this Section 11.5A shall be in
addition to any Delay Liquidated Damages owed under this Agreement.
B. Minimum Acceptance Criteria Not Achieved. In the event that a Train fails to
achieve any of the Minimum Acceptance Criteria, as evidenced by Performance Test results, by the
applicable Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date, as such date may be extended by Change Order
as provided herein, then (i) Substantial Completion for such Train shall not occur and (ii) the provisions
of Section 13.1 shall apply. In addition to the foregoing, Contractor shall prepare a corrective work
plan to achieve such Minimum Acceptance Criteria and submit such plan to Owner for its review and
comment. Contractor shall commence, on the date on which the Work for such Train or component
thereof was shown, through the Performance Tests, to have failed to achieve one or more Minimum
Acceptance Criteria for the applicable Train, to correct the Work to enable such Train to achieve all of
the Minimum Acceptance Criteria and otherwise achieve Substantial Completion for such Train, and
Contractor shall achieve all such Minimum Acceptance Criteria and otherwise achieve Substantial
Completion for such Train no later than a period of [***] ([***]) months after the Guaranteed
Substantial Completion Date (“Minimum Acceptance Criteria Correction Plan”). If, on the one
hand, such Train has not achieved all of the Minimum Acceptance Criteria and Substantial Completion,
upon the termination of the Minimum Acceptance Criteria Correction Period, then Owner may, in its
sole discretion, either (a) grant Contractor an additional [***] ([***]) month period to achieve all such
Minimum Acceptance Criteria and otherwise achieve Substantial Completion for such
83
Train (“Additional Minimum Acceptance Criteria Period”) under the same terms and conditions
as the first, including the application of Section 13.1, or (b) claim Contractor in Default pursuant to
Section 16.1. In the event that Owner claims such a Default at the end of either the Minimum
Acceptance Criteria Correction Period or the optional Additional Minimum Acceptance Criteria Period,
Owner shall be entitled to any and all damages, costs, losses and expenses to which Owner is entitled
under Section 16.1D. If, on the other hand, such Train has achieved all of the Minimum Acceptance
Criteria and Substantial Completion during the Minimum Acceptance Criteria Correction Period (or
during the optional Additional Minimum Acceptance Criteria Period, should Owner elect that option),
then Contractor shall be liable to Owner for all Liquidated Damages under Section 13.1.
11.6 Punchlist. Prior to Mechanical Completion, RFSU, RLFC, and Substantial Completion of
each Train, as applicable, Owner and Contractor shall inspect the Work related to such Train, and Contractor
shall prepare a proposed a list of Punchlist items identified as needing to be completed or corrected as a
result of such inspection. Contractor shall promptly provide the proposed Punchlist to Owner for its review
and approval, together with an estimate of the time and cost necessary to complete or correct each Punchlist
item. Contractor shall add to the proposed Punchlist any items that are identified by Owner during its review,
and Contractor shall immediately initiate measures to complete or correct, as appropriate, any Punchlist item
on Contractor’s proposed list or otherwise that Owner in the exercise of its reasonable judgment, believes
must be completed or corrected for such Train to achieve Substantial Completion. Upon Contractor’s
completion or correction of any Punchlist item necessary to achieve Mechanical Completion, RFSU, RLFC,
and Substantial Completion, as applicable, and the Parties agreement on Contractor’s proposed Punchlist, as
modified by any Owner additions, such Punchlist shall govern Contractor’s performance of the Punchlist up to
RFSU, RLFC, Substantial Completion or Final Completion, as applicable; provided that the failure to include
any items on the Punchlist shall not alter the responsibility of Contractor to complete all Work in accordance
with the terms and provisions of this Agreement. After Substantial Completion of the applicable Train, Owner
shall provide reasonable access to those portions of the Site sufficient for Contractor to perform its Punchlist
so long as such activities do not interfere with the operation of the Facility or Train 3 after substantial
completion of Train 3 under the Train 3 EPC Agreement and subject to Owner’s permit to work system. The
Punchlist shall be completed within [***] ([***]) Days after Substantial Completion of each Train, as
applicable, failing which, Owner may, in addition to any other rights that it may have under this Agreement,
complete such Punchlist at the expense of Contractor. In the event Owner elects to complete such Punchlist,
Contractor shall immediately pay Owner (directly, by offset, or by collection on the Letter of Credit, at
Owner’s sole discretion) all costs and expenses incurred in performing such Punchlist.
11.7 Notice and Requirements for Final Completion. Final Completion shall be achieved
when all requirements for Final Completion under this Agreement, including those set forth in the definition of
Final Completion under Section 1.1, have been satisfied. Upon Final Completion, Contractor shall certify to
Owner in the form of Schedule L-6 (“Final Completion Certificate”) that all of the requirements under this
Agreement for Final Completion have occurred. Owner shall notify Contractor whether it accepts or rejects
the Final Completion Certificate within [***] ([***]) Days following Owner’s receipt thereof. Acceptance of
such certificate shall be evidenced by Owner’s signature on such certificate, which shall be forwarded to
Contractor with such notice. If Owner does not agree that Final Completion has occurred, then
84
Owner shall state the basis for its rejection in reasonable detail in a notice provided to Contractor. The
Parties shall thereupon promptly and in good faith confer and make all reasonable efforts to resolve such
issue. In the event such issue is not resolved within [***] ([***]) Business Days following the delivery by
Owner of its notice, Owner and Contractor shall resolve the Dispute in accordance with the Dispute resolution
procedures provided for under ARTICLE 18; provided, however, if such deficiencies relate to the failure to
complete the Punchlist, Owner may, in addition to any other rights that it may have under this Agreement,
complete such Punchlist at the expense of Contractor in accordance with Section 11.6.
11.8 Partial Occupancy and Use. Prior to Contractor achieving Substantial Completion of a
Train, Owner may, upon giving written notice to Contractor, occupy and use all or any portion of the buildings
(excluding warehouses) identified in Attachment A for such Train (and with the Parties’ mutual agreement, any
other portion of the Work related to such Train) then capable of functioning safely, provided that such
occupancy or use is authorized by the Governmental Instrumentality (to the extent such authorization is
necessary) and Owner’s insurance company or companies providing property insurance and builder’s risk
coverage have consented to such partial occupancy or use (to the extent such consent is necessary) and
Owner shall insure that portion of such buildings it takes occupancy and use upon taking such occupancy and
use. Contractor shall assist Owner and take reasonable steps in obtaining consent of the insurance company
or companies and applicable Governmental Instrumentalities. Immediately prior to such partial occupancy or
use, Owner and Contractor shall jointly inspect the area to be occupied or portion of the Work to be used in
order to determine and record the condition of the Work and all personnel and environmental safety aspects
of the Work and Owner shall insure such building(s) immediately upon taking over such building(s). Such
occupancy or use shall not in any way release Contractor or any surety of Contractor from any obligations or
liabilities pursuant to this Agreement, including the obligation to engineer, procure and construct a fully
operational natural gas liquefaction facility and export terminal within the required times set forth in the Key
Dates and otherwise in accordance with all requirements of this Agreement, nor shall such occupancy or use
be deemed to be an acceptance by Owner of such portion of the Work. For any portion of the Work that
Owner occupies and uses pursuant to this Section 11.8, the Defect Correction Period for that portion of the
Work shall commence upon Owner’s occupancy and use of such portion of the Work and the risk of loss for
such portion of the Work shall transfer to Owner, notwithstanding Section 8.2; provided that, the risk of loss
shall not transfer, and the Defect Correction Period shall not commence, for any Equipment housed but not
operating within such portion of the Work (other than HVAC and lighting).
11.9 Advice and Assistance after Substantial Completion. After Substantial Completion of a
Train and for a period of [***] ([***]) Days, Contractor shall, if requested by Owner, provide up to twenty (20)
Contractor personnel who participated in the pre-commissioning, commissioning, start-up, operating and
testing of the applicable Train to provide advice and assistance to Owner in the operation of the Facility under
Owner’s direction and control. The names and positions of such personnel shall be provided to Owner for its
approval, not be unreasonably withheld, within [***] ([***]) Days before the anticipated date to achieve
Substantial Completion for the applicable Train. Such personnel shall be paid on a cost-reimbursable basis in
accordance with the rates specified in Schedule D-5 for a duration not to exceed [***] ([***]) Days, unless
otherwise agreed to by the Parties in writing. Contractor shall not remove or replace such personnel, except
as permitted under Section 2.2A. Owner may terminate
85
the performance of such personnel at any time by providing two (2) weeks’ written notice to Contractor
thereof at no additional cost, except for the value of the work performed by such personnel prior to
termination in accordance with Schedule D-5.
11.10 Long-Term Obligations . No acceptance by Owner of any or all of the Work or any other
obligations of Contractor under this Agreement, including acceptance of any Mechanical Completion, RFSU,
RLFC, Substantial Completion, or Final Completion, nor any payment made hereunder, whether an interim or
final payment, shall in any way release Contractor or any surety of Contractor from any obligations or liability
pursuant to this Agreement, including Warranty obligations, any liabilities for which insurance is required or
any other responsibility of Contractor, including the payment of any and all fines and penalties assessed to the
extent caused by Contractor’s failure to comply with any Applicable Law. It is expressly understood and
agreed by the Parties that nothing in this ARTICLE 11 shall in any way modify or alter Contractor’s obligations
under ARTICLE 12 and ARTICLE 13 hereof.
ARTICLE 12
WARRANTY AND CORRECTION OF WORK
12.1 Warranty.
B. Warranty of Work. Contractor hereby warrants that the Facility and the Work,
including Equipment, and each component thereof shall be:
1. new, complete, and of suitable grade for the intended function and use in
accordance with this Agreement;
3. free from encumbrances to title (provided that Owner has made payment to
Contractor of all undisputed amounts owed to Contractor in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement), as set forth in greater detail in Section 8.1;
4. free from defects in design, material and workmanship, provided that tolerances or
deviations in design, material and workmanship allowable by Applicable Law or Applicable
Codes and Standards or GECP (where no such Applicable Law or Applicable Codes and
Standards apply) shall not be considered a defect unless this Agreement sets forth stricter
deviations or tolerances;
86
6. unless agreed to by Owner, composed and made of only proven technology, of a
type in commercial operation at the Effective Date of this Agreement.
D. Exceptions to Warranty. The Warranty excludes remedy, and Contractor shall have
no liability to Owner, for damage or Defect occurring after Substantial Completion of each Train to the
extent caused by: (i) improper repairs or alterations, misuse, neglect or accident by Owner or any
Third Party; (ii) operation, maintenance or use of Work or any component thereof in a manner not in
compliance with a material requirement of operations and maintenance manuals delivered by
Contractor to Owner; or (iii) normal wear, tear and corrosion.
A. General Rights. All Work shall be subject to inspection by Owner, Lender, Independent
Engineer, and either of their representatives at all times to determine whether the Work conforms to
the requirements of this Agreement as specified herein, provided that Owner shall conduct its
inspections during regular business hours and provide Contractor with reasonably prior written notice
of such inspections (except that these limitations on notice and regular business hours to not apply to
inspections at the Site, laydown areas in the vicinity of the Site, or any location at which Work is
performed which is controlled by Contractor, and such inspections may occur at any time without
restriction), provided further that this requirement for notice shall in no way limit Owner’s rights under
Section 3.3. Contractor shall furnish Owner, Lender, Independent Engineer,
87
and either of their representatives with access to all locations where Work is in progress on the Site,
laydown areas in the vicinity of the Site, or any location where Work is performed which is controlled
by Contractor and, upon reasonable advance notice, other Contractor and Major Subcontractor and
Sub-Subcontractor locations where Work is performed. If prior to Substantial Completion of a Train, in
the judgment of Owner, any Work is Defective, then Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense,
promptly and on an expedited basis correct such Defective Work and any other portions of the Facility
damaged or affected by such Defective Work, whether by repair, replacement or otherwise upon
written notice from Owner. Subject to Contractor’s right to pursue a Dispute under ARTICLE 18, the
decision of Owner as to whether the Work is conforming or Defective shall be followed by Contractor,
and Contractor shall comply with the instructions of Owner in all such matters while pursuing any such
Dispute. Owner shall not direct how, or the timing of when, Contractor will perform such repair or
replacement Work, and Contractor shall have the right to consider efficiency and cost concerns in
scheduling such repair or replacement Work in preparing its plan for carrying out such repair or
replacement Work, as long as its repair or replacement is performed and completed prior to
Substantial Completion of the applicable Train, provided that if (i) such Defective Work (a) relates to
safety, (b) relates to Owner’s other contractors’ tie-ins to the Facility or the Train 3 Liquefaction
Facility or structural integrity, or (c) impacts operation of Train 1, Train 2 or Train 3 or (ii) there will be
additional Work coupled (physically, mechanically, electrically, operationally or otherwise) to the
Defective Work, Contractor shall repair or replace such Defective Work within a reasonable time,
provided further that if the Defective Work materially affects the operation or use of any Train that has
achieved Substantial Completion or Train 3 after it has achieved substantial completion under the
Train 3 EPC Agreement or presents an imminent threat to the safety or health of any Person, then
Contractor shall commence to repair or replace the Defective Work within twenty-four (24) hours after
receipt of notice of such Defective Work, and thereafter continue to proceed diligently to complete the
same. If it is later determined that the Work was not Defective, then Owner shall reimburse
Contractor for all costs incurred in connection with such repair or replacement (including markups for
Contractor’s profits and overhead) and a Change Order shall be issued for such amount (including
costs incurred in disassembling, making safe and reassembling such Work) and shall address any
impact the repair or replacement may have had on the Key Dates. If Contractor fails to commence to
repair (which such commencement may include detailed planning activities) or replace any Defective
Work as required above, then Owner may (after providing [***] ([***]) Days’ prior written notice to
Contractor, but such notice is not required if the Defective Work materially affects the operation or use
of any Train that has achieved Substantial Completion or Train 3 after it has achieved substantial
completion under the Train 3 EPC Agreement or presents an imminent threat to the safety or health of
any Person) repair or replace such Defective Work and the reasonable expense thereof shall be paid by
Contractor.
B. Witness Points. No later than [***] ([***]) Days after NTP, Contractor shall submit to
Owner for its approval a proposed list of witness points for each item of the Work. Contractor shall
modify such list of witness points based on any additional or different witness points Owner
desires. After Owner’s approval of the witness points, Contractor shall provide Owner with at [***]
([***]) Days’ prior notice of the actual scheduled date of each of the tests relating to such witness
points at the Site and [***] ([***]) Days’ prior
88
notice of the actual scheduled date of each of the tests relating to such witness
points. Notwithstanding such right to witness tests, Owner, Lender, and Independent Engineer shall
not interrupt or interfere with any test or require changes while witnessing such tests (unless such
interruption relates to safety). Contractor shall cooperate with Owner, Lender and Independent
Engineer if Owner, Lender or Independent Engineer elects to witness any additional tests, and
Contractor acknowledges that Owner, Lender and Independent Engineer shall have the right to
witness all tests being performed in connection with the Work. Owner’s, Lender’s and Independent
Engineer’s right of inspection as set forth herein applies only to its witnessing of witness points for
Work and shall not be construed to imply a limitation on Owner’s, Lender’s or Independent Engineer’s
right to inspect any portion on the Work (including Equipment) at any time in its sole discretion and in
accordance with this Agreement.
A. Corrective Work. If, during the Defect Correction Period for either Train, any Work for
such Train is found to be Defective and Contractor is aware of such Defect or Owner provides written
notice to Contractor within such Defect Correction Period regarding such Defect, Contractor shall, at
its sole cost and expense, promptly and on an expedited basis (i) correct such Defective Work, whether
by repair, replacement or otherwise, including any and all obligations in connection with such repair,
replacement or otherwise, such as in and out costs and open and close costs, storage costs, labor,
testing, Taxes, expediting costs, Texas Sales and Use Tax, transportation costs and any other costs
necessary to fully correct the Work and (ii) any other physical loss or damage to any portions of the
Facility damaged or affected by such Defective Work (“Corrective Work”), provided, however, with
respect to item (ii), Contractor’s liability shall be limited to [***] U.S. Dollars (U.S. $[***]) per
occurrence in accordance with Section 17.1F, with a cumulative per occurrence of [***] U.S. Dollars
(U.S. $[***]) under the Train 3 EPC Agreement and this Agreement. Any such notice from Owner shall
state with reasonable specificity the date of occurrence or observation of the Defect and the reasons
supporting Owner’s belief that Contractor is responsible for performing Corrective Work. After
Substantial Completion of the applicable Train, Owner shall provide Contractor with access on the
Facility and the Train 3 Liquefaction Facility and de-energize and de-pressurize the applicable
Equipment sufficient to perform the Corrective Work, so long as
89
such access does not interfere with the construction or operation of the Facility or the Train 3
Liquefaction Facility and subject to Owner’s permit to work system. In the event Contractor utilizes
spare parts owned by Owner in the course of performing the Corrective Work, Contractor shall supply
Owner free of charge with new spare parts equivalent in quality and quantity to all such spare parts
used by Contractor as soon as possible following the utilization of such spare parts.
1. After Substantial Completion of the applicable Train, and during the Defect
Correction Period, and subject to Section 12.3B.2, if Contractor fails to commence the
Corrective Work (which commencement may include the detailed planning associated with the
on-Site implementation of the Corrective Work) within a reasonable period of time not to
exceed [***] ([***]) Business Days after Contractor’s receipt of written notice from Owner or
does not diligently perform such Corrective Work on an expedited basis (provided that
Contractor’s timeline for performance shall be extended to the extent that Contractor is not
provided reasonable access to those portions of the Facility or Train 3 Liquefaction Facility that
have achieved Substantial Completion so that Contractor may commence, continue and
complete the Corrective Work), then Owner, upon written notice to Contractor, may (as its sole
and exclusive remedy for the Defect (except for its right to enforce Contractor’s indemnification
obligations under the Agreement) perform such Corrective Work, and Contractor shall be liable
to Owner for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Owner in connection with such
Corrective Work and shall pay Owner (directly, by offset or by collection on the Letter of Credit,
at Owner’s sole discretion) an amount equal to such costs and expenses; or
2. If any Defective Work (i) materially affects Train 1’s, Train 2’s or Train 3’s
production or loading capabilities and would put the Facility at risk of being unable to operate
or (ii) presents an imminent threat to the safety or health of any Person and Owner knows of
such Defective Work, Owner may (in addition to any other remedies that it has under this
Agreement) perform the Corrective Work without giving prior notice to Contractor (provided
that Owner shall give Contractor notice of such event as soon as reasonably possible after
becoming aware of such Defective Work), and, in such event, Contractor shall be liable to
Owner for all reasonable costs and expenses incurred by Owner in connection with such
Corrective Work and shall pay Owner (directly, by offset or by collection on the Letter of Credit,
at Owner’s sole discretion) an amount equal to such costs and expenses (which costs and
expenses shall be adequately documented and supported by Owner). If Corrective Work is
performed by Owner on Defective Work without providing any advance notice to Contractor,
then Contractor’s obligations to perform Corrective Work on such Defective Work shall no
longer apply to such Defective Work (it being understood that, at Contractor’s cost, and in
Owner’s sole discretion, Owner may be able to obtain a replacement warranty from a third-
party with respect to such item of Defective Work), provided that Contractor’s obligations under
this Agreement with respect to all other portions of the Facility (including an portion of
Equipment) shall continue in full force and effect,
90
including continuing in full force and effect with respect to any portions of the item of the same
Equipment or portion of the Facility in which Owner performed the Corrective Work (except for
the specific Defect being addressed).
C. Extended Defect Correction Period for Corrective Work. With respect to any
Corrective Work except for the Corrective Work for which Contractor’s warranty obligations do not
apply as specified in Section 12.3B.2, the Defect Correction Period for such Corrective Work shall be
extended for an additional one (1) year from the date of the completion of such Corrective Work;
provided, however, in no event shall (i) the Defect Correction Period for such Corrective Work be less
than the original Defect Correction Period or, except for Structural Work, extend beyond [***]
([***]) Months after Contractor’s achievement of Substantial Completion of the applicable Train, and
(ii) the Defect Correction Period for Structural Work be extended beyond the original three (3) year
period.
E. Standards for Corrective Work. All Corrective Work shall be performed subject to the
same terms and conditions under this Agreement as the original Work is required to be
performed. Any change to parts or Equipment that would alter the requirements of this Agreement
may be made only with prior approval of Owner.
12.4 Assignability of Warranties. The Warranties made in this Agreement shall be for the
benefit of Owner and its successors and assigns and the respective successors and assigns of any of them,
and are fully transferable and assignable.
12.5 Waiver of Implied Warranties. Except for any express warranties under this Agreement
(including the Warranties), the Parties hereby (i) disclaim any and all other warranties, including the implied
warranty of merchantability and implied warranty of fitness for a particular purpose, and (ii) waive the
equitable remedy of rescission available under the law for a breach of warranty or a claim for Defective Work
(but such waiver shall not affect any of Owner’s rights under this Agreement, including termination pursuant
to Article 16). The Parties agree that after Substantial Completion of the applicable Train, the remedies set
forth in this ARTICLE 12 shall be the Owner’s sole and exclusive remedy for a breach of warranty or any other
claim for Defective Work related to such Train, whether based in contract, tort (including negligence and strict
91
liability) or otherwise, provided that this shall not limit Contractor’s obligations to achieve the Performance
Guarantees, Contractor’s Punchlist obligations, Contractor’s indemnity obligations under this Agreement, or
the Owner’s rights to withhold or draw on the letter of credit under this Agreement with respect to such Train.
ARTICLE 13
GUARANTEE OF TIMELY COMPLETION, DELAY LIQUIDATED DAMAGES, AND EARLY
COMPLETION BONUS
13.2 Payment of Liquidated Damages. With respect to any Liquidated Damages that Contractor
is liable for under this Agreement, Owner, at its sole discretion, may either (i) invoice Contractor for such
Liquidated Damages, and within [***] ([***]) Days after Contractor’s receipt of such invoice, Contractor shall
pay Owner Liquidated Damages, (ii) withhold from Contractor amounts that are otherwise due and payable to
Contractor in the amount of such Liquidated Damages, or (iii) collect on the Letter of Credit in the amount of
such Liquidated Damages. In addition, with respect to the achievement of Substantial Completion of each
Train, Contractor shall pay Owner all Delay Liquidated Damages, if any, owed under this Agreement for such
respective Substantial Completion as a condition precedent to achieving Substantial Completion of such Train.
A. Early Completion Bonus for Production Prior to the Early Completion Bonus Date.
92
LNG Tanker for delivery to Owner’s third-party customers prior to the Guaranteed Train 1
Substantial Completion Date (“Early Completion Bonus for Train 1”).
C. Owner shall pay any Early Completion Bonus accruing for each Train within [***]
([***]) Days after (i) the DFCD Date for Train 1 or the DFCD Date for Train 2, as applicable, and (ii)
Owner’s receipt of an invoice for such Early Completion Bonus.
ARTICLE 14
CONTRACTOR’S REPRESENTATIONS
93
B. No Violation of Law; Litigation. It is not in violation of any Applicable Law or
judgment entered by any Governmental Instrumentality, which violations, individually or in the
aggregate, would affect its performance of any obligations under this Agreement. There are no legal
or arbitration proceedings or any proceeding by or before any Governmental Instrumentality, now
pending or (to the best knowledge of Contractor) threatened against Contractor that, if adversely
determined, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect on the financial condition,
operations, prospects or business, as a whole, of Contractor, or its ability to perform under this
Agreement.
C. Licenses. It is the holder of all business licenses and registrations required to permit it
to operate or conduct its business now and as contemplated by this Agreement.
D. No Breach. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the
consummation of the transactions herein contemplated or compliance with the terms and provisions
hereof will conflict with or result in a breach of, or require any consent under, the charter or by-laws of
Contractor, or any Applicable Law or regulation, or any order, writ, injunction or decree of any court,
or any agreement or instrument to which Contractor is a party or by which it is bound or to which it or
any of its property or assets is subject, or constitute a default under any such agreement or
instrument.
E. Corporate Action. It has all necessary power and authority to execute, deliver and
perform its obligations under this Agreement; the execution, delivery and performance by Contractor
of this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action on its part; and this Agreement has
been duly and validly executed and delivered by Contractor and constitutes a legal, valid and binding
obligation of Contractor enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof
may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or moratorium or other similar laws relating
to the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.
F. Financial Solvency. It is financially solvent, able to pay all debts as they mature and
possesses sufficient working capital to complete the Work and perform its obligations
hereunder. Guarantor, guaranteeing the obligations of Contractor pursuant to Section 21.17 of this
Agreement, is financially solvent, able to pay all debts as they mature, and possesses sufficient
working capital to perform the Parent Guarantees.
ARTICLE 15
OWNER’S REPRESENTATIONS
94
individually or in the aggregate, would affect its performance of any obligations under this
Agreement. There are no legal or arbitration proceedings or any proceeding by or before any
Governmental Instrumentality, now pending or (to the best knowledge of Owner) threatened against
Owner that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a material adverse effect
on the financial condition, operations, prospects or business, as a whole, of Owner, or its ability to
perform under this Agreement.
C. No Breach. Neither the execution and delivery of this Agreement, nor the
consummation of the transactions herein contemplated or compliance with the terms and provisions
hereof and thereof will conflict with or result in a breach of, or require any consent under, the
operating agreement or by-laws of Owner, any Applicable Law, any order, writ, injunction or decree of
any court, or any agreement or instrument to which Owner is a party or by which it is bound or to
which it or any of its property or assets is subject, or constitute a default under any such agreement or
instrument.
D. Corporate Action. It has all necessary power and authority to execute, deliver and
perform its obligations under this Agreement; the execution, delivery and performance by Owner of
this Agreement has been duly authorized by all necessary action on its part; and this Agreement has
been duly and validly executed and delivered by Owner and constitutes a legal, valid and binding
obligation of Owner enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the enforceability thereof may
be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or moratorium or other similar laws relating to the
enforcement of creditors’ rights generally.
E. Other Owners. Owner represents that it is authorized to bind and does bind all owners
with an interest in the Project, or an interest in the product of the Work (or who may claim any such
interest through Owner), to the releases, limitations on liability and other protections of Contractor set
forth in this Agreement. Owner’s successors, assigns and any future recipient of any equity ownership
in the Project or the Facility shall be bound by the releases, limitations on liability and other
protections of Contractor set forth in this Agreement, and Owner shall obtain the express written
agreement of such equity participants to be bound by such releases, limitations of liability and other
protections of Contractor.
15.2 Financial Solvency. Upon issuance of NTP, it will be financially solvent, able to pay its debts
as they mature and will have access to sufficient working capital to perform its obligations hereunder.
ARTICLE 16
DEFAULT, TERMINATION AND SUSPENSION
95
commence the Work in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement; (iii) Abandon the Project; (iv)
fail to maintain insurance required under this Agreement; (v) fail to provide or maintain the Parent
Guarantee in accordance with Section 21.17; (vi) fail to discharge liens filed by any Subcontractor or
Sub-subcontractor as required under this Agreement; (vii) cause, by any action or omission, any
material interference with operation of the Facility or its pipeline contractors or subcontractors, unless
Contractor is entitled to stop, suspend, terminate or refuse to perform Work under this Agreement;
(viii) fail to make payment to Subcontractors for labor or materials owed in accordance with the
respective Subcontracts (provided that Owner has made payment to Contractor of all undisputed
amounts owed to Contractor in accordance with the terms of this Agreement); (ix) disregard Applicable
Law or Applicable Codes and Standards; (x) fail to comply with any material provision of this
Agreement; (xi) fail to commence performance of changed Work under a Change Directive issued by
Owner under this Agreement in accordance with Section 6.1E; (xii) be in Default pursuant to Section
5.5H or Section 11.5B; (xiii) violate the provisions of Section 21.10; or (xiv) become, or if the
Guarantor becomes, insolvent, has a receiver appointed, makes a general assignment or filing for the
benefit of its creditors or files for bankruptcy protection. In addition, a default under the Train 3 EPC
Agreement by Contractor shall, if elected by Owner in its sole discretion, constitute a Default by
Contractor under this Agreement, and in that case the liability for a default under the Train 3 EPC
Agreement is handled under article 16 of the Train 3 EPC Agreement and the liability for a Default
under this Agreement is handled in this Article 16.
B. Following Owner’s notice to Contractor specifying the general nature of the Default,
unless Contractor cures such condition within the applicable Cure Period in Section 16.1C, Owner, at
its sole option and without prejudice to any other rights that it has under this Agreement and without
further notice to Contractor, may (1) take such steps as are necessary to overcome the Default
condition, in which case Contractor shall be liable to Owner for any and all reasonable, additional
costs, and expenses incurred by Owner in connection therewith, or (2) terminate for Default
Contractor’s performance of all or any part of the Work.
C. The applicable “Cure Period” with respect to the Defaults referenced in Section 16.1A
for items (i) through (x), the Cure Period shall be [***] ([***]) Days after Owner’s notice of Default to
Contractor, unless such Default cannot be cured within such [***] ([***]) Day period, in which case the
Cure Period shall be a total of [***] ([***]) Days after Owner’s notice (or as may be extended if agreed
in writing by Owner and Contractor). There is no cure period for any other Default except as expressly
stated in this Section 16.1C.
D. Additional Rights of Owner Upon Termination. In the event that Owner terminates
this Agreement for Default in accordance with Section 16.1A, then Owner may, at its sole option, (i)
enter onto the Site and any other locations where Contractor is performing the Work, for the purpose
of completing the Work, (ii) take possession of all Equipment and spare parts wherever located, and all
Construction Equipment on the Site that is not owned by Contractor, in any case which required to
complete the Work (subject to the terms of any lease agreements for Construction Equipment with
non-Affiliated third parties), Work Product (subject to the use restrictions in the licenses described in
Section
96
10.7A-C), including Drawings and Specifications, Permits, and licenses, (iii) take assignment of any or
all of the Subcontracts, and/or (iv) complete the Work either itself or through others. If the unpaid
balance of the Contract Price shall exceed all damages, costs, losses and expenses incurred by Owner
(including the cost to complete the Facility, all attorneys’ fees, consultant fees and litigation or
arbitration expenses, costs to complete the Work, Liquidated Damages described in this Section 16.1D
below and any and all damages for failure of performance and interest on such expense from the date
such expense was incurred by Owner at the rate specified in Section 7.7), then such excess shall be
paid by Owner to Contractor, but such amount shall not be paid until after Final Completion has been
achieved. If such amount incurred by Owner shall exceed the unpaid balance of the Contract Price,
then, at Owner’s sole option and subject to the limitation of liability set forth in Section 20.1, (a)
Contractor shall pay Owner the difference within [***] ([***]) Days after Owner submits to Contractor
written notice of the difference, (b) Owner shall have the right and authority to offset or collect on the
Letter of Credit in the amount of such difference in accordance with Section 9.2A, or (c) Owner may
elect to pursue both options (a) and (b). Subject to Section 20.1, Contractor’s liability under this
Section 16.1D is in addition to any other liability provided for under this Agreement and Owner shall
have the right and authority to set off against and deduct from any such excess due Contractor by
Owner any other liability of Contractor to Owner under this Agreement. Owner agrees to act
reasonably to mitigate any costs it might incur in connection with any termination for Default. In the
event of a termination for Default, subject to Section 20.1, the Parties agree that Owner shall be
entitled to “damages for delay” under this Section 16.1D which, for purposes of this Section 16.1D
only, means (i) Delay Liquidated Damages owed by Contractor to Owner under this Agreement up to
the date of the termination (provided that such termination date was after the applicable Guaranteed
Substantial Completion Date), and (ii) during the period upon the date of termination and ending on the
date Substantial Completion is achieved by a substitute contractor, the costs incurred during such
period by such substitute contractor to accelerate such substitute contractor’s work in order to achieve
the applicable Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date (as may have been adjusted by Change Order)
contemplated under this Agreement. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary, in no event shall Owner
be entitled under this Section 16.1D to recover restitutionary damages. Any damages recoverable by
Owner under this Section 16.1D shall be subject to the limitation of liability in Section 20.1, and the
waiver and release in Section 20.4.
E. Obligations Upon Termination. Upon termination for Default, Contractor shall (i)
immediately discontinue Work on the date and to the extent specified in the notice, (ii) place no further
orders for Subcontracts, Equipment, or any other items or services except as may be necessary for
completion of such portion of the Work as is not discontinued, (iii) inventory, maintain and turn over to
Owner all Construction Equipment that is not owned by Contractor (subject to the terms of any lease
agreements with non-Affiliated third parties) or any other equipment or other items provided by Owner
for performance of the terminated Work, (iv) promptly make every reasonable effort to procure
assignment or cancellation upon terms satisfactory to Owner of all Subcontracts and rental
agreements to the extent they relate to the performance of the Work that is discontinued; (v)
cooperate with Owner in the transfer of Work Product, including Drawings and Specifications, Permits,
licenses and any other items or information and disposition of
97
Work in progress so as to mitigate damages; (vi) comply with other reasonable requests from Owner
regarding the terminated Work; (vii) thereafter execute that portion of the Work as may be necessary
to preserve and protect Work already in progress and to protect Equipment at the Site or in transit
thereto, and to comply with any Applicable Law and any Applicable Codes and Standards; and (viii)
perform all other obligations under Section 16.1D.
16.2 Termination for Convenience by Owner. Owner shall have the right to terminate for
convenience Contractor’s performance of all of the Work by providing Contractor with [***] ([***]) Days’
written notice of termination. Upon termination for convenience, Contractor shall (i) immediately discontinue
the Work on the date and to the extent specified in such notice, (ii) place no further orders for Subcontracts,
Equipment, or any other items or services except as may be necessary for completion of such portion of the
Work as is not discontinued, (iii) promptly make every reasonable effort to procure cancellation upon terms
satisfactory to Owner of all Subcontracts and rental agreements to the extent they relate to the performance
of the Work that is discontinued unless Owner elects to take assignment of any such Subcontracts, (iv) assist
Owner in the maintenance, protection, and disposition of Work in progress, (v) cooperate with Owner for the
efficient transition of the Work, (vi) cooperate with Owner in the transfer of Work Product (and to the use
restrictions in the licenses described in Section 10.7A-C), including Drawings and Specifications, Permits,
licenses and any other items or information and disposition of Work in progress; and (vii) thereafter execute
only that portion of the Work as may be necessary to preserve and protect Work already in progress and to
protect Equipment at the Site or at any other location or in transit thereto, and to comply with any Applicable
Law and Applicable Codes and Standards and Owner may, at its sole option, take assignment of any or all of
the Subcontracts. Upon termination for convenience, Contractor shall be paid (a) the reasonable value of the
Work performed (the basis of payment being based on the terms of this Agreement) prior to termination, less
that portion of the Contract Price previously paid to Contractor (including down payments, if any, made under
this Agreement), plus (b) actual costs that are reasonably incurred and properly demonstrated by Contractor
to have been sustained in the performance of the Work up to the date of termination or as a result of
termination, plus associated profit margin of five percent (5%) on such costs, submitted in accordance with
this Section 16.1E, but in no event shall Contractor be entitled to receive any amount for unabsorbed
overhead, contingency, risk, or anticipatory profit. Contractor shall submit all reasonable direct close-out
costs to Owner for verification and audit within [***] ([***]) Days following the effective date of termination
(or as may be extended if agreed in writing by the Parties). If no Work (including Work under an LNTP) has
been performed by Contractor at the time of termination, Contractor shall be paid the sum of one hundred
U.S. Dollars (U.S. $100) for its undertaking to perform.
16.3 Suspension of Work. Owner may, for any reason, upon written notice to Contractor at any
time and from time to time, suspend carrying out the Work or any part thereof, whereupon Contractor shall
suspend the carrying out of such suspended Work for such time or times as Owner may require and shall take
reasonable steps to minimize any costs associated with such suspension. During any such suspension,
Contractor shall properly protect and secure such suspended Work in such manner as Owner may reasonably
require. Unless otherwise instructed by Owner, Contractor shall during any such suspension maintain its staff
and labor on or near the Site and otherwise be ready to proceed expeditiously with the Work upon receipt of
Owner’s further instructions. Except where such suspension ordered by Owner is the result of or due to the
98
fault or negligence of Contractor or any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor, Contractor shall be entitled to
the reasonable costs (including actual, but not unabsorbed, overhead, contingency, risk and reasonable profit)
of such suspension under a Change Order, including demobilization and remobilization costs, if necessary,
along with appropriate supporting documentation to evidence such costs, and a time extension to the Key
Dates if and to the extent permitted under Section 6.8. Upon receipt of notice to resume suspended Work,
Contractor shall promptly resume performance of the Work to the extent required in the notice. In no event
shall Contractor be entitled to any additional profits or damages due to such suspension beyond the costs for
the suspension as defined above.
A. Non-Payment. Contractor may terminate this Agreement if, continuing at the time of
such termination, Contractor has stopped the performance of all Work under this Agreement pursuant
to Section 16.4 for [***] ([***]) Days, and after the expiration of such [***] ([***]) Day period,
Contractor gives Owner notice specifying the nature of the default and its intent to terminate this
Agreement, and Owner fails to cure such default within [***] ([***]) Days after receipt of Contractor’s
notice. Contractor shall be entitled to interest on all late payments in accordance with Section 7.7.
B. Extended Owner’s Suspension. After issuance of NTP and subject to Section 16.5A, if
Owner suspends substantially all of the Work for an aggregate period exceeding three hundred sixty
five (365) consecutive Days and such suspension is not due to the fault or negligence of Contractor,
Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor, or an event of Force Majeure, then Contractor shall have the right
to terminate this Agreement by providing fourteen (14) Days written notice to Owner.
D. Termination for an Extended Force Majeure Event. After Owner’s issuance of NTP,
if any single Force Majeure event causes suspension of substantially all of the Work for a period
exceeding three hundred sixty-five (365) Days, then Contractor
99
shall have the right to terminate this Agreement by providing [***] ([***]) Days written notice of
termination to Owner.
E. Contractor’s Right to Terminate. This Section 16.5 set forth Contractor’s only rights
to terminate this Agreement. In the event of any such termination under this Section 16.5, Contractor
and Owner shall have the rights and obligations set forth in Section 16.1E. Contractor’s sole right to
terminate this Agreement is set forth in this Section 16.5.
ARTICLE 17
INDEMNITIES
17.1 Contractor’s General Indemnification. In addition to its indemnification, defense and hold
harmless obligations contained elsewhere in this Agreement, Contractor shall release, and as a separate
obligation, indemnify, hold harmless and defend Owner Indemnified Parties from and against any and all
damages, costs, losses and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees, and litigation or arbitration
expenses) arising out of any of the following:
100
PAYMENT TO CONTRACTOR OF ALL UNDISPUTED AMOUNTS OWED TO CONTRACTOR IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THIS AGREEMENT;
101
REGARDLESS OF THE CAUSE SUCH DAMAGES, COSTS, LOSSES AND EXPENSES, INCLUDING THE
SOLE OR JOINT NEGLIGENCE OF ANY OWNER INDEMNIFIED PARTIES;
17.2 Owner’s Indemnity for Personal Injury and Property Damage. OWNER SHALL
RELEASE, AND AS A SEPARATE OBLIGATION INDEMNIFY, HOLD HARMLESS AND DEFEND CONTRACTOR
INDEMNIFIED PARTIES FROM AND AGAINST ANY AND ALL DAMAGES, COSTS, LOSSES AND EXPENSES
(INCLUDING REASONABLE ATTORNEYS’ FEES, AND LITIGATION OR ARBITRATION EXPENSES)
DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY ARISING OUT OF ANY OF THE FOLLOWING:
102
SUBCONTRACTOR’S OR SUB-SUBCONTRACTOR’S FAILURE TO STOP WORK AND NOTIFY OWNER UPON
ENCOUNTERING PRE-EXISTING HAZARDOUS MATERIAL AT THE SITE AS REQUIRED BY SECTION 3.17
(AND SUBJECT TO THE CAP SET FORTH IN SUCH SECTION) .
17.6 Lien Indemnification. Should any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor or any other Person
acting through or under Contractor or any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor file a lien or other
encumbrance against all or any portion of the Work, the Site, the Facility or the Train 3 Liquefaction Facility,
Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, remove or discharge, by payment, bond or otherwise, such lien
or encumbrance within [***] ([***]) Days after Contractor’s receipt of written notice from Owner notifying
Contractor; provided that, Owner has made payment to Contractor of all undisputed amounts owed to
Contractor in accordance with the terms
103
of this Agreement. If Contractor fails to remove and discharge any such lien or encumbrance within such [***]
([***]) Day period, then Owner may, in its sole discretion and in addition to any other rights that it has under
this Agreement, at law or equity, take any one or more of the following actions:
17.7 Legal Defense. Not later than [***] ([***]) Days after receipt of written notice from the
Indemnified Party to the Indemnifying Party of any claims, demands, actions or causes of action asserted
against such Indemnified Party for which the Indemnifying Party has indemnification, defense and hold
harmless obligations under this Agreement, whether such claim, demand, action or cause of action is asserted
in a legal, judicial, arbitral or administrative proceeding or action or by notice without institution of such legal,
judicial, arbitral or administrative proceeding or action, the Indemnifying Party shall affirm in writing by notice
to such Indemnified Party that the Indemnifying Party will indemnify, defend and hold harmless such
Indemnified Party and shall, at the Indemnifying Party’s own cost and expense, assume on behalf of the
Indemnified Party and conduct with due diligence and in good faith the defense thereof with counsel selected
by the Indemnifying Party and reasonably satisfactory to such Indemnified Party; provided, however, that such
Indemnified Party shall have the right to be represented therein by advisory counsel of its own selection, and
at its own expense; and provided further that if the defendants in any such action or proceeding include the
Indemnifying Party and an Indemnified Party and the Indemnified Party shall have reasonably concluded that
there may be legal defenses
104
available to it which are different from or additional to, or inconsistent with, those available to the
Indemnifying Party, such Indemnified Party shall have the right to select up to one (1) separate counsel to
participate in the defense of such action or proceeding on its own behalf at the expense of the Indemnifying
Party. In the event of the failure of the Indemnifying Party to perform fully in accordance with the defense
obligations under this Section 17.7, such Indemnified Party may, at its option, and without relieving the
Indemnifying Party of its obligations hereunder, so perform, but all damages, costs, losses and expenses
(including all attorneys’ fees, consultant fees and litigation or arbitration expenses, settlement payments and
judgments) so incurred by such Indemnified Party in that event shall be reimbursed by the Indemnifying Party
to such Indemnified Party, together with interest on same from the date any such cost and expense was paid
by such Indemnified Party until reimbursed by the Indemnifying Party at the interest rate set forth in this
Agreement.
17.8 Enforceability.
A. EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE SET FORTH ABOVE, THE INDEMNITY, DEFENSE AND HOLD
HARMLESS OBLIGATIONS FOR PERSONAL INJURY, ILLNESS OR DEATH OR PROPERTY DAMAGE
UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL APPLY REGARDLESS OF WHETHER THE INDEMNIFIED PARTY
WAS CONCURRENTLY NEGLIGENT (WHETHER ACTIVELY OR PASSIVELY), IT BEING AGREED BY
THE PARTIES THAT IN THIS EVENT, THE PARTIES’ RESPECTIVE LIABILITY OR RESPONSIBILITY
FOR SUCH DAMAGES, COSTS, LOSSES AND EXPENSES UNDER THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE
DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE PRINCIPLES OF COMPARATIVE NEGLIGENCE.
ARTICLE 18
DISPUTE RESOLUTION
18.1 Negotiation. In the event that any claim, dispute, controversy, difference, disagreement, or
grievance (of any and every kind or type, whether based on contract, tort, statute, regulation or otherwise)
arising out of, connected with or relating in any way to this Agreement (including the construction, validity,
interpretation, termination, enforceability or breach of this Agreement) (“Dispute”) cannot be resolved
informally within [***] ([***]) Days after the Dispute arises (or such longer period of time if agreed to in
writing by the Parties), either Party may give written notice of the Dispute (“Dispute Notice”) to the other
Party requesting that a representative of Owner’s senior management and Contractor’s senior management
meet in an attempt to resolve the Dispute. Each such senior executive shall have full authority to resolve the
Dispute and shall promptly begin discussions in an effort to agree on a resolution of the Dispute within [***]
([***])
105
Days after receipt by the non-notifying Party of such Dispute Notice, with such negotiations being held in
Harris County, Texas or at another location if agreed upon by the Parties in writing. In no event shall this
Section 18.1 be construed to limit either Party’s right to take any action under this Agreement, including
Owner’s rights under Section 16.1, provided that such rights are not the subject of the Dispute.
18.2 Arbitration. If the Dispute is not resolved by negotiation within [***] ([***]) Days after the
date of a Party’s written notice requesting that representatives of each Party’s senior management meet (or
such other time as may be agreed in writing by the Parties), then the Parties agree that the Dispute shall be
decided by final and binding arbitration. Such arbitration shall be held in Harris County, Texas, unless
otherwise agreed by the Parties, shall be administered by the AAA’s office in Harris County, Texas, shall be
conducted by three (3) arbitrators (or for Claims involving less than [***] U.S. Dollars (U.S.$ [***]), one (1)
arbitrator) chosen in accordance with Section 18.2A, and shall, except as otherwise agreed by the Parties, be
governed by the AAA’s Construction Industry Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures then in effect (“AAA
Rules”). For the purposes of determining the number of arbitrators, the total value of the Claims and
counterclaims reasonably asserted by all the Parties shall be used to determine whether the [***] U.S. Dollars
(U.S.$ [***]) threshold has been met. The arbitration tribunal shall determine the rights and obligations of the
Parties according to the laws of Texas, excluding its conflict of law principles; provided, however, the law
applicable to the validity of the arbitration clause, the enforcement of any award and any other question of
arbitration law or procedure shall be the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C.A. § 2. Issues concerning the
arbitrability of a matter in dispute shall be decided by a court with proper jurisdiction. The arbitration shall be
conducted in the English language and all submissions shall be made in the English language or with an
English translation; provided that witnesses may provide testimony in a language other than English if a
simultaneous English translation is provided. The Parties shall be entitled to engage in reasonable discovery,
including the right to production of relevant and material documents by the opposing Party and the right to
take depositions reasonably limited in number, time and place; provided that in no event shall any Party be
entitled to refuse to produce relevant and non-privileged documents or copies thereof requested by the other
Party within the time limit set and to the extent required by order of the arbitration tribunal. All Disputes
regarding discovery shall be promptly resolved by the arbitration tribunal. The award of the arbitration
tribunal shall be in writing, state the reasons upon which the award thereof is based, be signed by all
arbitrators, and be final and binding. At Owner’s sole option, any other person may be joined as an additional
party to any arbitration conducted under this Section 18.2, provided that the party to be joined is or may be
liable to either Party in connection with all or any part of any Dispute between the Parties. The Parties agree
that judgment on the arbitration award may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof. Without
limiting the foregoing, if there are common issues of fact or law in connection with any Disputes in an
arbitration conducted under this Article 18 and any disputes in connection with any arbitration under the Train
3 EPC Agreement, either Party may consolidate the two arbitrations.
A. The arbitrators for any arbitration under Section 18.2 shall be selected in accordance
with this Section 18.2A.
1. For Claims less than [***] U.S. Dollars (U.S.$ [***]), Owner and Contractor shall
jointly select one arbitrator within [***] Days of the filing of the
106
demand for arbitration with the AAA, or if the Parties fail to appoint such arbitrator within the
applicable time period, then the AAA shall appoint the arbitrator in accordance with the AAA
rules.
2. For Claims [***] U.S. Dollars (U.S.$ [***]) or more, Owner and Contractor shall
each appoint one (1) arbitrator within [***] ([***]) Days of the filing of the demand for
arbitration with the AAA, and the two (2) arbitrators so appointed shall select the presiding
arbitrator within [***] ([***]) Days after the latter of the two (2) arbitrators has been appointed
by the Parties. If either Party fails to appoint its party-appointed arbitrator or if the two (2)
party-appointed arbitrators cannot reach an agreement on the presiding arbitrator within the
applicable time period, then the AAA shall appoint the remainder of the three (3) arbitrators not
yet appointed. Each arbitrator shall be and remain at all times wholly impartial, and, once
appointed, no arbitrator shall have any ex parte communications with any of the Parties or any
other parties to the Dispute concerning the arbitration or the underlying Dispute, provided,
however, that the Parties may have ex parte communications with their appointed arbitrators
until the third arbitrator is selected.
18.3 Continuation of Work during Dispute. Notwithstanding any Dispute, it shall be the
responsibility of Contractor to continue to prosecute all of the Work diligently and in a good and workmanlike
manner in conformity with this Agreement. Except to the extent provided in Sections 16.4 or 16.5, Contractor
shall have no right to cease performance hereunder or to permit the prosecution of the Work to be
delayed. Owner shall, subject to its right to withhold or offset amounts pursuant to this Agreement, continue
to pay Contractor undisputed amounts in accordance with this Agreement; provided, however, in no event
shall the occurrence of any negotiation or litigation or arbitration prevent or limit either Party from exercising
its rights under this Agreement, including either Party’s right to terminate pursuant to ARTICLE 16.
ARTICLE 19
CONFIDENTIALITY
19.1 Contractor’s Obligations. Contractor hereby covenants and warrants that Contractor and
its employees, officers, directors and agents shall not (without in each instance obtaining Owner’s prior
written consent) disclose, make commercial or other use of, or give or sell to any Person any of the following
information, whether disclosed prior to or after the Effective Date: (i) any Work Product other than to
Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors as necessary to perform the Work or (ii) any other information relating
to the business, products, services, research or development, actual or potential clients or customers,
financing of the Project, designs, methods, discoveries, trade secrets, research, development or finances of
Owner or any Owner Affiliate, or relating to similar information of a third party who has entrusted such
information to Owner or any Owner Affiliate (hereinafter individually or collectively, “Owner’s Confidential
Information”). Prior to disclosing any information in clause (i) of this Section 19.1 to any Subcontractor or
Sub-subcontractor necessary to perform the Work, Contractor shall bind such Subcontractor or Sub-
subcontractor to confidentiality obligations substantially similar to those contained in this
Section 19.1. Nothing in this Section 19.1 or this Agreement shall in any way prohibit Contractor or any of its
Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors from making commercial or other use of, selling, or disclosing any of
their respective Contractor’s Intellectual Property or
107
Third Party Intellectual Property, nor be used to curtail Contractor’s rights under Section 10.3 (provided that
Contractor complies with its obligations in Section 10.3).
19.2 Owner’s Obligations. Owner hereby covenants and warrants that Owner and its employees
and agents shall not (without in each instance obtaining Contractor’s prior written consent) disclose, make
commercial or other use of, or give or sell to any Person any estimating or pricing methodologies or
estimating or pricing information of Contractor or its Subcontractors relating to the Work, including the
Equipment, or any schedule information of Contractor or its Subcontractors relating to the Work, each of
which is conspicuously marked and identified in writing as confidential by Contractor, (iii) any confidential
technical information provided by APCI, BASF or [***] under this Agreement, which is conspicuously marked
and identified in writing as confidential by Contractor, or (iv) any Subcontractor Proprietary Information
provided by those Subcontractors which are specifically identified in Part II of Attachment G (hereinafter
individually or collectively, “Contractor’s Confidential Information”). The Parties agree that Owner may
disclose Contractor’s Confidential Information to any member of the Owner Indemnified Parties, Owner’s (or
Owner’s Affiliates’) consultants, contractors (provided that with respect to (i) and (iv) above, such consultants
and contractors are not Competitors of Contractor, with the term “Competitors of Contractor” meaning
any entity that is an EPC contractor in the LNG liquefaction industry), underwriters and attorneys, a bona fide
prospective or actual purchaser of all or a portion of Owner’s or any Owner Indemnified Party’s assets or
ownership interests, a bona fide prospective assignee of all or a portion of Owner’s interest in this
Agreement, any proposed or actual users of the Facility, any prospective or actual buyers of LNG, Lenders,
financial advisors and their respective representatives, rating agencies or any other party in relation to
project financing for or the development of (a) the Project (including any expansion of the Facilities) or (b) the
Expanded Facility or any other facility or project that Owner, including its Affiliates, joint ventures, partners or
assigns, may choose to develop, design, procure or construct, provided that with respect to (b), such license
shall only apply to Authorized Documents, further provided that Owner binds such persons to the
confidentiality obligations no less restrictive than those contained in this Section 19.2; and further provided
that APCI, BASF and [***] confidential technical information is not disclosed to direct competitors to APCI in
the licensing of LNG liquefaction process technology and to direct competitors to BASF and [***] in the
licensing of acid gas removal process technology without the applicable APCI’s, BASF’s or [***]’s approval.
Direct competitors to APCI in the licensing of LNG liquefaction process technology are [***], Black & Veatch,
Linde and Chart. Direct competitors to BASF and [***] in the licensing of acid gas removal process
technology are Sulfinol and Huntsman. Contractor shall, from time to time, have the right to inform Owner by
notice in writing whether any other parties are to be treated as competitors of APCI, BASF or [***] with
respect to the aforementioned technology, as the case may be, for the purposes of this Section 19.2, and such
competitors of APCI, BASF or [***] shall be treated as competitors upon approval of Owner (not to be
unreasonably withheld). Other than as set forth in this Section 19.2, Owner shall not be restricted in any way
from the disclosure of the Work Product. Owner shall be entitled to disclose to Persons that portion of
Contractor’s Intellectual Property and Third Party Intellectual Property for which Owner has a license to use
to the extent such disclosure is consistent with the purposes for which such license is granted pursuant to
Section 10.2 and provided that such recipients are bound to the confidentiality obligations similar to those in
this Section 19.2 to the extent information disclosed to such recipients contains Contractor’s Confidential
Information. Further, Owner acknowledges that it has entered into that certain Confidentiality Agreements
with the Technology Licensors (as required by the Technology
108
Licensors), as amended, modified and/or supplemented from time to time (“Owner/TL CAs”).
Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Owner/TL CAs are the exclusive document governing the
access, use, handling, safeguarding, disclosure, and all other treatment by Owner of all data and other
information of the applicable Technology Licensors provided pursuant to this Agreement. Owner hereby
agrees to defend, indemnify and hold Contractor Indemnified Parties harmless from and against all damages,
costs, losses and expenses (including all reasonable attorneys’ fees and litigation or arbitration expenses)
relating in any way to or arising out of any breach by Owner Indemnified Parties of the Owner/TL CAs that is
not due to the fault of any Contractor Indemnified Party or any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor.
19.3 Definitions. The term “Confidential Information” means one or both of Contractor’s
Confidential Information and Owner’s Confidential Information, as the context requires. The Party having the
confidentiality obligations with respect to such Confidential Information shall be referred to as the
“Receiving Party” and the Party to whom such confidentiality obligations are owed shall be referred to as
the “Disclosing Party.” The term “Subcontractor Proprietary Information” means, with respect to only
to the Subcontractors identified in Part II of Attachment G, proprietary technical information, techniques,
trademarks, trade secrets, know-how or other proprietary rights relating to the Work, including Equipment,
that is conspicuously marked as such in any Work Product submitted by Contractor to Owner.
19.4 Exceptions. Notwithstanding Sections 19.1 and 19.2, Confidential Information shall not
include: (i) information which at the time of disclosure or acquisition is in the public domain, or which after
disclosure or acquisition becomes part of the public domain without violation of this ARTICLE 19; (ii)
information which at the time of disclosure or acquisition was already in the possession of the Receiving Party
or its employees or agents and was not previously acquired from the Disclosing Party or any of its employees
or agents directly or indirectly; (iii) information which the Receiving Party can show was acquired by such
entity after the time of disclosure or acquisition hereunder from a third party without any confidentiality
commitment, if, to the best of Receiving Party’s or its employees’ or agent’s knowledge, such third party did
not acquire it, directly or indirectly, from the Disclosing Party or any of its employees or agents; (iv)
information independently developed by the Receiving Party without benefit of the Confidential Information;
and (v) information which is required by Applicable Law, including the Securities and Exchange Commission or
other agencies in connection with the Facility to be disclosed; provided, however, that prior to such
disclosure, the Receiving Party gives reasonable notice to the Disclosing Party of the information required to
be disclosed.
19.5 Equitable Relief. The Parties acknowledge that in the event of a breach of any of the terms
contained in this ARTICLE 19, the Disclosing Party would suffer irreparable harm for which remedies at law,
including damages, would be inadequate, and that the Disclosing Party shall be entitled to seek equitable
relief therefor by injunction, in addition to any and all rights and remedies available to it at law and in equity,
without the requirement of posting a bond.
19.6 Term. The confidentiality obligations of this ARTICLE 19 shall survive the expiration or
termination of this Agreement for a period of ten (10) years following the expiration or earlier termination of
this Agreement; provided, however, the confidentiality obligations of Owner in Section 19.2 (ii) shall survive
the expiration or termination of this Agreement for a period of fifteen (15) years following the expiration of
the Defect Correction Period of this Agreement.
109
ARTICLE 20
LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
110
C. PERFORMANCE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES. SUBJECT TO SECTION 20.2D,
CONTRACTOR’S MAXIMUM LIABILITY TO OWNER FOR PERFORMANCE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
SHALL BE [***] U.S. DOLLARS (U.S. $ [***]).
1. Delay Liquidated Damages shall be the sole and exclusive remedy owed by
Contractor for delay in achieving the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Dates set forth in
Section 5.3A and for delay in readiness to load the LNG Tanker as set forth in Section 11.2C;
and
111
2. Performance Liquidated Damages shall be the sole and exclusive remedy owed by
Contractor for failure of the Work to achieve any of the Performance Guarantees provided that
the Minimum Acceptance Criteria is achieved and Contractor complies with its corrective action
obligations under Section 11.5A.
112
SHALL EXTEND IN FAVOR OF MEMBERS OF THE OWNER INDEMNIFIED PARTIES AND THE
CONTRACTOR INDEMNIFIED PARTIES.
ARTICLE 21
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS
21.1 Entire Agreement. This Agreement, including the Attachments and Schedules attached to
and incorporated into this Agreement, contains the entire understanding of the Parties with respect to the
subject matter hereof and incorporates any and all prior agreements, including the ITB Agreement, and
commitments with respect thereto. There are no other oral understandings, terms or conditions, and neither
Party has relied upon any representation, express or implied, not contained in this Agreement. General or
special conditions included in any of Contractor’s price lists, invoices, tickets, receipts or other such
documents presented to Owner shall have no applicability to Owner with respect to this Agreement. Without
limitation, this Agreement supersedes in its entirety the ITB Agreement any other agreements between the
Parties or their Affiliates related to the Facility (including any confidentiality or non-disclosure
agreements). All services performed under the ITB Agreement shall be governed by the terms and conditions
set forth in this Agreement, except that Contractor agrees that it has been fully paid for any services
performed under the ITB Agreement, and any disclosures made prior to the Effective Date under any
confidentiality or non-disclosure agreements between Owner or its Affiliates and Contractor with respect to
the Facility shall be governed under this Agreement.
21.2 Amendments. Other than Change Directives issued by Owner to Contractor pursuant to
Section 6.1E or Section 6.2D, no change, amendment or modification of this Agreement shall be valid or
binding upon the Parties hereto unless such change, amendment or modification is in writing and duly
executed by both Parties hereto.
21.3 Joint Effort. Preparation of this Agreement has been a joint effort of the Parties and the
resulting document shall not be construed more severely against one of the Parties than against the other.
21.4 Captions. The captions contained in this Agreement are for convenience and reference only
and in no way define, describe, extend or limit the scope of intent of this Agreement or the intent of any
provision contained herein.
21.5 Notice. Any notice, demand, offer, or other written instrument required or permitted to be
given pursuant to this Agreement shall be in writing signed by the Party giving such notice and shall be either
(i) hand delivered; (ii) delivered by same-Day or overnight courier; or (iii) delivered by certified mail, return
receipt requested, to the other Party at the address set forth below. Notices, demands, offers and other
communications may be delivered via email as a courtesy; however, delivery in such manner shall not be
deemed to fulfill the notice requirements of this Section 21.5.
113
A. If delivered to Owner:
B. If delivered to Contractor:
Each Party shall have the right to change the place to which notice shall be sent or delivered by sending a
similar notice to the other Party in like manner. Notices, demands, offers or other written instruments shall
be deemed to be received: (1) if delivered by hand, by same-day or overnight courier service, or certified mail
on the date actually received at the address of the intended recipient; or (2) if sent by facsimile, upon receipt
by the sender of an acknowledgment or transmission report generated by the machine from which the
facsimile was sent indicating that the facsimile was sent in its entirety to the recipient’s facsimile number.
21.6 Severability. If any provision or part thereof in this Agreement is determined to be illegal,
invalid or unenforceable, such illegality, invalidity or unenforceability will not impair the operation of or affect
those remaining portions of such provision and this Agreement that are legal, valid and enforceable. Such
provision or part thereof will be modified so as to be legal,
114
valid and enforceable consistent as closely as possible with the intent of the original language of such
provision or part thereof and shall be enforced to the extent possible consistent with Applicable Law. If the
illegality, invalidity or unenforceability of such provision or part thereof cannot be modified consistent with the
intent of the original language, such provision will be deleted and treated as if it were never a part of this
Agreement and shall not affect the validity of the remaining portions of the provision or this Agreement.
21.7 Assignment. Neither Party may assign its rights or responsibilities under this Agreement
without the prior written consent of the non-assigning/novating Party hereto; provided that Owner may assign
and/or novate this Agreement, and any rights, title and interest in this Agreement, the Work Product and all
intellectual property rights, and all liabilities and obligations related thereto, in whole or part, to any of the
Owner Indemnified Parties (including any of their respective successors in interest), Owner’s potential or
actual business partners, investors or lenders, any purchaser of an interest in all or part of the Facility or the
operator of the Facility without first obtaining such consent. Furthermore, Owner may assign, pledge and/or
grant a security interest in this Agreement to any Lender without Contractor’s consent. Upon written notice
to Contractor, Contractor will execute any document required by Owner, acting reasonably, to effect such
assignment and/or novation. When duly assigned and/or novated in accordance with the foregoing, this
Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the assignee. Any assignment and/or
novation not in accordance with this Section 21.7 shall be void and without force or effect.
21.8 No Waiver. Any failure of either Party to enforce any of the provisions of this Agreement or
to require compliance with any of its terms at any time during the term of this Agreement shall in no way
affect the validity of this Agreement, or any part hereof, and shall not be deemed a waiver of the right of such
Party thereafter to enforce any and each such provisions.
21.9 Governing Law. This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the
laws of the state of Texas (without giving effect to the principles thereof relating to conflicts of law). The
United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this Agreement
and shall be disclaimed in and excluded from any Subcontracts entered into by Contractor in connection with
the Work or the Facility.
21.10 Foreign Corrupt Practices Act. Contractor shall, and Contractor shall require each of its
Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors, and the agents and employees of such Subcontractors and Sub-
subcontractors, to comply with all provisions of the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of the United States 15
U.S.C. § 78dd-1 to -3, as amended (“FCPA”), the UK Bribery Act 2010 (“UK Bribery Act”) and the
requirements of the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development’s (“OECD”) Convention on
Combating Bribery of Foreign Public Officials in International Business Transactions. Contractor shall not,
and Contractor shall require each of its Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors (and the agents and
employees of such Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors) not to (i) make direct or indirect payments of a
corrupt nature, to employees, agents or public employees of a government, or candidates or active members
of political parties, in order to obtain or maintain business, or (ii) take any action that could result in
Contractor, Owner or any of their Affiliates becoming subject to any action, penalty or loss of benefits under
the FCPA or OECD.
115
21.11 Successors and Assigns. This Agreement shall be binding upon the Parties hereto, their
successors and permitted assigns.
21.12 Attachments and Schedules. All Attachments and Schedules are incorporated into this
Agreement by such reference and shall be deemed to be an integral part of this Agreement.
21.13 Obligations. Nothing contained in this Agreement shall be construed as constituting a joint
venture or partnership between Contractor and Owner.
21.14 Further Assurances. Contractor and Owner agree to provide such information, execute
and deliver any such instruments and documents and to take such other actions as may be necessary or
reasonably requested by the other Party that are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement and
that do not involve the assumptions of obligations (including liabilities) greater than those provided for in this
Agreement, in order to give full effect to this Agreement and to carry out the intent of this Agreement. In
addition, Contractor agrees to cooperate with Owner and any Lender (i) to supply such information and
documentation, (ii) to grant such written consents to the assignment of this Agreement, (iii) to execute such
amendments to this Agreement as any Lender may require to the extent that the requested changes do not
materially adversely affect the rights and obligations or limitations of liability of Contractor hereunder, and
(iv) to take such action or execute such documentation as any Lender shall reasonably require.
21.15 Priority. The documents that form this Agreement are listed below in order of priority, with
the document having the highest priority listed first and the one with the lowest priority listed last. Subject to
Section 1.1 under the definition of Applicable Codes and Standards regarding conflicts or inconsistencies
between any Applicable Codes and Standards, in the event of any conflict or inconsistency between a
provision in one document and a provision in another document, the document with the higher priority shall
control. In the event of a conflict or inconsistency between provisions contained within the same document,
then the provision that requires the highest standard of performance on the part of Contractor shall
control. This Agreement is composed of the following documents, which are listed in priority:
116
no circumstance shall Contractor permit access on the Site of Third Parties who are not involved in the
performance of the Work without prior written consent of Owner.
21.17 Parent Guarantee. On or before the Effective Date, Guarantor shall provide an irrevocable,
unconditional parent guarantee in the form attached as Attachment U (“Parent Guarantee”) guaranteeing
the full and faithful performance of Contractor under this Agreement.
21.18 Language. This Agreement and all notices, communications and submittals between the
Parties pursuant to this Agreement shall be in the English language.
21.19 Counterparts. This Agreement may be signed in any number of counterparts and each
counterpart (when combined with all other counterparts) shall represent a fully executed original as if one
copy had been signed by each of the Parties. Facsimile signatures shall be deemed as effective as original
signatures.
21.20 Owner’s Lender. In addition to other assurances provided in this Agreement, Contractor
acknowledges that Owner intends to obtain project financing associated with the Project and Contractor
agrees to cooperate with Owner and Lender (including Independent Engineer) in connection with such project
financing, including entering into direct agreements with Lender (which shall be substantially in the form of
Attachment AA), covering matters that are customary in project financings of this type such as Lender
assignment or security rights with respect to this Agreement, direct notices to Lender, step-in/step-out rights,
access by Lender’s representative and other matters applicable to such project financing. Subject to the
terms of this Agreement, such cooperation includes cooperation with lenders with respect to any expansion to
the Facility. Contractor acknowledges and agrees that NTP is contingent upon obtaining such non-recourse
project financing and agrees further that in the event Owner does not obtain such project financing, Owner
shall not be liable to Contractor by reason of any terms and conditions contained in or connected with this
Agreement, except for any Work performed by Contractor in accordance with this Agreement under an LNTP
and any amounts owed under Section 16.2.
A. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the work performed under
the Train 3 EPC Agreement is governed by the Train 3 EPC Agreement, and the Work performed under
this Agreement is governed by this Agreement.
117
criteria under the Train 3 EPC Agreement arising out of or relating to (i) any acts or omissions of
Contractor or any of its Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors in connection with this Agreement, Train
1 or Train 2, or (ii) any act, instruction or direction by Owner or anyone acting for or on behalf of
Owner in accordance with this Agreement.
C. Without limiting the foregoing, the waivers and disclaimers of liability, releases from
liability, exclusions, limitations and apportionments of liability and indemnities expressed in the Train 3
EPC Agreement and this Agreement shall apply to the work performed under each agreement
respectively and shall not supersede any such rights, obligations or liabilities that arise out of the
other agreement
A. Potential Lenders. Owner shall provide to Contractor the identity of Potential Lenders that
have signed confidentiality agreements with Owner. As used herein, “Potential Lender” shall mean any
commercial bank, insurance company, investment or mutual fund or other entity that is an “accredited
investor” (as defined in Rule 501 of Regulation D promulgated under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended)
and which extends credit, buys loans and is in the business of lending as one of its businesses.
B. Potential Equity Investors. Prior to disclosure of any Work Product by Owner to any
potential equity investor in Owner in connection with the Project, Owner shall obtain a waiver from such
potential equity investor agreeing that it is not relying upon such Work Product in making any investment
decision in connection with the Project and waiving and releasing any claim it may have against Contractor or
Contractor’s Affiliates on account of any such reliance or purported reliance.
C. Equity Participants. Owner’s successors, assigns and any future recipient of any equity
ownership in Owner (excluding Lenders) shall be bound by the releases and limitations on liability set forth in
Sections 2.2A, 8.2B, 12.5, 16.1B, 17.1B, 20.1, 20.2, 20.3 and 20.4 of this Agreement, and Owner shall obtain
the express written agreement of such equity participants to be bound by such releases, limitations of liability
and other protections of Contractor.
21.23 Survival. ARTICLE 9, ARTICLE 10, ARTICLE 12, ARTICLE 14, ARTICLE 15, ARTICLE 16,
ARTICLE 17, ARTICLE 18 and ARTICLE 19, ARTICLE 20, Sections 3.6, 3.8, 3.13, 3.17, 8.1, 11.10, 21.7, 21.9,
21.17, and this Section 21.23 shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement, in addition to any other
provisions which by their nature should, or by their express terms do, survive or extend beyond the
termination or expiration of this Agreement.
118
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be executed by their duly
authorized representatives as of the Effective Date:
Owner:
By: [***]
Name:[***]
Title: [***]
Contractor:
By: [***]
Name:[***]
Title: [***]
119
ATTACHMENT A
SCOPE OF WORK
Page 1 of 68
SCHEDULE A-1
REVIEWER/
REV DATE REVISION DESCRIPTION ORIGINATOR APPROVER
ENDORSER
0 14 Aug 2018 Issued for Use [***] [***] [***]
1 22 Aug 2018 Issued for Use [***] [***] [***]
Interim update per EPC bid
2 26 Mar 2019 correspondence applicable to [***] [***] [***]
all bidders
Page 2 of 68
Table of Contents
1.0 INTRODUCTION 6
1.1 Project Description 6
1.2 Scope of document 6
2.0 BASIS FOR EPC EXECUTION 6
3.0 DEFINITIONS 6
4.0 OWNERS EXECUTION PHILOSOPHY 16
4.1 Project management 16
4.2 Health, Safety and Security 17
4.3 Environmental 17
4.4 Permitting 17
4.5 Quality 17
4.6 Cost and Schedule Balance 18
4.7 Commercial 18
4.8 Engineering 18
4.9 Construction Management, Startup and Operations 18
4.10 Community and Stakeholder Engagement 18
4.11 Reporting 19
5.0 EPC AGREEMENT REFERENCE DOCUMENT LIST 19
6.0 SCOPE OF FACILITIES 19
7.0 CONTRACTOR SCOPE OF WORK 23
7.1 Home Office Services 23
7.2 Supply of Equipment and Materials Required to Construct the Facility 23
7.3 Traffic and Logistics Services 23
7.4 Materials Management Services 24
7.5 Subcontracted Services 24
7.6 Services Required to Construct the Facility 24
7.7 Precomissioning and Commissioning Services 24
7.8 SIMOPS 25
7.9 Training of Owner Personnel 25
7.10 Assistance to Owner 25
7.11 Third-party Interfaces 25
7.12 Facilities for Owner Personnel 25
7.13 Performance Tests 25
7.14 Process License Fees 25
7.15 Record As-Built Drawings and SpecIfications 26
7.16 Handover Documentation 26
7.17 Information Systems for Owner Use 26
7.18 Exclusions from Contractor’s Scope of Work 26
8.0 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND ADMINISTRATION 26
9.0 QUALITY ASSURANCE 26
10.0 ENGINEERING 27
10.1 General 27
10.2 Specific Tasks by Discipline 28
11.0 ENGINEERING: THIRD-PARTY CONSULTANTS 36
12.0 PROCUREMENT 37
12.1 General 37
12.2 Purchasing Procedure 37
12.3 Requisitions/Purchases 37
Page 3 of 68
12.4 Expediting and Inspection 37
12.5 Factory Acceptance Tests 38
12.6 Supply of Equipment – Tagged Equipment Items 38
12.7 Supply of Equipment – Bulk Materials 38
12.8 Spare Parts 39
12.9 Catalysts & Chemicals, Oils & Lubricants 39
12.10 Miscellaneous Materials Supply 40
12.11 Traffic and Logistics Services 41
13.0 MATERIALS MANAGEMENT 41
13.1 Home Office Materials Management 41
13.2 Site Materials Management 41
14.0 SUBCONTRACT SERVICES 41
14.1 Engineering Design & Consultancy Subcontracts 42
14.2 Site Construction Subcontracts 42
14.3 Subcontracts during Commissioning, Start-up, and Initial Operation up to
Substantial Completion of Train 1 42
14.4 Contractor Provided Service Subcontracts 42
15.0 CONSTRUCTION 42
15.1 General 42
15.2 Construction Scope of Work 42
15.3 Rules and Regulations 43
15.4 Community Engagement 44
15.5 Construction Labor 44
15.6 Construction Equipment 44
15.7 Consumable Construction Materials 44
15.8 Subcontracts 44
15.9 Site Preparation and Levee 44
15.10 Marine Works 45
15.11 Site Facilities and Construction Utilities 47
15.12 Disposal of Construction Waste 48
15.13 Security 48
15.14 Heavy Lifts 49
15.15 Construction Temporary Facilities 50
15.16 Contractor’s Tools and Construction Equipment 51
15.17 Construction Permits 52
16.0 PRE-COMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING, COMPLETION AND ACCEPTANCE 52
16.1 General 52
16.2 Commencement of Commissioning and Start-up 52
16.3 Operator Training 53
16.4 OPERATIONS TESTS 53
17.0 SIMULTANEOUS OPERATIONS 53
18.0 OPERATIONS AND MAINTENANCE MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS AND PROCEDURES 54
18.1 Asset Integrity MANAGEMENT SYSTEMS 54
18.2 Operations Management Procedures 54
18.3 OPERATIONS AND Maintenance Procedures AND MANUALS 54
19.0 PREPARATION OF PRECOMMISSIONING, COMMISSIONING, AND INITIAL START-UP
PROCEDURES AND MANUALS 55
20.0 CONTRACTOR PROVIDED TRAINING FOR OWNER PERSONNEL 56
20.1 PROVISION OF OPERATIONS TRAINING SIMULATOR 56
20.2 Preparation of Training Materials 56
20.3 Preparation of Training Materials for Subcontractor Equipment Packages 56
Page 4 of 68
20.4 Training Courses 57
20.5 Training Courses for Vendor Equipment Packages 57
21.0 ASSISTANCE TO OWNER 57
21.1 Required Submissions to Regulatory Agencies 57
21.2 Technical Support to Owner’s Regulatory Services Consultants 57
22.0 THIRD-PARTY INTERFACES 57
22.1 Feed Gas Supply Interface with Rio Bravo Pipeline 57
22.2 Fresh Water Supply Interface with BND 58
22.3 Sewage Collection Interface with BND 58
22.4 138 kV Switchyard Interface with AEP (POMPANO) 59
22.5 Local Telecommunications Interface with AT&T 59
22.6 Nitrogen Supply Interface with Owner’s Nitrogen Supplier 59
22.7 Temporary fencing and utilities for expansion options 60
22.8 Brownsville Navigation District TARIFF 60
22.9 ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT DIVISION OF RESPONSIBILITY 60
23.0 FACILITIES FOR OWNER PERSONNEL 60
23.1 Office Accommodation for Owner personnel in Contractor’s Home Office 60
23.2 Temporary Facilities Provided at Site by Contractor for Owner’s Project Personnel 60
24.0 PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES AND PERFORMANCE TESTING 61
25.0 PROCESS LICENSE FEES 61
26.0 DOCUMENT NUMBERING 61
27.0 RECORD AS-BUILT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS 61
28.0 HANDOVER DOCUMENTATION 61
29.0 INFORMATION SYSTEMS FOR OWNER USE 61
30.0 EXCLUSIONS FROM CONTRACTOR’S SCOPE OF WORK 62
31.0 [***] 62
APPENDIX A-1: NOT USED 63
APPENDIX A-2: PRICED OPTION – LNG STORAGE TANK 3 64
APPENDIX A-3: PRICED OPTION – JETTY 2 65
APPENDIX A-4: PRICED OPTION – LNG TRUCK LOADING 66
APPENDIX A-5: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT COMMITMENTS 67
APPENDIX A-6: [***] 68
Page 5 of 68
1.0 INTRODUCTION
This document defines the Scope of Work (the “SOW”) to be performed by Contractor during the EPC
phase for implementation of Train 1 and Train 2 of the Facility.
The Facility will be constructed in several successive phases of development. At full build-out the
Facility will ultimately be comprised of six (6) LNG liquefaction trains, four (4) LNG storage tanks, two
(2) marine loading jetties with associated utilities and infrastructure as further described in the Basis
of Design (the “BOD”).
Contractor shall develop detailed engineering design for Train 1 and Train 2, and undertake
procurement, construction, commissioning, start-up and initial operation of the Facility in accordance
with the BOD, and as defined in the EPC Agreement (the “EPC Agreement”).
Contractor shall design and construct the Facility in compliance with the EPC Agreement, Applicable
Law, and Applicable Codes and Standards.
3.0 DEFINITIONS
Definitions are provided below. Capitalized terms set forth herein that are not defined will have the
meaning as agreed in the EPC Agreement, as applicable. In the event that there is a conflict between
the Agreement and this document, the terms and conditions in the Agreement prevail.
Term Definition
3D Three-dimensional
2D Two-dimensional
AEP 138 kV Electrical Public Utility Electrical Switchyard being installed by others
Switchyard (also called
Pompano Switchyard)
BASF BASF SE
Page 6 of 68
Term Definition
Capital Spare Parts Those capital spare parts listed in Attachment W for use after
Substantial Completion which are to be included in the Work
and the Contract Price, as further set forth in Section 3.4B of
the EPC Agreement
Central Control Building or A-7007 listed in the building list, document number 195910-000-
CCB CA-LI-1001
Change Order A written instrument signed by both Parties after the execution
of this Agreement in the form of Schedule D-1, that authorizes
an addition to, deletion from, suspension of, or any other
modification or adjustment to the requirements of this
Agreement, including an addition to, deletion from or
suspension of the Work or any modification or adjustment to
any Changed Criteria. Owner and Contractor are entitled to a
Change Order in accordance with Article 6 of the EPC
Agreement
Commissioning Spare Parts Spare parts for pre-commissioning, Commissioning, testing and
start-up activities required to achieve Substantial Completion
Page 7 of 68
Term Definition
Common Systems Those portions of the Facility that will be utilized by both Train
1 and Train 2, including, for example, certain utilities,
instruments, control systems and piping. The applicable
Common Systems will be designed, procured and constructed
such that both Train 1 and Train 2 may be operated
simultaneously or individually at the design conditions set forth
in this Agreement. The Common Systems are set forth in this
Attachment A.
Equipment All equipment, materials, supplies and systems required for the
completion of and incorporation into the Facility. Equipment
excludes Construction Equipment.
Page 8 of 68
Term Definition
GECP or Good Engineering and The generally recognized and accepted reasonable and prudent
Construction Practices practices, methods, skill, care, techniques and standards
employed by the international LNG liquefaction and storage
engineering and construction industries with respect to: (i) the
engineering, procurement, construction, pre-commissioning,
Commissioning, testing and start-up of natural gas liquefaction
and storage facilities of similar size and type as the Facility and
in accordance with Applicable Codes and Standards and
Applicable Law; (ii) personnel and facility safety and
environmental protection; (iii) efficient scheduling of the Work;
and (iv) the reliability and availability of the Facility under the
operating conditions reasonably expected at the Site, as
specified in this Attachment A.
Industrial Cyber Security Software used to mitigate cyber threats and attacks.
System
IT Information technology
Jetty Jetty is as defined and used in the LNG industry. It is also used
interchangeably with “Berth” in this SOW.
Material Selection Diagrams Drawing which shows material selection information and
Specification.
Page 9 of 68
Term Definition
Mechanical Completion With respect to (a) the applicable system or subsystem of the
Equipment or (b) a Train, that, with the exception of Punchlist
items, all of the following have occurred: (i) Contractor has
completed all design, procurement, fabrication, assembly,
erection, installation and pre-commissioning of all Equipment
(including all systems and components of Equipment, such as all
operating, protection, fire, safety and other related systems
required or necessary prior to start-up) for such applicable
system or subsystem of the Equipment or a Train to ensure that
all such Equipment or Train was correctly fabricated,
assembled, erected, installed, tested and pre-commissioned and
is capable of being operated safely and reliably within the
requirements and specifications contained in this Agreement, all
as set forth in greater detail in Attachment A and the
Mechanical Completion checklists agreed by Owner and
Contractor in accordance with Section 11.1A; (ii) the applicable
system, subsystem of Equipment or Trains ready for the
commencement of Commissioning; (iii) Contractor and Owner
have agreed upon an initial Punchlist of items as set forth in
Section 11.6; (iv) Contractor has delivered to Owner a
Mechanical Completion Certificate for the applicable system or
subsystem or Train in the form of Schedule L-1 and Owner has
accepted such certificate by signing such certificate; and (v)
performance by Contractor of all other obligations required
under this Agreement for Mechanical Completion.
Noise Philosophies The philosophy that describes the requirements for noise
control for the Facility.
Party or Parties Rio Grande LNG, LLC a limited liability company organized
under the laws of Texas, and/or Bechtel Oil, Gas and Chemicals,
Inc., a corporation organized under the laws of Delaware, as the
circumstance requires.
Page 10 of 68
Term Definition
Project Requirements The Applicable Codes and Standards, Project Philosophies, and
Specifications as described in the BOD
Quality Management System Integrated suite of quality assurance plans, procedures and
(QMS) working practices aimed at delivering Project quality.
Page 11 of 68
Term Definition
Record As-Built Drawings and Final, record Drawings and Specifications of the Facility
Specifications showing the “as-built” conditions of the completed Facility
Ready for Start-up or RFSU With respect to each Train, that all of the following have
occurred: (i) Contractor has achieved Mechanical Completion of
such Train, including Mechanical Completion of all systems and
subsystems of Equipment for such Train; (ii) all activities
necessary to support the introduction of hydrocarbons, including
all utility and process utility, safeguarding and shutdown
systems have been pre-commissioned, commissioned and
integrity verified; (iii) Commissioning is complete, cool down
can commence for such Train, and such Train is ready for
startup and acceptance of feed gas; (iv) Equipment vendor
representatives and other specialist Subcontractors required to
support RFSU and early operations are mobilized at the Site; (v)
Contractor has delivered to Owner a RFSU Certificate in the
form of Schedule L-3 and Owner has accepted such certificate
by signing such certificate; and (vi) performance by Contractor
of all other obligations required under this Agreement for RFSU
of such Train.
Page 12 of 68
Term Definition
Ready to Load First Cargo or That all of the following have occurred with respect to the
RLFC applicable Train: (i) Contractor has achieved and maintained
RFSU for such Train; (ii) the applicable LNG Storage Tank(s)
designated to be completed as part of such Train have been
successfully cooled down and is operating normally with LNG
stored in such tank(s); (iii) such Train has liquefied natural gas
into LNG meeting all specifications and requirements of this
Agreement (other than the Minimum Acceptance Criteria and
Performance Guarantees) and successfully transferred and
stored such LNG into the applicable LNG Storage Tank(s); (iv)
the LNG Storage Tank(s) and all LNG loading and unloading
lines (and equipment and systems related thereto) necessary
for transfer of LNG from such LNG Storage Tank(s) to the
loading dock have been cooled down and filled with LNG while
remaining at cryogenic temperatures via circulation to the LNG
berth and are ready for transfer of LNG to an LNG Tanker and
for return of vapor and boil-off gas to the LNG tanks, and the
loading dock or berth have successfully passed and Owner has
approved the pre-LNG arrived berth readiness review; (v) LNG
is ready for delivery to, and capable of being delivered to and
loaded into, an LNG Tanker via the loading dock; (vi) Contractor
has delivered to Owner an RLFC Certificate for such Train in
the form of Schedule L-4 and Owner has accepted such
certificate by signing such certificate; and (vii) performance by
Contractor of all other obligations required under this
Agreement for RLFC of such Train.
Rio Bravo Pipeline custody Rio Bravo Pipeline receiving Project comprising Pipeline
transfer battery limit metering Receivers, Separators, Metering, and HIPPS, to be supplied and
station constructed by others.
Spare Parts Commissioning spare parts, Capital Spare Parts and Operating
Spare Parts
Page 13 of 68
Term Definition
Page 14 of 68
Term Definition
Substantial Completion or SC That all of the following have occurred with respect to a Train:
(i) Mechanical Completion of such Train, including Mechanical
Completion of all systems and subsystems of Equipment of such
Train; (ii) RFSU has been achieved for such Train; (iii) RLFC
has been achieved for such Train; (iv) all Minimum Acceptance
Criteria have been achieved; (v) in the case that all Performance
Guarantees have not been achieved, Owner has accepted (such
acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld) Contractor’s
corrective work plan, and Contractor has turned over the Train
pursuant to Section 11.5A; (vi) Contractor and Owner have
agreed upon a list of Punchlist items as set forth in Section
11.6; (vii) any Delay Liquidated Damages due and owing have
been paid to Owner in accordance with Section 13.2; (viii) the
entire Work related to such Train (including training and the
delivery of all documentation, manuals and instruction books
necessary for safe and proper operation) has been completed,
except for Punchlist items, in accordance with the requirements
and Specifications of this Agreement; (ix) Contractor has
delivered to Owner all Capital Spare Parts for such Train in
accordance with Section 3.4B; (x) Contractor has delivered to
Owner the applicable Substantial Completion Certificate in the
form of Schedule L-5 and as required under Section 11.3 and
Owner has accepted such certificate by signing such certificate;
(xi) such Train is available for commercial operation in
accordance with the requirements of this Agreement, and with
respect to Substantial Completion of Train 2, Train 2 has been
integrated with Train 1; (xii) Contractor has obtained all Permits
required to be obtained by Contractor under this Agreement;
and (xiii) Contractor has delivered to Owner a fully executed
Interim Lien and Claim Waiver in the form of Schedules K-1 and
K-2, fully executed Interim Lien and Claim Waivers from all
Major Subcontractors in the form of Schedules K-3 and K-4 and,
if requested by Owner, fully executed Interim Lien and Claim
Waivers from all Major Sub-subcontractors substantially in the
form of Schedules K-3 and K-4, covering all Work up to the date
of Substantial Completion.
TBE Technical bid evaluation
Page 15 of 68
Term Definition
Train 1 The first phase of the Work to be designed, procured,
constructed, pre-commissioned, Commissioned, started up and
tested for the Facility, including a nominal [***] mtpa natural
gas liquefaction unit, a comparably-sized natural gas
pretreatment unit, LNG Storage Tank 1 and Tank 2, an LNG
loading dock and marine structures capable of berthing and
loading LNG Tankers with capacities from 125,000 m3 to
185,000 m3, the Common Systems necessary to operate Train
1, the control room and other systems.
Train 2 The second phase of the Work to be designed, procured,
constructed, pre-commissioned, Commissioned, started up and
tested for the Facility, including a nominal [***] mtpa natural
gas liquefaction unit, a comparably-sized natural gas
pretreatment unit, the Common Systems necessary to operate
Train 2 (but not needed for Train 1) and other systems.
Unit An individual, and complete process component which is
regarded as a single entity, but which can also form an
individual component of a larger, more complex system.
UPS Uninterrupted Power Supply
Work All obligations, duties and responsibilities required of
Contractor pursuant to this Agreement, including all Equipment,
Construction Equipment, spare parts, procurement,
engineering, design, fabrication, erection, installation,
manufacture, delivery, transportation, storage, construction,
workmanship, labor, pre-commissioning, Commissioning,
inspection, training, Performance Tests, other tests, start-up
and any other services, work or things furnished or used or
required to be furnished or used, by Contractor in the
performance of this Agreement, including that set forth in
Attachment A and Section 3.1A and any Corrective Work. For
the avoidance of doubt, the Work shall include the Train 1 Work
and the Train 2 Work.
(W)PQR (Weld) Procedure Qualification Record
WPS Weld Procedure Specification
Key philosophies and guiding principles that Owner strives to adopt for the Project are discussed in
this section.
· Contractor and Owner shall work together in an open, transparent, and cooperative manner in the
interest of the Project to deliver a Project that is successful for both Parties;
· Contractor and Owner shall work together to minimize risk exposure for both Parties;
Page 16 of 68
· Owner’s Project team shall be structured on a lean, fit- for-purpose basis, applying spot checks in
witness points and selective audits. It shall be structured to engage with the Contractor’s team in
an efficient manner;
· Contractor shall submit to Owner a Project Execution Plan which details their organization
structure (e.g. sole execution or joint venture, construction management team / Subcontractor),
number and location of operating centers, and modular versus stick-built erection);
· After the Effective Date of the EPC contract, the Owner and its advisors as well as representatives
from Owner’s insurers and Lenders, have the right to access all areas in the operating centers
(home office, fabrication facilities and Site) where Work is under control or being performed by
Contractor without obtaining Contractor’s permission. As such those accessing shall comply with
prevailing safety and security regulations; and
· Contractor shall turn over specified Drawings, Specifications and other design documents,
construction documents and databases, that are to be delivered to Owner, including the 3D model,
in native format as part of the Facility turnover.
· Contractor shall comply with all obligations found in the Agreement, as well as local safety
regulations for all operating centers (home office, engineering centers, fabrication facilities and
Site) as a minimum;
· Contractor shall supply Owner with a copy of their HSSE philosophies and derived policies;
· Contractor shall update their most recent OSHA 300 Safety Logs covering the last 3 years prior to
bid submission;
· All Project related safety statistics shall be included in the Contractor’s weekly and monthly
reports;
· Contractor shall conduct safety audits during the life of the Project and provide summaries of the
results to Owner;
· Design and construction method selections shall incorporate related safety aspects;
· Owner shall be invited to be an active participant in all safety audits and shall be involved in all
incident investigations with appropriate provisions are made to preserve applicable legal
privileges;
· The design shall take into consideration ergonomics; and
· SIMOPS requirements to be addressed.
4.3 ENVIRONMENTAL
· Contractor shall demonstrate compliance with all environmental requirements for air, water and
noise emissions and select engineering, construction and logistics solutions that minimize the
impact on the environment and surrounding infrastructure as far as practical, and within the limits
as stipulated in the Permits; and
· Contractor shall have a well-developed environmental management plan with execution strategies
for dealing with emergency and adverse weather events.
4.4 PERMITTING
4.5 QUALITY
· Contractor shall provide for Owner’s review an external audit schedule within [***] ([***]) Days of
LNTP.
· Owner shall have access to review external & internal quality audit noncompliances and close-out
actions, except those that have a commercial nature.
Page 17 of 68
4.6 COST AND SCHEDULE BALANCE
· Contractor shall propose an execution plan which provides optimal overall cost given schedule
constraints.
4.7 COMMERCIAL
· Contractor shall make full use of frame work agreements, master service agreements and master
purchase agreements put in place by Owner; and
4.8 ENGINEERING
· Parties shall strive to minimize change to the Project once the EPC contract has been executed.
The ultimate goal shall be to limit changes to those required by regulations or changes in
legislation. Contractor shall utilize an efficient and robust change management process for the
benefit of both Parties. This shall also ease the processing of detailed work packages and change
management with FERC;
· Owner shall have ongoing access to EPC design and construction records for review purposes
through the Contractor’s electronic data management system;
· Design shall comply with codes, standards and Applicable Law;
· GECP level of plant automation and state-of-the-art plant condition monitoring, to support a lean
operations and maintenance Owner’s team;
· GECP level of overall Facility availability;
· Design considerations include: ability to construct, commission, test, operate and maintain the
Facility in a safe and efficient manner; and
· Equipment design and selection shall respect the desire to avoid excessive maintenance. Owner
desires Contractor to include in the selection the life-cycle cost.
· In addition to the design, engineering and construction of the Facility, Contractor shall be expected
to start-up, maintain and operate the Facility through SC of Train 1, Train 2 and any selected
options. Activities include:
1. Preparation of training, maintenance and operations manuals;
2. Training of Owner operations and maintenance personnel;
3. Supervision of Owners operations and maintenance personnel;
4. Commissioning;
5. Start-up;
6. Initial operations;
7. Performance Tests and operations tests;
8. Maintenance and upkeep of the Site and Facility until SC is achieved; and
9. Loading of Equipment and plant data, inclusive of baseline readings, into applicable plant
integrity and maintenance management systems in time to work with these support systems
from Ready for Start Up (“RFSU”).
· Owner shall have the right to occupy and make use of the permanent buildings at an agreed upon
time with Contractor in advance of SC of Train 1.
· Contractor shall implement a community engagement program which takes into consideration
active participation of the local vendors and contractors; and
· Contractor shall work together with Owner in local and regional stake holder interactions.
Page 18 of 68
4.11 REPORTING
· Contractor shall provide, but not limited to the below, reports subject to those defined within the
EPC Agreement executed between Owner and Contractor;
· Contractor shall inform Owner and provide copies of any communications with applicable
Governmental Instrumentalities;
· Contractor shall supply all required information to support Owner tax-related filings; and
· Contractor shall submit comprehensive and transparent progress reports.
The scope of Contractor supplied facilities shall include the facilities for Train 1, Train 2 and Common
Systems as listed below, as further defined in this SOW hereafter, and as described in the BOD.
Train 1 facilities:
Page 19 of 68
LNG marine loading facilities, including:
Berth Pocket and Turning Basin non-dredging scope (dry excavation of approximately
[***] cubic yards)
Jetty 1, including land-based piling and shoreline protection
Jetty 2, limited to land-based head piling and concrete caps for monopiles and loading
platform bulkhead wall, including land-based piling and shoreline protection
Jetty Head 1
Jetty 1 Monitoring Building / Substation ([***]), [***]
LNG marine loading facilities common to the above
Shoreline protection
Common Systems and infrastructure required for the operation of Train 1, including:
Feed gas supply line from the battery limit of the Rio Bravo custody metering battery
limit station to LNG Train 1 battery limit valve, ([***]). Line carries tie-in provisions to
also feed Train 2 and Train 3.
Propane and Ethane Refrigerant storage, purification and truck unloading facilities,
([***]), designed to serve the full masterplan;
Condensate storage facility, ([***]), designed to serve the full masterplan;
Condensate truck loading facility, ([***]),
Racks for piping to/from refrigerant and condensate storage facilities, and condensate
truck loading facility,
Boil-off gas compression facilities for Train 1 and Train 2 with two compressor sets
installed and ready for operation at RFSU Train 1, ([***]),
LNG Tank and Ship BOG Vent, ([***]), serving full masterplan;
BOG Rack to/from boil-off gas compressors, ([***]),
BOG Compressor & Truck Loading Substation, [***], equipped for the above facilities
only.
Ground Flare system, including:
Wet and Dry Gas Ground Flare Box 1, ([***]), Phase 1 Wet Gas Flare KO Drum, [***],
and Phase 1 Dry Gas Flare KO Drum, [***], and associated Equipment),
Facilities common to the above,
Main East–West Pipe-rack and track
Utility Systems, including the following. (Equipment items required for operation of
Train 1 and Train 2 are indicated in Major Equipment List, 26210-000-M0X-0000-00001):
§ Essential Power Generation Systems including the following:
§ Essential power generators, ([***]) (two units for Train 1 and 2)
§ Essential & Firewater Substation, [***], equipped to serve Train 1 Equipment
and systems
§ Essential Power Distribution to Train 1 users
§ Water Storage and Water Supply Systems, comprising the following:
§ Fresh water system, ([***])
Potable quality fresh water shall be supplied to the Facility by third-party.
Interface point and date of supply by Owner.
§ Drinking water system, ([***]), serving the full masterplan development;
§ Demineralized water system, ([***]), tank designed for 6 trains, unit sized for the
operations of 3 trains, but expandable for full masterplan;
§ Firewater, firefighting and safety systems, ([***]), serving Train 1 facilities,
serving the full masterplan, but distribution extended for each staged
development
Page 20 of 68
§ Seawater intake system for back-up fire water supply, ([***]), serving the full
masterplan
§ Plant and instrument air system, ([***]), sized to serve initially 3 Trains;
§ Nitrogen distribution system, ([***]), sized to serve initially up to 3 Trains.
Generation and supply will be from third-party facility located in the Facility.
Interface point and date of supply by Owner.
Contractor scope for third party nitrogen supply facility shall be as described in
section 22.6 hereafter.
§ Fuel gas system, ([***])
§ Utilities Substation 1, [***], sized to serve 3 Trains
§ Electric power distribution and lighting systems serving Train 1 and extended for
Train 2
138 kV power will be supplied from AEP Pompano Compound.
Interface point and date of supply by Owner.
Amine storage and Hot Oil Storage, including (serving full masterplan):
§ Amine Storage, ([***]),
§ Hot Oil Storage, ([***]),
Refrigerant storage, purification and truck unloading, [***], (serving full masterplan);
Common Infrastructure for the Facility, including:
§ Permanent architectural buildings, comprising the following:
§ Security Building
§ Warehouse
§ Workshop & Laboratory Building
§ Fire Truck Garage
§ Central Control Building Substation, [***]
§ Administration Building Substation, [***]
§ Canteen, Visitor and Training Center
§ Chemical Storage Building
§ Industrial Buildings Area Substation, [***]
§ Main Intake Station 1, [***] for Trains 1 and Train 2, supporting also power
distribution to the masterplan utilities, general buildings, BOG handling and storage
& loading facilities.
§ MOF Area Substation, [***], including local equipment room,
§ The following local equipment rooms equipped initially only for Train 1 and Train 2
facilities:
§ LER [***], BOG, Condensate and Refrigerant Storage
§ LER [***], Utilities and Firewater
§ LER [***], Ground Flare
§ LER [***], Condensate and LNG Road Tanker Loading
§ TER [***], Telecommunication Equipment Room (North-West)
§ Process control, safety control and telecommunications systems for Train 1 and
Train 2
§ Security and access control system;
§ Levee, the complete levee will be constructed to also provide protected laydown and
temporary facilities area west of the first Trains under construction;
§ MOF, the MOF shall be of permanent construction for use during later phases of
Facility construction and for use when necessary during the operating phase of the
Facility.
Page 21 of 68
§ Site roads,
§ Fencing
§ Contractor shall procure, assemble, and install all security and perimeter
fencing as indicated on Unit Plot Plans, Overall Plot Plan, and other relevant
project drawings and specifications;
§ Contractor shall remove and dispose of any existing fencing on the north and
south side of the Site after installation of perimeter and security fencing
around the entire Site;
Texas State Highway 48 modifications with 2 road junctions. Contractor shall provide
suitable protection for third party services where Site access roads cross the
utilities corridor. Note: Owner shall interface with Texas DOT to obtain Highway 48
permit(s) based on detailed design data provided by Contractor;
§ EPC Contractor shall identify, engineer, obtain permits (or assist Owner in obtaining
permits in the event such permits are to be applied for by Owner), and install any
temporary access roads required for performing its scope of Work to construct the
facilities. When such access roads are no longer required the affected area shall be
returned to its original condition if outside the Site boundary;
§ Surface water drainage systems segregated by source, or potential contamination;
§ Effluent water treatment, [***] (primary treatment only – including Holding Ponds
and Outfalls, and First Flush Basins for Train 1 and 2);
§ Sanitary effluent collection and pump-out, [***] (discharge to third-party at Facility
fence-line for offsite treatment and disposal, interface point and date of supply by
Owner); and
Temporary Facilities required for construction and initial operation of the facilities.
Train 2 facilities:
Train 2 is an identical copy of Train 1 LNG liquefaction and pre-treatment facilities, and ties into to a
common NG supply, LNG and condensate run-down lines, and is connected to extended utilities
distribution and process control. The scope includes amongst others:
Page 22 of 68
Extended electrical power distribution, ICSS, and Telecoms network, inclusive CCB
added Equipment;
Site drainage system;
Fire water and utilities distribution extensions;
Roads and paving to serve the train 2 area.
Additional detail:
Train 2 North Substation, [***]
LER-[***]
Train 2 South Substation, [***],
Train 2 ASDS Substation 1, [***]
Train 2 ASDS Substation 2, [***]
Train 2 Recompressor ASDS Substation, [***]
Contractor shall perform the Work described in this SOW in accordance with the requirements of the
EPC Agreement.
Contractor shall include but not be limited to providing the following home office services:
Contractor shall include but not be limited to supplying Equipment required to construct the Facility,
including the following:
Contractor shall include but not be limited to providing the traffic and logistic services defined in
Section 12.11 of this SOW.
Page 23 of 68
7.4 MATERIALS MANAGEMENT SERVICES
Contractor shall include but not be limited to providing the materials management services defined in
Section 13 of this SOW.
Contractor shall include but not be limited to providing the subcontracted services defined in Section
14 of this SOW.
Contractor shall include but not be limited to providing the construction services required to construct
the Facility listed in Section 6 of this SOW.
Contractor shall include but not be limited to providing pre-commissioning and Commissioning services
as follows:
Page 24 of 68
Preparation of Site security procedures (Refer to Section 15.13 of this SOW);
Preparation of maintenance procedures (Refer to Section 18.3.1 of this SOW);
Preparation of statutory maintenance and inspection procedures (Refer to Section 18.3.2 of
this SOW);
Preparation of pre-commissioning and Commissioning instructions (Refer to Section 19.0 of
this SOW);
Preparation of start-up, operations and shut-down materials (Refer to Section 19.0 of this
SOW); and
Preparation of operation and maintenance procedures (Refer to Section 19.0 of this SOW).
7.8 SIMOPS
Contractor shall ensure simultaneous operations provisions (Refer to Section 17 of this SOW). The
overall design philosophy shall include the provision of tie-ins to allow sequential expansion of the
Expanded Facility without the need for extensive and complete shutdowns of operations.
Contractor shall include but not be limited to provide training for Owner personnel as detailed in
Section 20 of this SOW.
Contractor shall include but not be limited to the following assistance to Owner:
Input for regulatory submissions by the Owner (Refer to Section 21.1 of this SOW); and
Technical support for Owner’s regulatory consultants (Refer to Section 21.2 of this SOW)
Home office services for spare parts with reference to the Spares Philosophy which contains
estimated lists.
Labor statistics on extent of actual local content to allow Owner to interact with Cameron
County on property tax and possible rebates.
Contractor is to include in its Monthly Progress Reports the local labor content percentage as
of the reporting period in the applicable month for the Project through the latest reporting
period. [***].
Contractor shall include but not be limited to work with respect to Project third-party interfaces as
described in Section 22 of this SOW.
Contractor shall include but not be limited to providing the following facilities for Owner’s personnel:
Office accommodations for Owner personnel in Contractor’s home office (Refer to Section
23.1 of this SOW); and
Office accommodations for Owner personnel at Site (Refer to Section 23.2 of this SOW).
Contractor shall undertake performance testing of the completed facilities as detailed in Section 24 of
this SOW.
Contractor shall include the cost of third-party process license fees as detailed in Section 25 of this
SOW.
Page 25 of 68
7.15 RECORD AS-BUILT DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS
Contractor shall update Drawings and Specifications to Record As-Built status as indicated under
Section 26 of this SOW.
Contractor shall specify and set up information software systems for Owner’s use following handover
as described under Section 28 of this SOW.
Contractor shall assign a qualified and experienced Project management team for effective control and
coordination of all aspects of Project execution throughout all phases of EPC execution through to
contract closeout.
Contractor shall maintain a Project-specific EPC Project Execution Plan. The EPC Project Execution
Plan shall be a comprehensive project management document that describes the overall execution
strategy for the Project; establishes the methods by which the Contractor executes, monitors, and
controls the Project; and consolidates the integration of a number of discrete function specific
execution plans created for managing all elements of the Project execution.
[***].
Contractor shall prepare and implement a Project-specific quality plan approved by Owner. The Plan
shall define the Quality Assurance (QA) and Quality Control (QC) services that will be carried out by
Contractor during the Engineering, Procurement and Construction (EPC) phase of the Project to
design, build, commission and start-up a safe, legally complaint, repeatable, and fully functional
Facility. The quality plan will comply with the requirements for a quality plan stated in the EPC
Agreement.
Contractor shall:
Require that Subcontractors and Sub-Subcontractors comply with the quality requirements in
the EPC Agreement, and develop their own quality plans that meet the intent of the
requirements in the Contractor’s Quality Plan;
Operate a quality management system throughout execution of the Project;
Appoint a dedicated management representative, with responsibility for ensuring that the
quality management system is maintained and implemented;
Organize and facilitate Quality Workshops for the project team. Owner will be invited to
attend these workshops.
Undertake quality surveillance activities and audits associated with engineering, procurement
and construction in accordance with the EPC Agreement.
Include in the overall Project Quality Plan the execution of two (independent) joint PEER
reviews, each lasting 1 to 2 weeks and attended by senior staff not directly involved in the
project. These shall cover:
Detailed design & engineering close-out review when progress beyond 80%;
Page 26 of 68
Pre-operations readiness review, between MC and prior to RFSU, to a) check proper
close-out on plant changes, b) spot check as-built plant line-up, c) check available
documentation to safely start-up the Plant, and d) level of integration and training of the
joint commissioning team;
[***].
The Project quality plan shall identify a program of quality audits to be performed. Owner will be given
notification of the scope and date of planned quality audits specified in the Project quality plan to
enable Owner’s participation in non-commercial quality audits as an observer. The quality auditing will
cover key Contractor Project activities, including the activities of Major Subcontractors and Major Sub-
subcontractors. If a noncompliance is identified during a quality audit, Contractor shall inform Owner
on the corrective action to be taken, report status updates, and inform when the corrective action is
closed out, as part of monthly progress reporting. Where the Contractor performs ad-hoc non-
commercial internal quality audits without invitation to the Owner, then any corrective actions and
follow-up will be shared with Owner, as part of monthly progress reporting.
10.0 ENGINEERING
10.1 GENERAL
Contractor shall perform engineering necessary to define the technical requirements for the Facility
listed under Section 6 of this SOW to the extent necessary for the procurement of Equipment, including
bulk materials and consumables necessary to construct the Facility, and to safely construct,
commission, start-up, and operate the facilities. Technical requirements shall be in accordance with
the requirements defined within the BOD and the Project Drawings and Specifications referenced
therein plus the full set of updated verified FEED documents.
a. Any FEED-identified actions to be performed as part of the EPC Work, e.g., HAZOP
recommendations, SEAMS actions, etc.
b. Contractor shall prepare engineering Drawings and Specifications or other documentation
necessary to safely construct, commission, start-up, and operate the Facility.
c. EPC-specific HAZOP and LOPA workshops with any items of non-conformance with Project
codes, standards, philosophies, and specifications that are identified as being required to be
implemented by Contractor;
d. Preparation of material take-offs listing bulk materials required to construct the permanent
works;
e. Preparation of material requisitions for the procurement of Equipment, bulk materials and
consumables required for the Work;
f. Review and evaluation of Subcontractor quotations received, bid conditioning, and technical
recommendation for award;
g. Review and approval of Subcontractor documentation to ensure compliance with Project
Specifications;
h. Performance of design reviews such that the integrity, maintainability, operability and
constructability are addressed by Contractor’s engineering in accordance with the EPC
Agreement;
i. Provision of technical assistance to Owner, as listed under Section 21 of this SOW;
j. Witnessing of Equipment and materials testing, and Subcontractor performance tests where
required based on criticality rating and purchase order requirements;
k. Recommendations for Operating Spare Parts for Owner, as listed under Section 12.8 of this
SOW;
Page 27 of 68
Operating spare parts exclude the Capital Spare Parts notionally listed in the Spares
Philosophy.
l. Preparation of Record As-Built Drawings and Specifications, as listed under Section 26 of this
SOW;
m. Preparation of handover documentation, as specified under Section 27 of this SOW and in
accordance with the EPC Agreement;
n. Preparation of technical documentation packages for review and approval by Governmental
Instrumentalities when required to obtain necessary Permits for the Work, as listed under
Section 21.1 of this SOW;
o. Contractor shall incorporate the latest OSHA design requirements into the Facility and
Expanded Facility design. This includes, for example, OSHA-required changes in handrail
design; and
p. Any other activity identified by Contractor required to perform the Work to deliver the Project.
Contractor shall enter into and administer (i) process licenses and (ii) technical services Subcontracts
with process licensors APCI, BASF and [***] for the LNG liquefaction, carbon dioxide removal, and
HRU, respectively.
Contractor will develop and implement a safety in design program for the detailed design of the
Facility to ensure that the engineering and design developed by the Contractor integrates elements of
hazard identification and risk assessment methods to select design solutions and details that reduce
risks of injury from construction through operations and maintenance to a level that is as low as
reasonably practical. This program will include and be applicable to all engineering disciplines and to
all aspects of the Work and will be made available to the Owner for review. This safety in design
program shall also encompass ergonomic reviews to ensure operability is duly considered (including
operability Model reviews).
Contractor process engineering activities shall, in addition to the above, comprise the following:
1. Contractor shall obtain and incorporate into the engineering design for the LNG liquefaction
Unit necessary engineering information from APCI.
2. Contractor shall obtain and incorporate into the engineering design for the acid gas removal
Unit necessary engineering information from BASF.
3. Contractor shall obtain and incorporate into the engineering design for the HRU Unit
necessary engineering information from [***].
4. Dynamic Simulation
Contractor shall prepare a number of discrete process dynamic simulations to model system
performance for the following critical areas of the process system design:
1. MR compressor simulation
2. PR compressor simulation
3. BOG compressor simulation
4. Regen compressor simulation
Page 28 of 68
b. Start-up study (including whether there is a necessity for suction de-superheater for the
propane compressors during start-up of second compressor string with first compressor
string operating)
c. Blocked outlet scenario study (compressor flare load study)
d. Control scheme validation study
Contractor shall include control logic and equipment design details based on the Equipment
selected.
The purpose of the dynamic simulations is to prove the satisfactory operation of the subject
Equipment concerned over the range of operations specified by the BOD. A Report on the
simulation findings shall be made available to Owner.
Contractor shall develop and maintain an LNG production model that will be used to forecast
LNG production based on the range of constraints defined in the BOD. The model will be
updated to reflect the latest P&ID issue and incorporate relevant final vendor data. Contractors
projections for LNG production shall be made available to Owner.
In detailed design Contractor shall clearly identify Equipment and system bottlenecks in the
LNG train (and ship-loading system) to ensure that the upper and lower limits of safe operating
envelopes are well defined prior to train 1 reaching MC, and well defined in the operating
instructions. Contractor shall also verify that under extreme temperatures, i.e. between 99.9%
exceedance and 0.1% exceedance, LNG production is not interrupted.
If in the design development it is discovered there are some select bottlenecks that can readily
be removed to allow for example full utilization of available power to the liquefaction process,
then such proposed change(s) shall be discussed with Owner.
6. Condensate Backflow
During detailed design, EPC Contractor shall ensure backflow is not possible from the
condensate header into the LNG Trains. Refer to P&ID 195910-000-PR-PI-0101, line number
HL-17329-3”.
Contractor material design technology activities shall, in addition to the above, comprise the following:
1. Welding
Contractor shall prepare Welding Procedure Specifications (WPS) for all relevant combinations
of material, material thickness and size of material to be welded, including requirements for
pre- and post-weld heat treatment if applicable. The Specifications shall include requirements
for weld procedure qualification and welding operator qualifications.
Subcontractor WPSs and procedure qualification records (PQRs) shall be reviewed and
approved by Contractor. Contractor shall also review and approve Subcontractor procedures
Page 29 of 68
for non-destructive examination, post weld heat treatment and pressure testing. Contractor
shall require that no Subcontractor welding is carried out until Contractor has reviewed
Subcontractors WPSs and PQRs and has given written authorization to proceed.
Welding records shall be submitted as part of the Record As-Built Drawings and Specifications
provided by Contractor to record the weld identification number, WPS, date of welding, welding
operator, NDT record identification number and initials of inspector for every weld. These shall
be accompanied by weld maps to identify the location and identification number of each weld.
2. Chemical Cleaning
Contractor shall identify the extent of chemical cleaning to be carried out for each system.
Contractor shall indicate the extent of chemical cleaning on the P&IDs. Contractor will prepare
a specification and procedure that defines fluids, temperatures, and durations to be used which
complies with the Project HSE requirements.
3. Cathodic Protection
Contractor shall develop Specifications for the, design, supply and installation of cathodic
protection systems required for the Project.
4. Material Certification
Contractor shall require that pressure containing Equipment, bulk piping and other applicable
materials are supplied with material certification in accordance with Applicable Codes and
Standards.
Contractor shall implement a program of Positive Material Identification (PMI) for materials
used in cryogenic service. Carbon steel materials do not require PMI certification.
6. Noise
The Project is subject to regulatory requirements on noise emissions to the environment. The
requirements of document 195910-000-ME-PH-0001, Noise Philosophy, referenced in the BOD
and all Permit requirements pertaining to noise shall be incorporated into all aspects of the
facilities design.
Contractor shall develop a noise model based on the Noise Philosophy which shall be updated
during the course of detail design and Equipment procurement.
Contractor shall carry out a post start-up noise survey to demonstrate compliance with the
noise limits specified in the Noise Philosophy and Permits. As an operational test, three noise
model calibration points will be set within the Site boundaries to check overall noise
generation. Noise generation shall also be checked inside the facilities to verify correct
marking of PPE zones.
Contractor shall carry out checks for acoustically induced vibration. Contractor shall prepare a
report documenting this investigation for review by Owner. This report shall identify remedial
measures and Contractor shall incorporate such remedial measures in the design.
Contractor shall develop a RAM model to determine the expected overall availability of the
Project. The model shall be developed using input data from Subcontractor and Equipment
Suppliers information and industry standards, such as OREDA.
Page 30 of 68
10.2.3 Piping Design & Engineering
Contractor shall prepare piping design & engineering deliverables and documentation.
Contractor piping design & engineering activities shall, in addition to the above, encompass but not be
limited to the following:
[***].
Contractor civil engineering activities shall, in addition to the above, encompass the following:
1. Site Surveys
Contractor shall review Site survey reports and geotechnical information made available during
front-end engineering and design and carry out additional investigations as deemed necessary
by Contractor for detailed design. Contractor shall issue the report on any additional surveys or
geotechnical investigation to Owner for information and review.
[***].
The first phase of Site preparation shall be to clear the Site of loose debris and surface
vegetation.
Contractor shall prepare detailed Site preparation drawings showing cut and fill requirements,
and rough and finished grade elevations respectively, for use by the Site preparation
subcontractor.
4. Highway 48 Modifications
[***].
5. Levee
Engineer and construct the levee to the height, and with flood gates around the Facility, in
accordance with the levee details on 195910-000-CV-DR-1033, Civil Standards – Levee Typical
Section, referenced in the BOD.
Page 31 of 68
Vehicle access through and partly over the levee shall be provided as shown on Overall Site
Plan, 26210-000-P1-0000-00001. As a minimum the firm road elevation across the levee shall be
in excess of the once per 100-year storm surge plus long-term sea-water rise allowance, with
allowance to close the remaining approximately five to six feet with engineered and fabricated
closure facilities to protect the site against flooding in a once per 500-year storm surge.
Contractor shall conduct calculations to confirm the levee will withstand loads imposed by
retained water, and that seepage rates are within allowable limits.
6. Soil Improvement
Contractor shall, in accordance with the geotechnical consultant’s recommendations, carry out
soil improvement necessary to achieve required load bearing capacity as required for
structures and buildings. [***].
[***].
Contractor shall design all foundations required for supporting Equipment and civil / steelwork
structures.
The location of foundations shall be included in the 3D CAD model for the Project.
8. Drainage Systems
Contractor shall design and construct the drainage systems in accordance with the Drainage
and Wastewater Treatment Philosophy, 195910-000-PR-PH-0004, referenced referenced in the
BOD.
Contractor shall prepare drainage system drawings as required for construction and to support
Owner’s Permit applications.
Design details of drainage systems shall be included in the 3D CAD model for the Project.
The design and sizing of the LNG impoundment basins shall be based on a design spill of LNG
as defined by the code of federal regulations, title 49: Transportation, part 193: "Liquefied
Natural Gas Facilities: Federal Safety Standards".
Design details of LNG impoundment and spill containment systems shall be included in the 3D
CAD model for the Project.
Contractor structural engineering activities shall, in addition to the above, encompass the following:
1. Piling Design
Design details of the piling required to support Equipment and civil / steelwork structures.
Location of piles shall be included in the 3D CAD model for the Project. Where piles are
selected, they shall be executed so as to minimize noise.
Contractor shall design and specify all steelwork structures, and hand-over the structural
calculation models as designed to support possible future plant changes.
Page 32 of 68
Design details of all structural members shall be included in the 3D CAD model for the Project.
Contractor shall undertake calculations to verify that all structural components meet the
requirements of applicable codes listed in 195910-000-PE-LI-1008, Codes and Standards List
referenced in the BOD and shall determine loads imposed on foundations.
Contractor mechanical engineering activities shall, in addition to the above, include the following:
Contractor shall be responsible for the design and specification of safety and fire and gas detection
and protection systems for the Facility. Contractor shall prepare the fire protection and safety
engineering deliverables and documentation.
Contractor process safety and fire protection engineering activities shall, in addition to the above,
provide the following:
Page 33 of 68
10.2.8 Instrumentation and Control Engineering
Contractor shall prepare instrumentation and control engineering deliverables and documentation.
Contractor shall during the course of detailed engineering design finalize input/output (I/O) counts and
the numbers of remote I/O cabinets etc., and co-ordinate with Owner’s nominated electrical,
instrumentation & telecommunications (EI&T) equipment provider, ABB, for the necessary changes in
systems design and equipment supply.
Contractor instrumentation and control engineering activities shall, in addition to the above, comprise
the following:
1. Ensure incorporation of instrument and control requirements into Project P&IDs, and
specifications and datasheets for equipment prepared by other engineering disciplines.
2. Preparation of requisitions for instrument and control equipment for inquiry and for purchase
for any Equipment not supplied by Owner’s nominated electrical, instrumentation and
telecommunications equipment supplier.
3. Review of Subcontractor bids, preparation of TBEs, and technical conditioning of
Subcontractor bids prior to purchase.
4. Review engineering design deliverables provided by Owner’s nominated EI&T equipment
provider for compliance with Project instrument and control system design philosophies and
specifications.
5. Coordinate its Work with that of Owner nominated third parties supplying and/or installing
facilities or equipment within the Facility.
6. Review Subcontractor documents and drawings for compliance with the Project instrument and
control system design philosophies and specifications referenced in the BOD.
7. Attendance at, and witnessing of, equipment performance testing, and factory and site
acceptance tests where required by the inspection and test plan developed by Contractor.
8. Attend factory and site acceptance for integrated control and safety system (ICSS) main
subsystems.
9. Instrumentation and control systems engineering support during Commissioning, start-up and
initial operation of the Project.
Contractor shall during the course of detailed engineering design finalize electrical equipment design
requirements and co-ordinate with Owner’s nominated EI&T equipment provider, ABB, to ensure that
changes in FEED design due to Contractor’s design development is properly and cost-effectively
reflected in ABB systems design and equipment supply.
Contractor electrical engineering activities shall, in addition to the above, include to the following:
1. Incorporate electrical design requirements into Project specifications and datasheets for
equipment prepared by other engineering disciplines.
2. Perform or Subcontract to Owner’s nominated electrical, instrumentation and
telecommunications equipment provider the following electrical studies:
Load Flow and Power Factor Correction Studies
Fault Current Studies
Transient Stability Studies
Dynamic Performance Studies under Motor Starting Conditions
Harmonic Distortion Studies
Arc-Flash Study
Page 34 of 68
Protection and Relay Coordination Studies
Cable sizing calculations
Equipment sizing calculations
Illumination levels
Motor restart study
Electric Magnetic Compatibility Review
3. Preparation of requisitions for electrical equipment for inquiry and for purchase for any
Equipment not supplied by Owner’s nominated electrical, instrumentation and
telecommunications equipment supplier.
4. Review of Subcontractor bids, preparation of TBEs, and technical conditioning of
Subcontractor bids prior to purchase.
5. Review engineering design deliverables provided by Owner’s nominated EI&T equipment
provider, ABB, for compliance with Project electrical engineering design philosophies and
specifications.
6. Review Subcontractor documents and drawings for compliance with the Project electrical
design philosophies and specifications specified in the BOD.
7. Attendance at, and witnessing of, equipment performance testing, and factory and site
acceptance tests where required by the inspection and test plan.
8. Electrical engineering support during Commissioning, start-up and initial operation of the
Project as set forth in this SOW.
Contractor shall design and engineer in close cooperation with Owner’s nominated electrical,
instrumentation and telecommunication equipment supplier the following telecommunication systems
in accordance with the Project Telecommunication and Security System Philosophy, referenced in the
BOD:
Office LAN
Security LAN
Telephone System
PAGA System
CCTV System
Access Control System
Hotline System
Plant Radio System
Plant Paging System
Intruder Detection System
Telecoms Management System
Marine Radio System
Ship to Shore Communication System
Video Conferencing System
Entertainment System
Intercom System
Fiber Optic Trunk System
Page 35 of 68
Contractor telecommunications engineering activities shall, in addition to the above, include the
following:
1. Preparation of requisitions for telecommunications equipment for inquiry and for purchase
for any Equipment not supplied by Owner’s nominated electrical, instrumentation and
telecommunications equipment supplier.
e. Review of Subcontractor bids, preparation of TBEs, and technical conditioning of
Subcontractor bids prior to purchase.
f. Review engineering design deliverables provided by Owner’s nominated EI&T
equipment provider for compliance with Project telecommunications design philosophies
and specifications.
g. Attendance at, and witnessing, of equipment performance testing, and factory and site
acceptance tests where required by the inspection and test plan.
h. Telecommunications system design support during Commissioning, start-up and initial
operation of the Project as set forth in this SOW.
Contractor shall implement a comprehensive information management plan covering all aspects of the
Work including provision, resource, execution and management of the Project. Contractor’s
information management plan shall include cyber security requirements and shall be subject to review
by Owner.
1. Provide and manage secure information technology (IT) facilities, including hardware,
software, networks, applications and systems capable of supporting the Work.
2. Provide cyber security for all information management aspects of the Work.
3. Provide and manage communications facilities required to support the Work.
4. Provide and manage an electronic document management system (EDMS) to support the Work.
5. Provide and manage document scanning facilities.
6. Manage the development of engineering deliverables via the use of Contractor’s CAD
applications.
7. Install and manage remote access facilities as required in this SOW for effective management
of the Work.
8. Provide and manage two-dimensional (2D) drafting systems.
9. Provide and manage 3D plant modelling systems to develop the plant model.
Contractor shall prepare and implement a document management plan covering all aspects of the
management and control, including change control, of Project documentation.
Contractor shall manage Project documentation using Contractor’s electronic document management
system (EDMS).
Contractor shall employ the services of specialist third-party consultants where the Contractor
determines the services are necessary due to the unique nature of the engineering work concerned.
[***].
Page 36 of 68
12.0 PROCUREMENT
12.1 GENERAL
Contractor is responsible for the procurement of Equipment, bulk materials and consumable items
necessary to construct, pre-commission, commission, start up, and operate Train 1 up to SC of Train 1,
and Train 2 up to SC of Train 2, as further defined hereafter. Contractor’s procurement activities shall
include the following:
Obtaining quotations for the supply of Equipment, bulk materials and consumables;
Commercial evaluation of quotations received;
Bid conditioning;
Negotiation and placement of Subcontracts for Equipment, bulk materials, and consumables;
Expediting and inspection in accordance with Contractor’s supplier quality surveillance (SQS) plan;
Definition of requirements for protection and packaging during shipment;
Definition of requirements for preservation while during shipment and during storage on Site;
Delivery to Site;
Obtaining required insurance coverage; and
Administration of Subcontracts with Subcontractors.
Contractor shall develop and issue to Owner for review a procurement plan, (the “Procurement Plan”)
consistent with this SOW and the overall Project schedule for purchasing tagged Equipment and
engineered bulk materials.
Contractor’s procurement plan shall include but not be limited to the following:
Purchasing activities;
Preparation of the general terms and conditions that the Contractor will use to procure Equipment
and services;
Subcontract formation for Equipment;
Home office and/or area expediting;
Field procurement activities;
Procured Equipment quality control including material and/or shop inspection, and witness and
hold points;
Traffic and logistics activities; transportation of procured goods to the Site; and
Material control at the Site including details of Equipment received, storage, and in quarantine.
12.3 REQUISITIONS/PURCHASES
Contractor and its Subcontractors shall prepare requisitions for Equipment in accordance with the
Drawings and Specifications and Contractor’s Procurement Plan.
Contractor shall be responsible for expediting and inspecting Equipment in accordance with the EPC
Agreement and Contractor’s supplier quality surveillance (SQS) Plan.
The level of inspection to be applied shall be based on the commodity, Contractor’s standard work
processes, and the individual Subcontractor’s performance history. Contractor shall work with Owner
to develop criticality rating within [***] ([***]) Days of LNTP.
Page 37 of 68
12.5 FACTORY ACCEPTANCE TESTS
Contractor shall undertake factory acceptance testing of components and systems provided by
Equipment Subcontractors as required by the Project Specifications and by the inspection & test plans
prepared by Subcontractors.
Requirements for factory acceptance testing shall be based on Equipment criticality rating and
specified in the Equipment Subcontract. Factory acceptance tests on critical Equipment and systems
shall be witnessed by Contractor and by Owner, at the Owner’s discretion.
Contractor shall purchase and install all mechanical Equipment listed in Major Equipment List 195910-
000-PE-LI-1010, as referenced in the BOD.
Owner has entered into an Option Framework Agreement with ABB (“ABB Agreement”) for the supply
of certain electrical, ICSS, telecommunications and security Equipment. Contractor shall purchase
such Equipment from ABB at pricing and on terms and conditions as specified in the ABB Agreement.
ABB scope of supply includes electrical, instrumentation and control, and telecoms described by the
ABB Agreement.
Substations and local equipment rooms (“LER”) supplied by ABB are to be fully equipped and tested
modules for installation on Site by the Contractor. Where a complete substation or LER requires
disassembly for shipment to Site, the substation or LER architectural components may be reassembled
on Site by Contractor.
Contractor shall purchase the main refrigerant compression packages, [***], [***], [***], [***],
and related ancillary Equipment for both Train 1 and Train 2 from Baker Hughes, a GE
Company (“GE”). Contractor shall install the main refrigerant compression package Equipment
in accordance with GE’s installation instructions.
Boil-off Gas Compressor Packages
Contractor shall purchase the Boil-off Gas (“BOG”) Compression Packages, [***] and [***], and related
ancillary Equipment from Siemens. Contractor shall install the boil-off gas compression package
Equipment in accordance with Siemens’ installation instructions.
Contractor shall purchase the main cryogenic heat exchanger (“MCHE”) for Train 1 and Train 2 from
APCI. Contractor shall dress and install the MCHEs in accordance with the APCI’s installation
instructions.
Contractor shall provide bulk materials required to be installed as part of the Work. Such materials
shall include civil and structural bulk materials, piping bulk materials, electrical bulk materials and
cabling, and instrument and telecommunications bulk materials and cabling all to be specified in
accordance with the requirements stated in the documentation referenced in the BOD.
Page 38 of 68
12.8 SPARE PARTS
Contractor shall provide all pre-commissioning, commissioning, testing and start-up spare parts
necessary for each Train to achieve SC and shall, prior to and as a condition precedent to achieving
RLFC for each Train, deliver such spare parts for the Train to the Site, including all Work related to
procuring and storing the commissioning spare parts.
Contractor shall provide home office services to identify, recommend, and procure (upon agreement
with Owner the list to be procured) Capital Spare Parts and Operating (2-year) Spare Parts. FEED
deliverable, Spares Philosophy, provides estimated lists. Spare parts receiving, storage and
preservation until SC shall be included in Contractor’s EPC Contract Price.
Contractor shall deliver Capital Spare Parts and 2-year Operating Spare Parts to the permanent Site
warehouse. Contractor shall be responsible for control and operation of the permanent Site
warehouse up to SC of Train 1. Receipt, inventory control, logging, preservation and storage of Capital
Spare Parts and Operating Spare Parts in the permanent Site warehouse up to SC of Train 1 shall be
Contractor’s responsibility and by Contactor’s personnel.
Contractor shall supply first fill chemicals and catalysts. Contractor shall replenish chemical and
catalyst usage between RFSU and SC as necessary up until SC of each Train as required by the EPC
Agreement. Following SC of Train 1, Contractor shall record usage by Train 2 and replenish usage by
Train 2 only when necessary up until SC of Train 2.
Contractor shall provide catalysts and chemicals at recommended warehouse inventory quantities to
be held as inventory on Site for plant operation as specified in Section 12.9.3 of this SOW, and shall
provide these in the warehouse at SC. Information to be provided by Contractor shall be at minimum
as listed under 12.9.3 of this SOW. Contractor may draw down from warehouse quantities during start-
up or initial operations only upon prior agreement with Owner. Any quantities drawn down by
Contractor between RFSU and SC shall be replaced by Contractor at its own expense to ensure the
full inventory is available within the Catalyst and Chemicals warehouse at SC.
Catalysts and chemicals are to be provided sufficient to support operations for a [***]-month period
after Substantial Completion of Train 1.
Contractor shall supply first fill oils and lubricants for Equipment as recommended by the Equipment
Subcontractor. Contractor shall replenish oil and lubricant usage by Train 1 Equipment up until SC of
Train 1 in accordance with the EPC Agreement. Following SC of Train 1 Contractor shall remain
responsible for usage by Train 2 and replenish usage by Train 2 only as and when necessary up until
SC of Train 2. Contractor shall perform a final top up of oils and lubricants to the Equipment
manufacturer’s recommended fill level prior to handover to Owner at SC of each Train.
Contractor shall prepare a recommended list of oils and lubricant quantities to be held as warehouse
inventory on Site for plant operation as specified at minimum in Section 12.9.3 of this SOW, and shall
provide same in Owner’s warehouse at SC of Train 1.
Contractor may draw down from warehouse quantities during start-up or initial operations only upon
prior agreement with Owner. Any quantities drawn down by Contractor between RFSU and SC shall be
replaced by Contractor at its own expense.
Page 39 of 68
Oils and lubricants are to be provided sufficient to support operations for a [***]-month period after
Substantial Completion of Train 1.
12.9.3 Listing of Operating Catalyst & Chemicals, Oils & Lubricants, and Protective Coatings
Contractor shall determine for Owner the operating requirements for chemicals, catalysts, oils,
lubricants and protective coatings. This list shall include:
Contractor shall specify, procure, and install the following miscellaneous material items as described
below.
12.10.1 Furnishings, Fittings and Special Equipment for installation within Facility Buildings
Contractor shall be responsible for specification, procurement, and installation of fixed fittings, fixed
or built-in furniture, fixed or built-in furnishings, and any special fixed or built-in Equipment and
appliances for all buildings.
Contactor shall handover Facility buildings to Owner at ready for occupancy which shall be preceded
by all building Permits being obtained.
Contractor shall work with Owner during EPC execution to identify suitable furnishing materials,
coherent color schemes etc. for offices, workspaces and common areas.
Contractor shall obtain from Subcontractors recommendations for maintenance and on-Site repair of
Equipment and assist Owner in identifying the list of workshop equipment for the main mechanical
workshop, electrical workshop, and instrument workroom. Workshop equipment will be procured by
Owner. Workshop shall be conveyed to Owner upon receipt of ready for occupancy certificate which
shall be in time for Owner to install workshop equipment prior to SC of Train 1.
Contractor shall provide Portable Fire-fighting and Miscellaneous Safety Equipment required for the
safe start-up and operation of the Facility, including but not limited to, that listed in Fire and Safety
Equipment List, 195910-000-SA-LI-1001.
Contractor shall provide home office services to identify, recommend, and procure (upon agreement
with Owner the list to be procured) plant mobile Equipment for operations of the Facility. The
foregoing shall include assistance to Owner in developing plant mobile Equipment Specifications. The
actual
Page 40 of 68
purchase and delivery price of plant mobile Equipment shall not be included in Contractor’s scope. For
any plant mobile equipment elected by Owner to be purchased for Facility operations, Contractor shall
submit a Change Order. Plant mobile Equipment receiving, storage and preservation until SC shall be
included in Contractor’s EPC Contract Price. Plant mobile equipment shall be delivered to Site as a
condition precedent to SC of Train 1, provided that Owner has given Contractor sufficient notice to
order such equipment. To the extent that Contractor desires to use any plant mobile Equipment prior
to SC, Contractor must obtain Owner’s prior approval.
[***].
Contractor shall implement a Logistics Plan for the movement of all Equipment, including engineered
bulk materials, required for the Work under the EPC Agreement. Logistics scope shall be inclusive of
points of origination to the Site. Contractor’s Logistics Plan shall be prepared in advance of any
movement of materials.
[***].
Contractor shall prepare and implement a materials management plan. Contractor’s materials
management plan describes the roles and responsibilities, home office material management
activities, site materials management activities, materials management at fabrication yards, and
materials management systems to be used by the Contractor.
The Contractor’s materials management plan shall address the following Site materials management
activities:
Material receiving;
Inspection of materials upon receipt;
Equipment and material storage;
Record of condition of Equipment and materials received;
Preservation and preventative maintenance;
Material control and issuing;
Shortage and damage reports;
Storage locations including lay down control, layout and sizing, warehousing and climate-
controlled storage requirements; and
Surplus materials control.
Contractor shall undertake the activities described in its materials management plan in support of the
Project.
The Contractor shall perform or cause to be performed any subcontracted services, including by
Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors, required to perform the Work during engineering,
construction, pre-commissioning, Commissioning, start-up and initial operation of the Facility until, and
as applicable to, SC of Train 1 and SC of Train 2.
Page 41 of 68
[***]
Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors shall be selected from Contractor’s proposed list of approved
contractors, subcontractors, sub-subcontractors, vendors and suppliers.
Contractor shall use engineering design & consultancy Subcontracts to the benefit of the Project.
[***].
Contractor shall use Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors to the benefit of the Project. [***]:
Subcontracts required during commissioning, start-up, and initial operation may include, but not
necessarily be limited to, the following:
Contractor shall enter into service (including call-off) Subcontracts with specialist Subcontractors to
maintain the Facility as required for the provision of specialist services until SC of each Train and as
may be required under the EPC Agreement. [***].
15.0 CONSTRUCTION
15.1 GENERAL
Contractor shall complete the construction of the Project as required by the EPC Agreement and
perform such Work in accordance with the EPC Agreement.
Contractor shall provide construction support services, Subcontractor representatives and technicians
necessary to install, prepare, test, and complete construction of the Project as required by the EPC
Agreement.
Site preparation;
Site development;
Installation of fill and construction of embankments;
Construction of the levee;
Erosion and sediment control;
Formation of foundations for Equipment, structures, pipe-racks and pipe tracks, and buildings,
including piling and/or soils mixing where required;
Installation of underground piping and drainage systems;
Finished area grading and paving;
Installation of structural components of the Project;
Installation of the vessels, tanks, buildings, ground flares, and other Equipment;
Installation of the rotating equipment, motors, turbines, compressors, pumps and blowers;
Installation of piping components and systems;
Installation of electrical substations and installation of power distribution Equipment;
Page 42 of 68
Installation of the fire water system;
Installation of the power and control cabling systems;
Installation of the instrument and control devices and systems;
Installation of telecommunication & security equipment and systems;
Installation of the instrument, control devices and systems and telecommunication & security
systems cabling systems;
Installation of Electrical, ICSS, Instrument, Telecom & Security Fiber Optic cabling systems;
Application of paint, insulation, and fireproofing systems;
Installation of permanent plant buildings, roads, security fences;
Provide landscaping design and implement. The extent of landscaping and green spaces, type
of vegetation used, etc. will be determined during detailed design
Installation, maintenance and removal of temporary facilities;
Provision of temporary facilities for the supply of electricity, water, and telephone /
communication systems for construction of the works;
Provision of temporary facilities for the disposal of sewage from the construction worksite up
to that time that connection to the new sanitary effluent return line to local sewage treatment
plant is available; and
Contractor shall ensure temporary strainers or other methods of protecting Equipment are
included for all Equipment that is susceptible to damage from construction debris. Contractor
shall follow suppliers’ recommendations as to which Equipment this applies as a minimum
requirement.
Upon completion of the construction scope of work, Contractor shall remove from Site all above
ground temporary facilities, except for those agreed with Owner to be retained for future stages of
Facility development for which Contractor shall be suitably compensated. For underground temporary
utilities see section 15.15.3.
Contractor shall produce written rules of conduct for review and agreement by Owner within [***]
([***]) Days following the start of LNTP, which shall apply to all of Contractor’s, and its
Subcontractor’s, personnel at the Site. Contractor shall enforce all Applicable Laws, and Applicable
Codes and Standards. Such rules of conduct shall cover all employees of Contractor, its
Subcontractors, and any visitors.
Contractor shall provide a system to identify all personnel working at the Site. This system shall
include its own employees and those of its Subcontractors and the Owner. Each employee authorized
to be on Site shall wear an identification tag, which shall include a unique pass number of the
individual. Visitors and Subcontractors authorized to be on Site shall also display an appropriate pass.
Page 43 of 68
Contractor shall prominently display statutory notices and Site working and safety regulations,
including OSHA required notices. Contractor shall bring to its employees’ attention, and to the
attention of the employees of its Subcontractors, notices and instructions as posted, or issued.
[***].
Contractor shall provide a construction management team (CMT) to manage, supervise and execute
the Work.
All vehicle drivers shall hold a current valid government issued driver license applicable to the class of
vehicle they are responsible for driving.
All machinery operators shall be qualified to operate their allocated machine. This shall be verifiable
by an appropriate certification, which shall be available for review by Owner at any time.
It shall be Contractor’s responsibility to maintain all Contractor vehicles at its own cost. Equipment
that Contractor deems unfit shall be either repaired or removed from the Site.
All Contractor vehicles and those of its Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors used on public roads
shall comply with public road inspection requirements and be duly licensed and insured. Records shall
be readily available for Owners audits and review.
15.8 SUBCONTRACTS
Contractor shall develop a Subcontract execution plan that outlines the division and definition of the
work scope per Subcontract.
Contractor shall develop, pre-qualify, tender, award and administer each Subcontract including those
Subcontracts with a design, material supply and shop fabrication element.
Clearing of the Site and grubbing of vegetation and other surface debris;
Page 44 of 68
Removal of the partially visible, semi-completed and redundant pipeline shown on the
topographical survey drawings for the Site, and removal, or otherwise making safe, as
necessary, of the two redundant well facilities located within the Facility perimeter. (The exact
location of the two old wells in the northeast vicinity of the lease area is not yet established as
historical records identified to date are inconsistent. Investigation on where these two plugged
wells are is still ongoing by Owner. The locations may not impact on the proposed Facility
plan.) Any work required to identify, examine and render safe these abandoned wells on the
project site is the responsibility of the EPC Contractor. Any information gathered by Owner will
be provided to the EPC Contractor for additional exploratory investigations if necessary,
determine conditions and make the wells safe for abandonment and development of the RGLNG
site. Such removals or remedies shall be documented separately and, if required, shall be
made in a safe and environmentally sound manner;
Stripping of topsoil and/or other surface layers to expose a subgrade capable of supporting
backfill at locations requiring grade raise or capable of supporting construction traffic; and
Rough grading by cutting back the existing surface, or filling, to the required grade elevation
proposed in the Drainage System Design Criteria, 195910-000-CV-DB-1002, referenced in the
BOD.
Contractor should be aware that the site is subject to wave action from passing vessels and erosion. It
is the Contractor responsibility to determine if shoreline protection is necessary in order to protect the
early phases of construction along the shoreline.
It is anticipated grubbing and top-soils removed from the developed area of the Site will be one of the
first activities to support further Site investigations and test-pile programs. Contractor shall determine
a suitable location on Site (outside the developed acreage) for future re-use around general buildings,
land-scaping or left without further use.
[***].
LNG berth number 1 (west) structures and piling for LNG berth number 2;
LNG berth pocket and vessel turn area slope protection;
Marine traffic management, including the provision and installation of new navigational aids
where required as indicated in the Marine Facilities Basis of Design; and
MOF structures and dredging.
Page 45 of 68
LNG trestle structure scope shall include engineering, procurement and construction of
coated steel pipe piles reinforced concrete pile plugs and pile caps, pre-cast concrete box
beams or girders, box beam / girder bearing pads, reinforced concrete topping slab with
expansion joints, reinforced concrete curbs with scuppers for the roadway portion of the trestle
structure and reinforced concrete containment curbs for the pipe rack portion of the trestle
structure, galvanized steel guardrails for the roadway portion of the trestle structure and
galvanized steel handrails for the outboard side of the pipe rack portion of the trestle structure.
Breasting dolphins scope shall include the engineering, procurement and construction of
coated steel pipe piles, coated steel pipe pile top pieces including reinforced concrete pile plug
and decks, complete marine fenders with panels, complete double 150 MT quick-release
mooring hooks with integrated capstan and mooring line load monitoring system, galvanized
steel handrails, rub rails, access ladders, life ring cabinets (complete with life rings and lines),
cathodic protection via sacrificial anodes.
Mooring Dolphins scope shall include the engineering, procurement and construction of
coated steel pipe piles, coated steel pipe pile top pieces including reinforced concrete pile plug
and decks, complete 150 MT quick-release mooring hooks with integrated capstan and mooring
line load monitoring system (quadruple mooring hooks required on outer four (4) mooring
dolphins and triple mooring hooks required in the inner two (2) mooring dolphins), galvanized
steel handrails, rub rails, access ladders, life ring cabinets (complete with life rings and lines),
and cathodic protection via sacrificial anodes.
Walkways scope shall include the engineering, procurement and construction of coated
structural steel walkways (inclusive of galvanized steel deck grating, handrails and toe boards),
coated steel pipe piles, reinforced concrete pile plugs and pile caps (inclusive of reinforced
concrete foundations for walkway landings on land), and cathodic protection via sacrificial
anodes.
Slope Protection
Contractor shall be responsible for the installation of toe slope protection, inclusive of all geotextile
fabric underlayment, bedding stone and armor stone (class II) as indicated on the LNG jetty shore
protection plan (Drawing 195910-000-MFNL-DR-1018 contained as an attachment to the BOD).
Aids to Navigation
Contractor shall also be responsible for the installation of two (2) new floating private aids to
navigation and one (1) new fixed structure private aid to navigation as defined in the Marine Facilities
Basis of Design (document 195910-000-MFNL-DB-1001, contained as an attachment to the BOD).
Additionally, Contractor shall be responsible for the demolition and removal of foundation piles of one
(1) existing federal aid to navigation range tower structure, which is located in the LNG berth dredging
area, and prior to demolition construct one (1) new federal aid to navigation range tower structure to
be located to the east of the LNG berth dredging area as also defined in the Marine Facilities Basis of
Design, and further base design details as included in RG-000-MA-SOW-0001, Requirements for Aids to
Navigation Structure.
Contractor shall coordinate marine activities, and movement of any ships, barges and vessels with
other users of the Brownsville ship channel. Contractor shall agree to procedures for management of
marine traffic and dredging operations by others with Owner, the BND and U.S. Coast Guard.
Page 46 of 68
15.10.4 MOF Structures and Dredging
The MOF will be comprised of the following features per the Marine Facilities Basis of Design
(document 195910-000-MFNL-DB-1001, contained as an attachment to the BOD) and as further defined
in the marine drawings 195910-000-MFNL-DR-1043 / 1044 / 1045 / 1047 / 1048, all contained as
attachments to the BOD.
MOF structures, including the procurement and construction of coated sheet piling, uncoated
steel pipe piles (or concrete piles), reinforced concrete pile plugs (for steel piles only),
reinforced concrete bulkhead pile cap, reinforced concrete slab on grade (pile supported), and
sacrificial cathodic protection system.
MOF marine appurtenances, including the procurement and construction of fenders, and
mooring bollards; and
[***].
MOF aid to navigation, including the procurement and construction of two fixed aids to
navigation lights to include galvanized steel pedestal and optic and two floating aids to
navigation buoys to include mooring system and buoy outfitted with navigational light.
MOF Dredging
The baseline MOF Dredging requirement is to dredge the area to a depth of 25 feet (reference
MLLW), with an over-dredge allowance of 2 feet.
Contractor shall design and install a construction power distribution system to supply construction
power to the main construction work areas. Contractor shall negotiate with AEP for the supply of a
connection to AEP’s existing power supply network for use for construction, if applicable.
Connection to the AEP existing power supply network for construction power distribution shall be to
the Contractor’s account.
Additionally, Contractor shall engage into a contract for construction energy supply with any of the
Texas available REP’s. Construction electrical energy usage shall be to the Contractor’s account.
Contractor shall provide and maintain all construction electrical facilities to the individual process
units and area battery limits. Contractor is not required to supply construction power to the Rio Bravo
Pipeline custody transfer battery limit metering station, or to the AEP 138 kV electrical switchyard
construction sites, except where required by fence line security systems.
Contractor shall design, provide, and install transformation, and distribution of construction power as
necessary within the Site boundary. Contractor shall provide generation of construction power by
temporary diesel generators up until that time construction power supply is available, and for use in
parts of the Site remote from Contractor’s Site construction power distribution system and/or where
cable supplied construction power does not fully meet the demand.
The permanent power supply to the Facility will be provided from AEP’s Pompano switchyard, which
will be located within the Facility fence line at its northern perimeter and constructed by a third party.
Power from the Pompano switchyard is expected to become available by Mechanical Completion
before Contractor’s pre-commissioning activities are due to commence. The connection of the Facility
to the AEP grid is at Transmission line level. Contractor may, subject to prior agreement with AEP and
Owner,
Page 47 of 68
arrange for supply of construction power for use during construction to be changed over from
contractor’s connection to AEP to supply from the Pompano switchyard, or part of the permanent
power supply system for the Project fed from the Pompano switchyard, should this be beneficial to the
Project. Costs for this change in power source shall be to Contractor’s account. Contractor shall in
such event remain liable for payment of electrical power usage for construction and power usage shall
be metered accordingly.
Contractor shall remain liable for payment of power usage by permanent facilities up to
commencement of commissioning activities of Train 1.
Contractor shall provide toilets and washing facilities for use by workers on Site. These facilities shall
be strategically located within Contractor's designated compounds in the vicinity of major Work areas.
Facilities shall be segregated for male and female use.
[***].
Cost for treatment of sanitary sewage from Contractor’s construction workforce shall be to
Contractor’s account based on potable water usage by Contractor’s construction personnel, which
shall be metered separately from water usage for other construction purposes.
Contractor shall be responsible for cost of treatment of sanitary sewage from permanent facilities up
until RFSU of Train 1 based on metered freshwater make-up to the Potable Water Storage Tank (dosed
with dry chlorine, as necessary).
Contractor is not responsible for disposal of sewage from the Rio Bravo Pipeline custody transfer
battery limit metering station, or the American electric power (AEP) 138 kV electrical switchyard
construction sites.
Owner will make arrangements with the BND for the provision of a permanent piped fresh water
supply to the Site.
Contractor shall meter all freshwater used for construction purposes. Cost of all freshwater usage for
construction purposes including use by Contractor’s construction personnel shall be to Contractor’s
account.
[***].
Contractor shall be responsible for the safe disposal of construction wastes and, where practical,
recycle in accordance with the EPC Agreement.
15.13 SECURITY
Contractor shall prepare a site security plan that complies with all Applicable Law.
Owner will prepare the Project Security Plan per 33 CFR 105 Subpart D for review and approval by the
US Coast Guard with assistance by external consultants. Contractor shall provide required engineering
design input only.
Contractor shall provide a secure boundary around all construction areas and its establishment area
with adequate security services. Contractor shall provide controlled access points between
Contractor’s area
Page 48 of 68
and public areas, shall man such access points during working hours, and shall keep such access
points securely locked at all other times.
Contractor shall be responsible for security at the Site until all of the requirements of SC for each
Train have been satisfied. Contractor shall provide all security personnel and liaison with government
authorities as needed. Fencing and security devices shall be provided and maintained to prevent
unauthorized access to the Site and to prevent theft or damage. Contractor shall employ security
personnel to police the Site entrances, fencing and secure areas at all times (including weekends and
nights) and shall carry out random searches of vehicles arriving or leaving the Site.
Contractor shall, pursuant to the EPC Agreement, prepare a Site access plan for review and approval
by Owner. Contractor’s Site access plan shall include measures related to Site access described in the
EPC Agreement. The plan shall contain procedures for security operations, access and egress,
employee identification, employee screening for alcohol and drugs, random searches, videography and
photography and emergency and contingency plans.
Contractor shall only permit access onto the Site by authorized personnel of the Contractor, its
Subcontractors and Sub-Subcontractors, and by authorized personnel of the Owner and the Owner’s
other contractors, consultants, representatives or invitees. Contractor shall not permit access to the
Site by personnel not engaged in performance of the Work without prior written consent of Owner.
Contractor shall ensure that the Site rules and regulations clearly state the names and status of the
personnel who are authorized to grant access to the Site.
Contractor and Subcontractor employees, consultants and authorized visitors will be allowed to park
on Site, in areas as agreed with Owner as part of the temporary facilities plan. Parking lots and
temporary roads will have temporary surfacing for dust mitigation (i.e., use of crushed concrete or
gravel for surfacing and operation of water trucks) and be fenced and lighted with regular security
surveillance. Security personnel and off duty policemen will be used to assist with traffic control at the
beginning and end of the work day.
Only authorized vehicles will be allowed access to the Site. Vehicles entering or leaving the Site and
parked on Site will be subjected to random search as considered necessary by either Contractor or
Owner.
The land-based portion of the Project’s crane operations and rigging gear shall conform to Applicable
Codes and Standards and Applicable Law.
Whenever a crane is used from land to work-on or load a ship or barge which is in navigable waters,
maritime regulations shall apply to the crane and all lifting attachments. Detailed crane operation and
rigging procedures to be prepared for the marine portion of the Work will reflect these different
standards.
Rigging studies shall be prepared for all heavy or critical lifts. Heavy or critical lifts are defined as
those where:
Page 49 of 68
Any lift that requires special handling because of location and/or configuration as required by
engineering or Subcontractor
Critical lift plans shall consider soil investigation to determine soil bearing capacity and subsurface
hazard location in order to define corrective action if found deficient.
Contractor shall carry out necessary lifting/rigging studies and calculations and make them available
for Owner’s review [***] ([***]) working days prior to the scheduled lift. Contractor shall only employ
cranes and lifting equipment that have been tested and certified and have required tagged
identification and current and valid inspection records.
Contractor shall keep records of tests and certification of all lifting equipment, cranes and operators
employed on the Project, for inspection by Owner.
All machinery and lifting appliances shall be inspected, tested and certified in accordance with
statutory requirements and current certification shall be produced for inspection by Owner upon any
request during the progress of the Work.
Contractor shall prepare the necessary notification to FAA for cranes with an operating height greater
than 200 feet considering the minimum [***] ([***]) month duration required by FAA to process the
notification.
Contractor is not responsible for temporary facilities to support construction on the Rio Bravo Pipeline
custody transfer battery limit metering station, or the AEP 138 kV electrical switchyard sites, except
for the erection, and later removal, of the temporary security fencing and security equipment and for
the installation of permanent fencing and access gates as per Project standards around both plots
where required by the EPC Agreement,
Contractor shall be responsible for providing its own offices and facilities. This shall include offices,
induction center, training facilities, medical Project facilities, gate houses, warehousing, pipe
fabrication, painting facilities, toilets, network systems and connections, phones and internet
connection.
This includes temporary internet and telecom connection to a service providers network at a remote
location.
Permanent internet and telecom connection will become available after central control and
administration buildings are erected and permanent internet and telecom connection is established.
Contractor may, subject to prior agreement with internet/telecom provider and Owner, arrange for
internet and telecom connection for use during construction to be changed over from temporary to
permanent internet and telecom connection should this be beneficial to the Project.
Buildings shall be equipped with smoke detectors and fire extinguishers. Construction utilities shall be
provided by Contractor per the EPC Agreement.
Contractor shall provide necessary communication systems during construction, Commissioning, and
initial operation of the Facilities up to SC of Train 1, and thereafter up to SC of Train 2 for facilities
forming part of the Train 2 Work. Contractor shall include for the needs of Contractor’s
Subcontractors
Page 50 of 68
and visitors. Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining any licenses and permits necessary to
operate the Equipment that it uses during construction, Commissioning, start-up and initial operation
of the facilities.
Contractor shall provide Site accommodation for Owner’s personnel as provided for under Section 23
below.
Contractor shall provide warehousing and laydown facilities sufficient to ensure the efficient handling
and safe storage of materials and Equipment. (Contractor may wish to consider offsite storage
locations at Port Isabel or within BND controlled areas), Contractor shall agree to a traffic
management plan for transfer of materials to Site which will be provided to the Owner for review.
Contractor shall be responsible for all utilities required for operation of temporary facilities and
Equipment. In the event such utilities are installed underground, associated trenching, bedding,
installation of the utility cables/piping, installation of any required protective materials, and filling and
compacting the trench is the Contractor's responsibility.
Temporary underground services shall be indicated on an underground services drawing. These will be
cut-off just below grade, capped, and abandoned in place before SC of the applicable Train (unless
agreed with Owner to be retained for future stages of Facility development) and shall be included in
the Record As-Built Drawings and Specifications to be handed over by Contractor upon SC.
A plan for adequate parking facilities for all vehicles directly or indirectly involved in performance of
the Site Work shall be submitted by Contractor.
Contractor shall submit a plan for Owner’s approval that shows the layout and size of planned parking
facilities, along with any associated bussing considerations and traffic flows. Parking and traffic flow
relative to Site Work shall be consistent with any Permit requirements.
Contractor’s plans for the provision of parking facilities at the Site are to comply with the Temporary
Facilities Plan.
Except as provided in section 15.15.3 above, temporary facilities shall be removed from Site by SC of
the applicable Train, unless agreed with Owner to remain in situ, or relocated elsewhere, on the Site
for use in a future stage of Facility development.
Contractor’s Construction Equipment shall conform to any requirements stated in the EPC Agreement.
All machinery operators shall be qualified to operate their allocated machine. This shall be verifiable
by an appropriate certification, which shall be available for review by Owner at any time.
Page 51 of 68
15.17 CONSTRUCTION PERMITS
Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining the Permits necessary for the execution of Contractor’s
Work.
Contractor shall provide all necessary technical information required to support Contractor’s Permit
applications. For such Permits Contractor is required to obtain pursuant the EPC Agreement,
Contractor shall pay for applicable fees or charges.
Contractor shall also provide prompt assistance, information and documentation reasonably requested
by Owner in connection with Permits for which Owner is responsible and as further described under
Section 21.1 of this SOW.
Contractor shall be responsible for pre-commissioning, Commissioning, start-up, and initial operation
of the Train 1 Facilities up to SC of Train 1, and of the Train 2 Facilities up to SC of Train 2. Contractor
will be assisted by Owner’s operating and maintenance personnel, once fully trained, in accordance
with the EPC Agreement.
Contractor shall submit a high-level Commissioning and start-up strategy document for Owner review
and acceptance within [***] ([***]) Days following NTP. The Commissioning and start-up strategy
document shall provide the framework and outline schedule for Contractor’s subsequent development
of detailed Commissioning and start-up plans, procedures, manuals, method statements and other pre-
commissioning, Commissioning and start-up documentation necessary for Commissioning and start-up
of the Facilities.
The Contractor's Commissioning and start-up plan will utilize Contractor's standard procedures and
work processes to execute Commissioning and start-up activities, modified as necessary to address
Project specific requirements.
Contractor shall provide detailed procedures for Commissioning and start-up activities for each
Equipment system and subsystem, and detail specific provisions for commissioning the interfaces with
the Rio Bravo Pipeline and the AEP projects.
Contractor's Commissioning and start-up plan shall define the forms, document flow, schedule,
certification scheme, status monitoring methods, and commissioning and start-up requirements check-
lists for each Equipment system and subsystem.
Pre-commissioning includes tests, inspections, cleaning and other activities which are carried out after
construction completion for a given system/subsystem has been achieved, at ambient temperature and
without the presence of process fluids.
Page 52 of 68
Contractor shall include for the cost of Subcontractor (including vendor) technical representatives
required at Site to support construction, Commissioning and/or start-up of the Facility up to SC of
Train 2.
Contractor shall provide a commissioning manager and a commissioning team. The commissioning
team shall interface with the construction team to ensure that commissioning is completed in the
correct sequence by system, that all commissioning inspections and tests are conducted, and that all
necessary certificates and documents are completed as required by the EPC Agreement for turnover at
SC. Owner will monitor and liaise with Contractor's commissioning manager.
Commissioning includes tests, inspections and adjustments carried out after pre-commissioning
activities for a given system/subsystem have been completed, as far as practical and prior to the
introduction of hydrocarbons (Feed Gas).
Chemicals will be charged as part of the commissioning program when safe to do so.
Contractor shall perform certain operations tests, in compliance with all applicable requirements of
the EPC Agreement. The operations tests shall be performed prior to SC of each Train. Any issues that
adversely impact the applicable operations tests that are identified during the performance of the
operations tests shall be corrected and the operations tests repeated prior to SC of such Train.
[***].
Contractor shall avoid impact to operations of and LNG production from Train 1 while Train 2 is being
constructed or commissioned. Contractor shall also design the Facility in such a manner that the
Expanded Facilities may be commissioned and constructed without impact to operations and LNG
production. Contractor shall, working closely with Owner personnel, prepare a plan for simultaneous
operations (SIMOPS). The SIMOPS plan shall address the measures to be taken to address the risks
to operating plant, personnel, and the environment posed when construction activities are going on in
close proximity to the operating facilities. [***].
Contractor shall supply and erect a temporary fence between Contractor’s construction area and the
construction areas of the AEP’s 138 kV electrical switchyard and the Rio Bravo Pipeline custody
transfer battery limit metering station. Contractor shall include removal and disposal of the fences
when AEP or Rio Bravo Pipeline, whichever is the applicable party, notify the Contractor that
construction of their facilities is complete and request Contractor to remove the temporary fence and
erect permanent fencing. Contractor shall supply and erect permanent fencing around the AEP and Rio
Bravo Pipeline sites where required by the EPC Agreement.
Contractor shall supply and erect temporary fences between areas of the Site where construction, pre-
commissioning or commissioning is ongoing and those areas of the Site in which plant Equipment is
live and operational. Gates shall be provided in the temporary fencing to permit access between the
live operating areas of Train 1 and the Train 2 Facilities and other construction work areas still under
Contractor’s control during construction and pre-commissioning. Access between the Train 1 live
working areas and the Train 2 and other non-operational work areas shall be restricted and controlled
by security guards. Contractor shall remove and dispose of temporary fences between live operating
areas following SC of Train 2.
Page 53 of 68
Contractor shall engineer, procure, install, commission and test piping tie-ins in Trains 1 through 2 and
common facilities as required to tie-in future Trains 4 through 6. This includes both process and
utilities connections, and is required for any connection that would otherwise necessitate a shutdown
of any of Trains 1 through 3 or the common facilities.
Contractor shall jointly with Owner develop the operations and maintenance management systems and
procedures described below.
Contractor shall provide home office services for the above, and to procure, upon agreement with
Owner, such systems. The actual purchase of such systems shall not be included in Contractor’s scope.
Contractor shall obtain and load all relevant baseline data into such systems. Such systems shall be
ready for use for RFSU for Train 1 and shall be used in start-up and initial operations. Such systems
shall be loaded, launched and maintained such that Contractor will provide to Owner a seamless
transfer at SC.
[***].
Contractor shall prepare the operations management procedures necessary for the activities listed
below, working closely with Owner’s operations and maintenance personnel to agree the content and
level of detailing required.
[***].
Contractor shall provide any operations and maintenance manuals and procedures necessary for the
Facility, working closely with Owner’s operations and maintenance personnel to agree the content and
level of detail required.
Contractor shall provide maintenance procedures, including but limited to, those listed below:
Page 54 of 68
18.3.2 Statutory Maintenance / Inspection Procedures
Contractor shall provide the statutory maintenance / inspection procedures, including but limited to,
those listed below:
Set up of statutory examination procedures for pressure vessels and pressure systems in
accordance with 49CFR 193/API 510;
Set of statutory examination procedures for pressure relieving devices in accordance with
49CFR 193;
Set of statutory examination procedures for pressure systems (piping) in accordance with
49CFR 193 including recording as built thickness measurements;
SIL level 3 periodic maintenance inspection procedures including alarm and shutdown
procedures verification record and software backups;
Fiscal metering calibration details and test protocol;
Cathodic protection inspection;
Set up MSDS database and inventories record;
Lifting equipment inspection;
Inspection and maintenance of fire and gas (F&G) detection system equipment and fire
extinguishers;
Water discharge monitoring for compliance with regulatory and permitted requirements; and
Hazardous inventory reporting (FERC).
Contractor shall prepare all required Facility operations and maintenance manuals for review and
agreement by Owner, and shall include but not necessarily be limited to:
Preparation of the operations manual required under 33 CFR 127.305 and 49 CFR 193.2509 (and
FERC guidelines) and the marine operations manual shall be the responsibility of Owner based on the
operating and maintenance manuals provided by Contractor.
The schedule for preparation of these documents shall be mutually agreed by Contractor and Owner.
Contractor shall provide electronic copies of the final versions of the forgoing documents upon
agreement with Owner.
Contractor shall prepare the following pre-commissioning and Commissioning instructions, start-up
and shutdown procedures, and operating and maintenance manuals for review and agreement by
Owner.
The schedule for preparation of pre-commissioning, commissioning and start-up documentation shall
be mutually agreed by Contractor and Owner.
Contractor shall provide electronic copies of the final versions of the forgoing documents upon
agreement with Owner.
Manuals and procedures shall include the specific training subjects listed under Section 20.2 of this
SOW.
Page 55 of 68
Preparation of the operations manual required under 33 CFC 127.305 and 49 CFR 193.2509 (and
FERC guidelines) and the marine operations manual shall be the responsibility of Owner based on the
operating and maintenance manuals provided by Contractor.
Contractor shall provide training for up to [***] ([***]) Owner’s operations and maintenance
personnel. Owner’s operations personnel will assist Contractor in start-up and initial operations of the
Facility.
Owner will provide operating and maintenance personnel for training in accordance with the EPC
Agreement.
Contractor shall provide an operations training simulator for training Owner's operations personnel.
The training simulator shall be used for typical start-up, operating, and upset scenarios. Contractor
shall propose a list of scenarios to include with the training simulator. The training simulator shall be
ready to begin operator training not later than one (1) year prior to RFSU for Train 1.
The Operations Training Simulator will be located in the operator training room in the central control
building. The operator training room shall contain the following equipment:
Two (2) Training Simulator Operator Consoles, complete with ICCS workstations;
Trainer ICCS workstation; and
ICCS Printer.
Contractor shall prepare and provide training materials necessary for training of Owner’s operations
and maintenance personnel in all activities, including but not necessarily limited to:
Process overview;
First aid;
OSHA compliance training;
Visitor induction (training for general visitors to Site before access to Site);
General Subcontractor induction (training for Subcontractor before access to Site);
Fire & emergency response;
Permit to work training;
Confined space entry / awareness;
Lock-out / tag-out;
Storage & handling of hazardous wastes;
Operations training simulator (See Section 20.1);
Mechanical discipline specific training;
Electrical discipline specific training;
Instrument & control discipline specific training;
Telecoms systems discipline specific training; and
Certification of inspectors (to relevant code requirements).
Contractor shall arrange for Subcontractor (vendor) Equipment package providers to prepare and
supply training materials necessary for training of Contractor’s and Owner’s personnel in installation,
commissioning, start-up, operation and maintenance of such Equipment.
Page 56 of 68
20.4 TRAINING COURSES
Contractor shall provide all required training courses, including any by Subcontractors, for Owners
operations and maintenance personnel. Training shall be based on operational roles and
responsibilities. Contractor shall advise and get agreement with Owner for use of any third-party
training programs or providers. [***].
Contractor shall arrange for Equipment Subcontractors to provide training of Owner’s operation and
maintenance personnel.
All course manuals and instruction books shall be provided to trainees at the beginning of the course.
Training and training materials shall be in the English language.
Contractor shall be responsible to maintain any Permit-required design change logs. Any logs already
in progress will be handed over to Contractor’s custody upon EPC Agreement execution.
Contractor shall, when requested, provide technical assistance to Owner in relation to the engineering
specification and operation of the facilities and systems included in Contractor’s scopes of work. Such
technical information shall include preparation and packaging of the design documentation required to
support each Permit application or submission for regulatory purposes, including submissions for
release of construction packages, and documentation needed to obtain operating license(s).
Contractor shall provide technical information related to the design, construction, commissioning,
start-up and operation of the Facility to Owner’s third-party regulatory consultants when requested and
to the extent necessary to support Owner’s regulatory obligations.
Third-party interfaces and associated dates of supply for the Work will be per the EPC Agreement. The
following sections address the main Project third-party interfaces:
Exchange of engineering information necessary to define the operating and design conditions
for both the Facility and the Rio Bravo Pipeline Company LLC custody transfer battery limit
metering station;
Site preparation of the area designated for the Rio Bravo Pipeline Company LLC custody
transfer battery limit metering station to the agreed surface elevation, including any required
cut, fill and grading of the battery limit site;
Erect temporary and permanent fencing (and gates) around the area allocated for
construction of the Rio Bravo Pipeline custody transfer battery limit metering station;
Exchange of engineering information necessary to define the precise locations and details for
the following connections between Rio Bravo Pipeline Company LLC and the Project:
§ Piping (assumed at fence-line perimeter), and
§ Electrical, instrument and telecommunications cabling, coiled for installation in the local equipment
room;
Page 57 of 68
Mount Rio Bravo Pipeline cabinets in the CCB, and connect to ABB-provided operator panels
in the Central Control Room; and
Coordinate construction activities with Rio Bravo Pipeline Company LLC to minimize
interference between each other’s activities.
All other works within the Rio Bravo Pipeline Company LLC custody transfer battery limit metering
station shall be performed by Rio Bravo Pipeline Company LLC.
It will be Owner’s responsibility to arrange with the local utility provider BND for installation of a fresh
water pipeline from the local municipal supply to provide fresh water for construction and operation of
the Facility. [***].
Exchange of engineering information necessary with the BND, or its contractor responsible
for design, construction, commissioning, and start-up of the new fresh water supply main to
fully define the operating and design parameters, and precise locations and details for
connection to the new line; and
Tie-in to the new line when available in accordance with the agreement reached between the
Owner and the BND, and commission and operate the interconnection in accordance with
procedure agreed with the water supply company.
[***].
It will be Owner’s responsibility to arrange with the local utility provider for the installation of a
pipeline or pipelines for the return of sanitary sewage from the Facility to a nearby public treatment
works for treatment. Contractor shall provide lift stations within the Facility and pipe sewage to tie-ins
to the new sewage return line at points located within the utility corridor running along the northern
perimeter of the Facility near to the eastern entry access road, and possibly with a second tie-in
connection near the main West entry to the site (serving the temp facilities area).
Exchange of engineering information necessary with the contractor responsible for design,
construction, commissioning, and start-up of the new sewage collection main to fully define the
operating and design parameters, and precise locations and details for the connection to the
new line; and
Tie-in to the new line when available in accordance with agreement reached with the sewage
pipeline operator, and commission and operate the interconnection in accordance with
procedure agreed with the sewage handling company (BND).
Provisional locations for connection by Contractor to the new sewage return pipeline are indicated on
the Battery Limit Schedule (BL-04) referenced in the BOD.
Contractor shall also be responsible to liaise with the sewage treatment plant on the discharge of
trucks collecting sewage until the permanent pressurized header(s) are available. Truck use is not
excluded to cover some of the peak demand on site in construction, subject to peak manning levels
projected by the Contractor.
Page 58 of 68
22.4 138 KV SWITCHYARD INTERFACE WITH AEP (POMPANO)
Contractor shall supply and install cables for 2 off 138 kV feeders from the new AEP’s 138 kV Pompano
switchyard to the Facility’s main intake substation number 1. Cable installation will be including the
part in Pompano switchyard up to the AEP switchgear. AEP shall connect the 138kV feeder cables to
their own switchgear.
Contractor shall supply and install all control- and fiber optic cables required for the connection
between AEP’s and Main Intake switchgear including the part in Pompano switchyard. AEP shall make
the required connections onto their own equipment
[***]
1. Be responsible for engineering and design interface management for the interface with
Owner’s nitrogen supply facility provider.
2. Exchange engineering information necessary with Owner’s nitrogen supplier to define
operating and design conditions, precise locations and details for all connections for both the
Facility and the nitrogen supplier’s Equipment;
3. Coordinate Construction activities with the contractor responsible for construction, installation,
start-up and operation of the nitrogen supply to minimize interference between each other’s
activities;
4. Site preparation of the area designated for the nitrogen supply to the agreed surface elevation,
including any required cut, fill and grading of the battery limit site;
5. Erect temporary (and possibly permanent) fencing and gates around the area allocated for
construction of the new nitrogen supply facility.
6. Provide road access into the facility and construct internal roads within the facility in
accordance with nitrogen supply provider’s plot plan and layout drawings.
7. Install foundations, and piling where necessary, for the new nitrogen supply facility based on
location drawings and foundation design drawings provided by the nitrogen supply provider.
8. Design, supply and construct drainage for the new nitrogen supply facility to connect into the
surrounding drainage network. Location for drainage channels and pipes shall be based
nitrogen supply provider’s facility layout drawings / plot plan.
9. Design, supply, and install power supply feeders and ICSS links to nitrogen supply facility
switchgear. Power distribution from nitrogen supply facility switchgear to users within the
facility to be by contractor responsible for nitrogen plan equipment.
10. Provide electrical earthing for the new nitrogen facility.
11. Design, supply and install telephone and internet access to the nitrogen supply facility local
equipment / switchgear building.
12. Provide surface finishes, hard standing areas, and stoning in accordance with nitrogen supply
provider’s plot plan and layout drawings.
Page 59 of 68
22.7 TEMPORARY FENCING AND UTILITIES FOR EXPANSION OPTIONS
In a similar fashion as the SIMOPS description for Train 2, future options on expansion steps, such as
the construction of a third tank, a second jetty, the LNG truck-loading bays, and Train 3, followed by
further masterplan components of the Expanded Facility, shall always be accompanied by a detailed
plan to:
Contractor shall familiarize itself with the Port of Brownsville Tariff No. 6 issued on December 6, 2016
and effective as of March 1, 2017 (as amended) and the authorized rates, rules and regulations
governing the use of the BSC. Contractor shall include in its scope the cost of all wharfage, port,
harbor and other charges incurred through Contractor and its Subcontractors’ and Sub-subcontractor’s
use of the POB facilities to access the Site during construction, Commissioning, start-up and testing of
the Facility.
FERC issued a Draft Environmental Impact Statement in October 2018 and a Final Environmental
Impact Statement on April 26, 2019 (collectively, the “EISs”). Contractor and Owner have reviewed
the action items set forth in such EISs and, as between Owner and Contractor, have developed and
agreed a division of responsibilities (“DOR”) for each Party’s obligations in relation to the action items
set forth in the EISs. The items identified in Appendix A-5 as being Contractor actions are included
within this SOW. Any changes to Appendix A-5 shall be implemented in accordance with the terms of
the Agreement.
Contractor shall provide the following serviced office accommodation for Owner personnel in
Contractor’s Home Office:
Contractor shall provide Owner with access to Contractor’s networked printer and scanning facilities
locally. Owner will supply all computers for Owner’s personnel.
Contractor shall provide the following serviced temporary Project Site offices for Owner’s project
personnel up to SC of Train 2
Page 60 of 68
[***]
Contractor shall carry out Performance Tests to demonstrate the Facilities meet the Performance
Guarantees and Minimum Acceptance Criteria specified in the EPC Agreement.
Contractor shall obtain the APCI, BASF and [***] process licenses and novate to Owner. Contractor
shall include the cost of APCI, BASF and [***] process license fees required for the design of the
Project.
Contractor shall number general project documents and engineering deliverables by the Owner
numbering specification which will be revised and updated as an early issuance by Owner in LNTP.
This will require Contractor to request document numbers for Engineering Technical Documents
before they are issued. For Contractor's documents that are other than Engineering Technical
Documents (such as material requisitions and PO's, subcontracts, supplier/subcontractor documents)
Owner will require Contractor to provide its intended Document Numbering, Revision and Issue States
Specification for such items during early LNTP. While Owner does not intend to impose a numbering
system on such documents, understanding how they will eventually be numbered is necessary to
finalize the set-up of Owner’s document management system at that time.
Contractor shall provide Record As-built Drawings and Specifications as required by the EPC
Agreement.
Contractor shall set up and implement those information systems necessary to perform detailed
engineering, design, procurement, construction, pre-commissioning, Commissioning and start-up of the
facilities, and for initial operation of Train 1, and subsequently for Train 2, between RFSU and SC of
the respective Trains.
Contractor to carry out a review, jointly with Owner, of commercially available information
management systems in order for Owner to select the most suitable information management
system(s) for future operation of the Facility, and for Contractor to set up and implement those
systems for operation of the Facility;
Contractor shall obtain, provide and load data into Owner’s operations and maintenance information
management tools to deliver seamless transition to Owner for Owner’s operation and maintenance
commencing at SC of each Train.
[***].
Page 61 of 68
30.0 EXCLUSIONS FROM CONTRACTOR’S SCOPE OF WORK
Computer hardware (laptops, desktops, work stations) and software for Owner’s use will be
provided by Owner.
Owner will obtain certain Permits listed in the EPC Agreement.
31.0 [***]
[***].
Page 62 of 68
APPENDIX A-1:NOT USED
Page 63 of 68
APPENDIX A-2: PRICED OPTION – LNG STORAGE TANK 3
The scope of Priced Option, LNG Storage Tank 3, also referenced in FEED deliverables as Option B, is
indicated on drawing 195910-000-PI-DR-1003 showing scope options beyond the Facility.
In summary:
1. The design and details of the LNG Storage Tank 3 shall be a copy of the first two LNG storage tanks,
be it that foundation details may differ a little, subject to the findings of soils investigations;
2. To create process connections to LNG run-down, vapor return and ship-loading, the main east-west
pipe-track in the storage tank area will need to extend beyond Jetty 1 and LNG Storage Tank 2
connections, using pre-installed tie-ins.;
3. The piping scope shall include the installation of tie-ins for main piping to and from LNG Storage Tank
4. (Should the actual sequence become different, e.g. by first building the third storage tank, before
the second berth, then additional supporting infra such as LNG loading balance line and east-west
track extension will need to be added to the third tank scope);
4. LNG Storage Tank 3 will require utility connections for supply of water, fire water, electric power,
instrument air, and nitrogen, while the ICSS and telecoms systems will also require additions to
support operations of Tank 3:
a. The base assumption is Jetty 2 will constructed concurrent, or earlier than Tank 3. The
Jetty Monitoring Building that also provides electrical substation and LER functionalities
will for the Tank 3 only require addition of required Equipment;
b. If Tank 3 as an option is taken before Jetty 2, the Jetty Monitoring Building will be part of
the Tank 3 scope; and
5. Site grading, roads, and drainage will need additions to support Tank 3. On the basis the LNG
impoundment basin scope is part of Jetty 2, a connecting LNG drain channel will need to connect to
that basin.
6. Option B adds Utility 2 Substation, [***] and Jetty Monitoring Building Substation, [***] (includes LER
[***])
Page 64 of 68
APPENDIX A-3: PRICED OPTION – JETTY 2
The scope of Priced Option, Jetty 2 (or Berth 2), also referenced in FEED deliverables as Option C, is
indicated on drawing 195910-000-PI-DR-1003 showing scope options beyond the Facility .
In summary:
1. The design and details of Jetty 2 shall be a copy of Jetty 1, be it that foundation details may differ a
little, subject to the findings of soils investigations;
2. Installing (mattress based) shore protection under the jetty structure substructures for Jetty 2 are
completed;
3. To create process connections to LNG loading and the jettys’ interconnecting lines, LNG circulation
lines, the main vapor return, and the main east-west pipe track in the storage tank area will need
extending beyond Jetty 1 and LNG Storage Tank 2 connections utilizing pre-installed tie-ins:
a. The base assumption shall be that Jetty 2 precedes Tank 3, and thus includes the pipe-track
expansion. The piping scope shall include tie-ins to facilitate future connections of Tank 3
and Tank 4. The piping scope shall also include the pipe-track towards the south levee and
crossing up to the new jetty trestle;
4. Jetty 2 shall require utility connections for supply of water, fire water, electric power, instrument air,
and nitrogen, while the ICSS and telecoms systems will also require additions to support operations.
a. With the base assumption that Jetty 2 precedes Tank 3, the Jetty Monitoring Building that
provides electrical substation and LER functionalities for Tanks 3 and 4 will for Jetty 2
require building erection and fit out. (Additional electrical, instrumentation and
telecommunications Equipment for LNG Storage Tanks 3 and 4 will be added later);
5. Jetty 2 enables the hook-up of 2 LNG carriers at the same time, and once a third tank is added with
associated loading pumps installed, allows increased total vessel loading rates; and
6. Site grading, roads, and drainage will need additions. The LNG impoundment basin will be assigned to
the scope of Jetty 2.
7. Option C adds Utility 2 Substation, [***] and Jetty Monitoring Building Substation, [***] (includes LER
[***])
Page 65 of 68
APPENDIX A-4: PRICED OPTION – LNG TRUCK LOADING
The scope of Priced Option for truck loading facilities, or the first 2 LNG truck-loading bays, and also
referenced in FEED deliverables as Option D, is indicated on drawing 195910-000-PI-DR-1003 showing scope
options beyond the Facility.
In summary:
1. The detailed design and engineering of the first two LNG truck-loading bays shall be part of the EPC
Work, as it allows OSBL integration of pipe-tracks and racks, and proper arranging of associated
utilities and drainage facilities in the OSBL area;
2. The piping design shall allow for the LNG loading and circulation lines and the vapor return line, with
capacity allowances to add in future truck-loading bays 3 and 4;
3. The area needed for the construction of the first 2 truck-loading bays will largely have been graded
and paved concurrent with the condensate truck-loading bays as part of the base scope. Paving and
structures will need to be added to support utilities like fire water deluge, and enable expansion of two
future LNG truck-loading bays;
4. Each LNG truck-loading bay shall have its own dedicated weigh-bridge to accurately monitor the LNG
loading, in particular if warm trucks need gassing-up and/or cool-down. The LNG truck-loading bays
will use electrical substation, LER and local monitoring room facilities, already included in the Facility
scope for C5+ truck-loading;
5. The LNG truck-loading bays will require utility connections for supply of water, fire water, electric
power, instrument air, and nitrogen, while the ICSS and telecoms systems will also require additions to
support operations of the loading bays. It is assumed this Equipment can be installed inside
architectural buildings already included in the Facility for condensate loading.
6. Site grading, roads, and drainage will need additions. The LNG impoundment basin and drain
channels leading to it will be part of the option of LNG truck-loading bays.
Page 66 of 68
APPENDIX A-5: ENVIRONMENTAL IMPACT STATEMENT COMMITMENTS
The “Appendix A-5 Environmental Impact Statement Commitments” document was transmitted through Asite
from Owner to Contractor on May 24, 2019. The Parties hereby agree that this document is incorporated by
reference into this Agreement and forms a part of the Scope of Work, and such document is fully incorporated
into this Agreement as if fully repeated herein.
Page 67 of 68
APPENDIX A-6: [***]
[***]
Page 68 of 68
EXHIBIT A-6.1
[***]
[***]
Appendix A-6
[***]
EXHIBIT A-6.4
[***]
EXHIBIT A-6.5
[***]
[***]
Schedule A-2
RG-000-PE-DB-0001
[***]
ATTACHMENT B
B-1
1. INTRODUCTION
In addition to the other requirements under the Agreement, Contractor shall be responsible for providing
Owner with all the Drawings, Specifications, other documents, electronic models and electronic databases
required under this Attachment B but not strictly limited to those listed below but required to be provided by
Contractor to Owner under the Agreement. Hereinafter, any reference to documents shall mean the Drawings,
Specifications and other documents, electronic models and electronic databases (the “Documents”) required
under this Attachment B, unless specifically stated otherwise.
2. OBJECTIVES
The objective of this Attachment B is to provide the requirements for the creation, issuance, review, approval,
incorporation of comments, as-built, and handover of documents required to be provided by Contractor to
Owner under the Agreement.
Where Contractor uses Subcontractor for documents listed in Schedule B-1, the requirements in Attachment B
on Contractor will apply to Subcontractor.
Contractor and its Subcontractors shall prepare all documents as and when necessary for the performance of
the Work, and in addition, Contractor shall distribute or make available to Owner the documents described in
this Attachment B within the times required under this Attachment B.
Within [***] ([***]) Days after issuance of LNTP, Contractor shall issue a document register (hereinafter
“Master Document Register”) containing a listing of the required documents pertinent to the Work
authorized by such Notice that Contractor is aware of at the time of its issuance as defined in Section 3.3B of
Agreement. This Master Document Register shall be updated throughout the Project as the design,
engineering, procurement, construction, commissioning, start-up, and training progresses and the need for
further documentation is identified. A separate document register will be developed by Contractor for
Equipment Subcontractor documentation and issued to Owner for review.
Except as otherwise provided in the Agreement, Contractor shall issue the document transmittal by email to
an email address designated by Owner. The transmittal for the associated documents shall state the action to
be taken, i.e. “For Review” or “For Information.”
Schedule B-2 provides a representative listing of the requirements for Equipment Subcontractor
documentation and descriptions of the contents of such documentation to be provided by Equipment
Subcontractors. Contractor shall distribute to Owner the Equipment Subcontractor documentation in
Schedule B-2 in accordance with the timing defined by Schedule B-2. For purposes of this Attachment B,
“Equipment Subcontractor” shall mean any Subcontractor or Sub-subcontractor that manufactures or
supplies Equipment.
B-2
3.1. Contractors Document Management System
Contractor shall populate and maintain a common to industry electronic document management system
(“EDMS”) for the duration of the Project. The Contractor EDMS shall maintain historical versions of
previously issued documents as well as recordings of revision logs. The EDMS shall facilitate access to
Project documentation from any location where Work is performed including engineering offices,
fabrication facilities and the Site. Contractor’s EDMS shall be the storage location for all Project
electronic documentation. Any hard copy (paper) documents shall be filed and maintained in a structured
filing system residing at Contractor’s home office or Site.
In addition to other requirements of the Agreement, Schedule B-1 provides details of documents Owner
requires for its review and comment, or for its approval or not approved as provided in Section 3.3C of the
Agreement (labeled in Schedule B-1 as “Review” or “Approval” accordingly, or for its information only
(labeled in Schedule B-1 as “For Information”).
In accordance with Section 3.3C of the Agreement, Owner shall be entitled to review and provide
comments, which Contractor shall consider but is not obligated to incorporate unless the comment
relates to a non-compliance with the requirements of the Agreement, are listed as “For Review” in
Schedule B-1 and Schedule B-2.
In accordance with Section 3.3C of the Agreement, Owner shall be entitled to review and approve or
not approve all documents listed as “For Approval” in Schedule B-1 and Schedule B-2.
Documents labeled in Schedule B-1 and Schedule B-2 as “For Information” is to keep Owner
informed as to the development and progress of the Project. Contractor shall review any comments
provided by Owner with respect to such “For Information” documents and advise Owner of their
disposition.
When Contractor issues a document “For Approval”, Owner may at its discretion undertake a review of
the document in accordance with Section 3.3C of the Agreement. Owner will issue a response to
Contractor containing the return classification and associated comments in accordance with Section
3.3C.3 of the Agreement.
B-3
Contractor shall review one (1) set of consolidated written comments provided by Owner, in a format to
be mutually agreed by the Parties, with respect to such “For Approval” documents and advise Owner of
their disposition. Owner’s return classification and any associated comments with respect to such
documents shall in no way limit or alter Contractor’s responsibility to perform and complete the Work in
accordance with the requirements of the Agreement.
3.3.1. Approved
When Owner takes no exception to any information presented in the document and has no
associated comments, Owner will issue to Contractor a response as “Approved” in accordance with
Section 3.3C of the Agreement. In this case Contractor may proceed with the Work as so indicated
in the document.
When Owner takes no exception to the overall document but has specific comments in relation to
the document, Owner will issue to Contractor a response as “Approved with Comments” in
accordance with Section 3.3C.3 of the Agreement. In this case Contractor shall incorporate
Owner’s comments in the document, issue the document for use (and in parallel issue the revised
document to Owner for information) and proceed with the Work as so indicated in the revised
document. At Owner’s discretion, Owner will review the issued document to confirm that comments
are appropriately reflected in the document and, where necessary, notify Contractor of any
discrepancies related to such comments. Upon Contractor’s receipt of such notification, Owner
and Contractor will in a timely manner agree as to the final content of the document and
Contractor will revise and re-issue the document accordingly.
When Owner takes specific exception to the document, Owner will issue to Contractor a response
as “Not Approved” and provide Contractor a written statement describing the reasons for such
non-approval in accordance with Section 3.3C.3 of the Agreement. In this case Contractor shall
promptly revise and re-submit the document “For Approval” in accordance with Section 3.3C.5 of
the Agreement.
If Owner does not issue any comments, proposed changes or approvals or non-approvals within
such time periods set forth in Section 3.3C.3 of the Agreement, Contractor may proceed in
accordance with 3.3C.4 of the Agreement.
Contractor shall develop a procedure describing the process for the management of Progress As-
B-4
Built documents and Record As-Built documents (collectively, “As-Builts”), which shall include:
Such procedure shall be submitted to Owner within [***] ([***]) Days after issuance of NTP, for Owner’s
review.
Contractor shall utilize the following two (2) criteria to define the completed status of documents:
The information contained in this category of Drawings and Specifications is subject to satellite
verified dimensional control and/or visual survey and shall be verified by Contractor as (i) conforming
to the tolerances specified on the Drawings and Specifications, and (ii) being a true representation of
the as-built condition of the Work.
During the Commissioning and start-up of various portions of the Facility, Progress As-Builts (redline
mark-ups) shall be maintained in a conspicuous location in the administration building and upon
request be made available to Owner’s representatives for inspection.
Record As-Builts shall be revised to the next available revision number and date-stamped as a
Contractor authorized “As-Built.” The incorporation of as-built information into documents to produce
the Record As-Builts shall be undertaken using the same means by which prior revisions were
produced. Issuance of Record As-Built documents containing any hand written or redline mark-up
information, discoloration, holds or clouds is strictly not allowed.
The requirements for As-Built documents pursuant to Section 3.3F of the Agreement shall apply
equally to documents created by Contractor and those documents issued to Contractor by its
Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors.
The categories of documents required to be verified in accordance with this Section 4.1 are shown in
Schedule B-1.
This category of documents is limited to its latest issued revision, including those documents that have
been updated in accordance with the Contractor change control system to reflect the latest “Issued for
Construction” or “Issued for Design” or “Issued for
B-5
Information” status of the document.
The accuracy of the content of “LR” Drawings, Specifications and other documents may not be
verified by dimensional or visual survey and is only representative.
5. DOCUMENT HANDOVER
Contractor shall develop a detailed procedure describing handover of documentation to Owner including:
Such procedure shall be submitted to Owner within [***] ([***]) Days after issuance of NTP, for Owner’s
review.
Unless otherwise prescribed in the Agreement, Contractor shall provide to Owner an electronic copy of all
documents required in this Attachment B and elsewhere in the Agreement. For Record As-Built
documents required under the Agreement, Contractor shall provide Owner with Record As-Built Drawings
in electronic format identified in Schedule B-1 and the formats set forth in Section 3.3F of the Agreement.
For certain categories of documents specified in Schedule B-1 Contractor shall provide to Owner one (1)
paper hard copy in the format described in this Attachment B.
Equipment Subcontractor documentation may be delivered in the same format as received from the
Equipment Subcontractor provided they follow the requirements herein (including those set forth in
Section 5.4 below) or otherwise mutually agreed upon by Owner and Contractor that the information is
structured and indexed in a consistent format.
Documents shall contain specific references (by document number, title, and revision number) to related
documentation. Where documents refer to specific equipment, the full equipment tag numbers shall be
identified. Any exceptions to this requirement shall be subject to approval by Owner.
All documentation included in the handover document package shall be issued with a formal handover
transmittal that indexes all Drawings and documents included in the handover document package.
B-6
5.1. General Requirements for Electronic Documents
For any documents for which i) Adobe PDF files are required, ii) the native software application file is
available and iii) the document requires a certification stamp or signature on one page, Contractor
shall provide the PDF produced directly from the native software application and append a scanned
image of the stamp or signature page to the electronic Adobe PDF file.
Wherever Adobe PDF files are produced from scanning hard copies, the resulting files shall be
searchable Adobe PDF files.
All Contractor-generated Drawings shall be provided in Adobe PDF format and the native file format
indicated in Schedule B-1. The conversion of Drawings originating in native file formats other than the
format indicated in Schedule B-1 shall not result in the loss of data imbedded references, scaling, or
impair its legibility.
All custom files required to display and/or edit native files within their respective applications shall be
turned over to Owner along with the associated, application configuration files, external reference
files, custom fonts, custom drawing borders, material databases and materials specifications to the
extent required to display and/or edit native files. The use of custom fonts shall be avoided where
reasonably possible.
For the final document handover of electronic files, such files shall be imbedded in a folder
structure that replicates the document indices and categories defined elsewhere in this
Attachment B. The “file name” shall be the assigned document number, and the following
information shall be ascribed to the files as metadata:
· Document title;
· Originating computer program (e.g., MS Word, AutoCAD);
· Discipline (e.g., electrical, process, construction);
· Revision Number;
· Issuance Date;
· Source Company (either Contractor or Subcontractor);
Schedule B-1 includes as part of the Documents certain electronic models, simulations, and
database files. Such Documents shall be provided in fully native format along with all
associated setup, configuration and reference files necessary to assure full functionality. In
addition, no such models, simulations or database files shall be restricted by password
protection or other security features that in any way limits their functionality.
B-7
5.2. General Requirements for Paper (Hard Copy) Documents
Any paper hard copy of documentation required to be provided to Owner pursuant to Schedule B-1
shall also be provided in electronic form in accordance with Section 5.1 of this Attachment B.
All hard copies of Drawings, Specifications and other documents shall, unless specified otherwise, be
clean, legible 11” x 17” size for Drawings and 8-1/2” x 11” size for other documents, free from any type
of handwritten or redline mark-up information or discoloration. The legibility of Drawings shall not be
impaired if they are photo-reduced to 11” x 17” size or have punched holes. The technical content of a
Drawing or Specification shall not be obscured by the inclusion of foreign stamps.
Document number and document revision shall be consistent, complete and clearly visible on all
documents. Page numbers shall be clearly visible on multi-page documents and on each page
show the page number and total number of pages. Document attributes shall be visible on the
document front sheet or drawing.
For engineering documentation, electronic Adobe PDF files shall be created directly from the
native application software and be fully searchable without the need for optical character
recognition.
All engineering documents shall be issued final according to their appropriate classification as
defined in Schedule B-1, including any that are As-Built and shall be issued with a formal
handover transmittal.
A complete handover document index shall be provided meeting the requirements of this
Attachment B. This index shall be issued to Owner for review no later than [***] ([***]) Days
prior to RFSU of Train 1.
B-8
5.4. Equipment Subcontractor Documentation Requirements
Contractor shall require that Equipment Subcontractor data books and manufacturing record
books containing the documents required by Schedule B-2, the format of which shall be defined
in the procedure described in Section 5.0.
All documents and Drawings shall be individually numbered and registered in the EDMS in a
manner consistent with the structure and indexing requirements set forth herein or otherwise
agreed upon in writing between Owner and Contractor. The integrity of internal cross-
references shall be maintained.
Document number and document revision shall be consistent, complete and clearly visible on all
documents. Page numbers shall be clearly visible on multi-page documents.
All documents within the Equipment Subcontractor data books and manufacturing record books
shall be Adobe PDF files created from the native application software or a scanned image
meeting the requirements of this Attachment B.
All final Equipment Subcontractor handover document packages shall have a Contractor
acceptance stamp signed by the package engineer verifying that the required documentation
has been approved and all other documentation has been reviewed, is complete and technically
accurate.
B-9
5.5. Commissioning, Start-up, and Performance Testing Documentation Requirements
Commissioning, start-up, and Performance Testing documentation shall comply with the requirements
of this Attachment B, Attachment M, and Attachment S.
Contractor shall provide documentation required to support periodic filings with regulatory agencies
including the FERC in accordance with Section 3.12 of the Agreement.
For all computer based programmable Equipment supplied by Contractor as part of the Work, Contractor shall
provide Owner with a list of all software necessary to maintain the programmable Equipment, and provide
any Contractor owned customized configuration files needed for the use of such software, in both Adobe PDF
and native file formats.
B-10
SCHEDULE B-1
In addition to the requirements under the Agreement, Contractor shall be responsible for providing Owner with
the documents required under this Schedule B-1 and Drawings, Specifications and other documents not listed
below but required under the Agreement. This Schedule B-1 is applicable to documents Contractor is responsible
to provide, unless otherwise addressed in Schedule B-2. Where a Hard Copy is required, it will only be required
at the As Built stage.
[***]
B-1-1
SCHEDULE B-2
In addition to the requirements elsewhere in the Agreement, Contractor shall be responsible for providing Owner
with Equipment Subcontractor documentation, issued “For Information” or “For Review” (including Drawings and
Specifications) required under this Schedule B-2 and other Equipment Subcontractor documentation not listed
below but required under the Agreement. The listing below represents the expected types of documents typically
produced by Subcontractors for the listed Equipment categories. The list is indicative only, and Contractor shall
provide a listing as part of the register that will be developed by Contractor specifically for Equipment
Subcontractor documentation. Contractor will issue to Owner the document list specific to each item of
Equipment provided during the execution of the Work. Documents identified by “R”, “A”, and “I” shall be issued
“For Review”, “For Approval”, and “For Information” respectively.
Contractor shall issue to Owner the documents described in this Schedule B-2 within [***] ([***]) Days of
receiving such documents from the Subcontractor. Comments from Owner shall be consolidated with
Contractor’s comments prior to the issuance of comments to the Sub-contractor.
[***]
B-2-1
ATTACHMENT C
PAYMENT SCHEDULE
[***]
C-1
Schedule C‐1
Estimated Earned Value Payment Schedule
[***]
Appendix 1 to Contract Attachment C: Contract Price Breakdown
[***]
Schedule C‐2
Payment Milestones
[***]
Schedule C‐3
Maximum Cumulative Payment Schedule
[***]
Table C-3A
[***]
TABLE C-3B
[***]
Schedule C-4
Priced Options
If the Owner exercises any of the Priced Options, the following adjustment(s) will be made to the Total
Reimbursement Amount:
In the event Owner issues NTP after [***] but prior to [***], the Contract Price will increase, in accordance
with Section 5.2E(1) of the Agreement, by the following amounts based on the day upon which Owner issues
NTP.
PROJECT NAME: Rio Grande Natural Gas Liquefaction DATE OF AGREEMENT: May 24, 2019
Facility
CHANGE ORDER NUMBER: _____________
AGREEMENT: Fixed Price Turnkey EPC Agreement of
Trains 1 and 2 EFFECTIVE DATE OF CHANGE
ORDER: _____________________________________
OWNER: Rio Grande LNG, LLC
The EPC Agreement between the Parties listed above is changed as follows: (attach additional
documentation if necessary)
The Key Date for __________________ will be (increased)(decreased) by _______ (__) Days.
The Key Date for __________________ as of the date of this Change Order therefore is _________ (__) Days
after NTP.
(list all Key Dates that are modified by this Change Order using the format set forth above)
Attached to this Change Order is an updated Schedule E-1 which shall reflect and highlight any adjustment(s)
to the Key Dates agreed to in this Change Order.
Impact to other Changed Criteria (insert N/A if no changes or impact; attach additional documentation if
necessary)
D-1-2
Impact on Basis of Design:
Any other impacts to obligation or potential liability of Contractor or Owner under the EPC Agreement:
Select either A or B:
[A] This Change Order shall constitute a full and final settlement and accord and satisfaction of all effects
of the changes reflected in this Change Order upon the Change Criteria and shall be deemed to compensate
Contractor fully for such change. Initials: _____ Contractor _____ Owner
[B] Pursuant to Section 6.4 of the Agreement, this Change Order shall not constitute a full and final
settlement and accord and satisfaction of all effects of the change reflected in this Change Order upon the
Change Criteria and shall not be deemed to compensate Contractor fully for such change. Initials: _____
Contractor _____ Owner
Upon execution of this Change Order by Owner and Contractor, the above-referenced change shall become a
valid and binding part of the original EPC Agreement without exception or qualification. Except as modified
by this and any previously issued Change Orders or any amendments to the EPC Agreement, all other terms
and conditions of the EPC Agreement shall remain in full force and effect. This Change Order is executed by
each of the Parties’ duly authorized representatives. This Change Order represents full and final
consideration and/or adjustments for the above change, except as set out above.
Owner Contractor
Name Name
Title Title
D-1-3
SCHEDULE D-2
(for use when Owner issues a Change Directive pursuant to Section 6.1E or 6.2D)
PROJECT NAME: Rio Grande Natural Gas Liquefaction DATE OF AGREEMENT: May 24, 2019
Facility
CHANGE DIRECTIVE NUMBER:
AGREEMENT: Fixed Price Turnkey Agreement for Trains _________________________________________
1 and 2
EFFECTIVE DATE OF CHANGE DIRECTIVE:
OWNER: Rio Grande LNG, LLC ____________________________
You are hereby directed to make the following change(s) in the EPC Agreement: (attach additional
documentation if necessary)
Consideration for the Work specified for this Change Directive shall be paid as provided in the EPC
Agreement.
When signed by Owner and received by Contractor, this document becomes effective IMMEDIATELY as a
Change Directive, and Contractor shall commence with the performance of the change(s) described above
within [***] (***) Business Days of its receipt unless another time is expressly stated above. This Change
Directive is signed by Owner’s duly authorized representative.
Owner
Name
Title
Date of Signing
D-4
SCHEDULE D-3
D-5
OWNER’S CHANGE ORDER REQUEST FORM – PART 1 of 2
OWNER NOTIFICATION
(To be completed by Owner)
PROJECT NAME: Rio Grande Natural Gas Liquefaction DATE OF AGREEMENT: May 24, 2019
Facility
OWNER’S CHANGE ORDER REQUEST
AGREEMENT: Fixed Price Turnkey Agreement for Trains NUMBER: ______________________________
1 and 2
DATE OF THIS CHANGE ORDER REQUEST:
OWNER: Rio Grande LNG, LLC ____________________________
Reference Documents:
Owner:
By
Name
Title
Date
Contractor shall reply within the time required under Section 6.1 of the EPC Agreement by
completing Part 2 of the Change Order Request Form and submitting it to Owner.
This Change Order Request shall not be considered a Change Order or Change Directive to the EPC
Agreement. A Change Order may only occur by the Parties executing a Change Order in the form of Schedule
D-1 to the EPC Agreement, and a Change Directive may only occur by Owner issuing a Change Directive in the
form of Schedule D-2 to the EPC Agreement.
D-6
OWNER’S CHANGE ORDER REQUEST FORM – PART 2 of 2
CONTRACTOR RESPONSE
(To be completed by Contractor)
PROJECT NAME: Rio Grande Natural Gas Liquefaction DATE OF AGREEMENT: May 24, 2019
Facility
OWNER’S CHANGE ORDER
AGREEMENT: Fixed Price Turnkey Agreement for Trains REQUEST NUMBER:
1 and 2 _______________________________
OWNER: Rio Grande LNG, LLC DATE OF THIS CHANGE ORDER REQUEST:
______________________________
CONTRACTOR: Bechtel Oil, Gas and Chemicals, Inc.
Reference Documents:
Preliminary assessment of the effect (if any) such request, were it to be implemented by Change
Order, would have on the Changed Criteria (including any changes to the Contract Price, Key
Dates, the Scope of Work or any other Changed Criteria):
Commencement Date
Estimated Duration
Change in Contract Price
Change in Aggregate Equipment Price
Change in Aggregate Labor and Skills Price
Change in Total Reimbursement Amount
Change in Payment Schedule
Impact on Key Dates (Y/N), if “yes,” ROM impact on such
Key Dates
Owner: Contractor:
By By
Name Name
Title Title
Date Date
This Change Order Request shall not be considered a Change Order or Change Directive to the EPC
Agreement. A Change Order may only occur by the Parties executing a Change Order in the form of Schedule
D-1 to the EPC Agreement, and a Change Directive may only occur by Owner issuing a Change Directive in the
form of Schedule D-2 to the EPC Agreement.
D-7
SCHEDULE D-4
D-8
CONTRACTOR’S INITIAL CHANGE NOTICE FORM – PART 1 of 2
(To be completed by Contractor in accordance with Sections 6.2B and 6.5A of the EPC Agreement)
PROJECT NAME: Rio Grande Natural Gas Liquefaction DATE AGREEMENT OF: May 24, 2019
Facility
CONTRACTOR’S CHANGE NOTICE
AGREEMENT: Fixed Price Turnkey Agreement for Trains NUMBER: _______________________________
1 and 2
DATE OF THIS CHANGE NOTICE:
OWNER: Rio Grande LNG, LLC _________________________________________
Contractor provides notice of the following proposed change(s) in the EPC Agreement: (attach
additional documentation, if necessary)
Detailed Explanation, Facts and Reasons Upon Which Contractor’s Notice of Proposed Change(s) is
Based: (provide details of all known and presumed facts upon which Contractor’s claim is based, including
the character, duration and extent of such circumstance, the date Contractor first knew of such circumstance,
any activities impacted by such circumstance, the estimated cost and time consequences of such circumstance
(including showing the impact of such circumstance, if any, on the critical path of the CPM Schedule) and any
other reasons, details, or information that are expressly required under the EPC Agreement)
Commencement Date
Estimated Duration
Change in Contract Price
Change in Aggregate Equipment Price
Change in Aggregate Labor and Skills Price
Change in Total Reimbursement Amount
Change in Payment Schedule
Impact on Maximum Cumulative Payment Schedule:
Impact on Minimum Acceptance Criteria:
Impact on Performance Guarantees:
Impact on Basis of Design:
Any other impacts to obligation or potential liability of
Contractor or Owner under the EPC Agreement:
Impact on Key Dates (Y/N), if “yes,” ROM impact on such Key
Dates
This Contractor’s Initial Change Notice is signed by Contractor’s duly authorized representative.
By
Name
Title
Date
D-9
CONTRACTOR’S DETAILED CHANGE NOTICE FORM – PART 2 of 2
(To be completed by Contractor in accordance with Section 6.5B of the EPC Agreement)
PROJECT NAME: Rio Grande Natural Gas Liquefaction DATE OF AGREEMENT: May 24, 2019
Facility
CONTRACTOR’S CHANGE NOTICE
AGREEMENT: Fixed Price Turnkey Agreement for Trains NUMBER: _____________________________
1 and 2
DATE OF THIS CHANGE
OWNER: Rio Grande LNG, LLC NOTICE: ______________________________________
Contractor proposes the following change(s) in the EPC Agreement: (attach Part 1: CONTRACTOR’S
INITIAL CHANGE NOTICE FORM), and provide any further detailed explanation of the proposed change(s)
and attach additional documentation, if necessary)
Detailed Reasons for Proposed Change(s) (in addition to Part 1: CONTRACTOR’S INITIAL CHANGE
NOTICE FORM), provide any further detailed reasons for the proposed change, and attach all documentation
reasonably requested by or necessary for Owner to determine the factors necessitating the possibility of a
Change Order)
Requested Adjustments to EPC Agreement (attach all documentation and details required by the EPC
Agreement to provide to Owner a comprehensive written estimate, including applicable detailed estimates
and cost records, time sheets summary, and a graphic demonstration using the CPM Schedule, showing
Contractor’s entitlement to a time extension to the Key Dates)
The effect, if any, which such proposed Change Order would have on any Changed Criteria
Contract Price Adjustment (including adjustments to Tax Exempt Equipment Price, Taxable Equipment Price,
and Labor and Skills Price):
D-10
Other adjustments to liability or obligations of Contractor or Owner under the EPC Agreement:
(Attached to this Contractor’s Change Notice is a breakdown of the requested Contract Price adjustment
between Tax Exempt Equipment, Taxable Equipment, Labor and Skills Price and all other Work.)
By
Name
Title
Date
D-11
SCHEDULE D-5
[***] [***]
Line Job Description S.T. Rate, O.T. Rate, S.T. Rate, O.T. Rate,
Item (US$) (US$) (US$) (US$)
Number Work Week (Days / Hours)
Available Work Hours per Year
Project Management
1 Project Director [***] [***] [***] [***]
2 Project Manager [***] [***] [***] [***]
3 Commercial Manager [***] [***] [***] [***]
4 Project Management Clerical [***] [***] [***] [***]
HSE
5 Safety Manager [***] [***] [***] [***]
6 Environmental Manager [***] [***] [***] [***]
7 Project Safety Personnel [***] [***] [***] [***]
8 Safety Clerical [***] [***] [***] [***]
QA/QC
9 QA/QC Management [***] [***] [***] [***]
10 Quality Assurance Engineers [***] [***] [***] [***]
11 Quality Control Engineers [***] [***] [***] [***]
12 QA/QC Clerical [***] [***] [***] [***]
Estimating
13 Estimator [***] [***] [***] [***]
14 Estimating Clerical [***] [***] [***] [***]
Project Controls
15 PC Manager [***] [***] [***] [***]
16 PC Cost [***] [***] [***] [***]
17 PC Planning & Scheduling [***] [***] [***] [***]
18 PC Quantity Surveying & Progress [***] [***] [***] [***]
19 PC Clerical [***] [***] [***] [***]
Finance & Accounting
20 Project Controller [***] [***] [***] [***]
21 Accounting Manager [***] [***] [***] [***]
D-12
22 Sr. Project Accountant [***] [***] [***] [***]
23 Project Accountant/Biller [***] [***] [***] [***]
24 Accounting Clerical [***] [***] [***] [***]
Other Support Staff
25 HR / Admin [***] [***] [***] [***]
26 IT [***] [***] [***] [***]
Procurement
27 Procurement Management [***] [***] [***] [***]
28 Logistics Specialist [***] [***] [***] [***]
29 Buyers [***] [***] [***] [***]
30 Expeditors [***] [***] [***] [***]
31 Inspectors [***] [***] [***] [***]
32 Purchasing Clerical [***] [***] [***] [***]
33 Materials Manager [***] [***] [***] [***]
34 Materials Control Lead [***] [***] [***] [***]
35 Materials Specialist [***] [***] [***] [***]
36 Preservation Coordination [***] [***] [***] [***]
37 Materials Clerical [***] [***] [***] [***]
Construction - Home Office
38 Sr. Construction Director [***] [***] [***] [***]
39 Construction Manager [***] [***] [***] [***]
40 Technical Services Manager [***] [***] [***] [***]
41 Project Field Engineer [***] [***] [***] [***]
42 Discipline Engineer [***] [***] [***] [***]
43 Discipline Superintendents [***] [***] [***] [***]
44 Construction Coordinators [***] [***] [***] [***]
45 Construction Automation [***] [***] [***] [***]
46 Workforce Planner [***] [***] [***] [***]
47 IR Manager [***] [***] [***] [***]
48 Area Manager [***] [***] [***] [***]
49 Construction Clerical [***] [***] [***] [***]
Subcontracts
50 Subcontracts [***] [***] [***] [***]
51 Subcontracts Administrator [***] [***] [***] [***]
Commissioning and Startup
52 Commissioning & Startup Manager [***] [***] [***] [***]
53 Commissioning & Startup Personnel [***] [***] [***] [***]
Project Engineering Management &
Support
D-13
54 Project Engineering Manager [***] [***] [***] [***]
55 Senior Project Engineer [***] [***] [***] [***]
56 Project Engineer [***] [***] [***] [***]
57 Project Engineering Clerical [***] [***] [***] [***]
PROCESS ENGINEERING & DESIGN
58 Engineer - Principal / Lead [***] [***] [***] [***]
59 Engineer - Senior [***] [***] [***] [***]
60 Engineer [***] [***] [***] [***]
61 Designer - Principal / Lead [***] [***] [***] [***]
62 Designer - Senior [***] [***] [***] [***]
63 Designer [***] [***] [***] [***]
SAFETY & ENVIRONMENTAL ENGINEERING &
DESIGN
64 Engineer - Principal / Lead [***] [***] [***] [***]
65 Engineer - Senior [***] [***] [***] [***]
66 Engineer [***] [***] [***] [***]
67 Designer - Principal / Lead [***] [***] [***] [***]
68 Designer - Senior [***] [***] [***] [***]
69 Designer [***] [***] [***] [***]
CIVIL/STRUCTURAL ENGINEERING & DESIGN
70 Engineer - Principal / Lead [***] [***] [***] [***]
71 Engineer - Senior [***] [***] [***] [***]
72 Engineer [***] [***] [***] [***]
73 Designer - Principal / Lead [***] [***] [***] [***]
74 Designer - Senior [***] [***] [***] [***]
75 Designer [***] [***] [***] [***]
MECHANICAL ENGINEERING & DESIGN
76 Engineer - Principal / Lead [***] [***] [***] [***]
77 Engineer - Senior [***] [***] [***] [***]
78 Engineer [***] [***] [***] [***]
79 Designer - Principal / Lead [***] [***] [***] [***]
80 Designer - Senior [***] [***] [***] [***]
81 Designer [***] [***] [***] [***]
PIPING ENGINEERING & DESIGN
82 Engineer - Principal / Lead [***] [***] [***] [***]
83 Engineer - Senior [***] [***] [***] [***]
84 Engineer [***] [***] [***] [***]
85 Designer - Principal / Lead [***] [***] [***] [***]
86 Designer - Senior [***] [***] [***] [***]
87 Designer [***] [***] [***] [***]
D-14
ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING & DESIGN
88 Engineer - Principal / Lead [***] [***] [***] [***]
89 Engineer - Senior [***] [***] [***] [***]
90 Engineer [***] [***] [***] [***]
91 Designer - Principal / Lead [***] [***] [***] [***]
92 Designer - Senior [***] [***] [***] [***]
93 Designer [***] [***] [***] [***]
I&C ENGINEERING & DESIGN
94 Engineer - Principal / Lead [***] [***] [***] [***]
95 Engineer - Senior [***] [***] [***] [***]
96 Engineer [***] [***] [***] [***]
97 Designer - Principal / Lead [***] [***] [***] [***]
98 Designer - Senior [***] [***] [***] [***]
99 Designer [***] [***] [***] [***]
Engineering Systems (IT, Idocs etc)
100 Information Management [***] [***] [***] [***]
101 EDMS (iDocs) Support [***] [***] [***] [***]
102 CAD Support [***] [***] [***] [***]
103 Engineering IT (EIT) Support [***] [***] [***] [***]
DOCUMENT MANAGEMENT
104 Manager / Lead [***] [***] [***] [***]
105 Supervisor / Lead [***] [***] [***] [***]
106 Specialist - Principal [***] [***] [***] [***]
107 Specialist - Senior [***] [***] [***] [***]
108 Specialist [***] [***] [***] [***]
ADDS
Process Safety
109 Engineer - Principal / Lead [***] [***] [***] [***]
110 Engineer - Senior [***] [***] [***] [***]
111 Engineer [***] [***] [***] [***]
Geotech
112 Engineer - Principal / Lead [***] [***] [***] [***]
113 Engineer - Senior [***] [***] [***] [***]
114 Engineer [***] [***] [***] [***]
MET
115 Engineer - Principal / Lead [***] [***] [***] [***]
116 Engineer - Senior [***] [***] [***] [***]
117 Engineer [***] [***] [***] [***]
D-15
Marine
118 Engineer - Principal / Lead [***] [***] [***] [***]
119 Engineer - Senior [***] [***] [***] [***]
120 Engineer [***] [***] [***] [***]
Operation Center 1
Job Description S.T. Rate, O.T. Rate,
Line Item (US$) (US$)
Number
Work Week (Days / Hours)
Available Work Hours per Year
Project Management
1 Proj Dir [***] [***]
2 Sr Proj Mgr [***] [***]
3 Proj Mgr [***] [***]
4 Sr Commercial Mgr [***] [***]
5 Commercial Mgr [***] [***]
6 Commercial Spec [***] [***]
7 Estimator [***] [***]
Safety
8 Site HSE Dir [***] [***]
9 HSE Mgr [***] [***]
D-16
10 HSE Supv [***] [***]
11 Safety Technician [***] [***]
12 Environmental Mgr [***] [***]
13 HSE Technician [***] [***]
Project Controls
14 Proj Ctrls Mgr [***] [***]
15 Lead Cost Spec [***] [***]
16 Sr Cost Spec [***] [***]
17 Cost Spec [***] [***]
18 Lead Scheduling Spec [***] [***]
19 Sr Scheduling Spec [***] [***]
20 Scheduling Spec [***] [***]
21 Lead Quantity Surv/Prog Spec [***] [***]
22 Sr Quantity Surv/Prog Spec [***] [***]
23 Quantity Surv/Prog Spec [***] [***]
Construction
24 Sr Const Director [***] [***]
25 Sr Const Mgr [***] [***]
26 Const Mgr [***] [***]
27 Sr Const Tech Svs Mgr [***] [***]
28 Const Tech Svs Mgr [***] [***]
29 Const Tech Svs Coord [***] [***]
30 Const Tech Svs Spec [***] [***]
31 General Supt [***] [***]
32 Area Supt [***] [***]
33 Const TES Mgr [***] [***]
34 Completions Mgr [***] [***]
Human Resources
35 Sr HR Mgr [***] [***]
36 HR Mgr I [***] [***]
37 HR Admin/Coord I [***] [***]
Administration
38 Const Admin Mgr (Office Manager) [***] [***]
39 Const Admin Supv [***] [***]
40 Sr Admin Asst [***] [***]
41 Admin Asst I [***] [***]
Document Management
42 Document Ctrls Mgr [***] [***]
43 Document Ctrls Supv [***] [***]
D-17
44 Sr Document Ctrls Spec [***] [***]
45 Document Ctrls Spec [***] [***]
46 Document Control [***] [***]
Quality Management
47 Sr Quality Mgr [***] [***]
48 Quality Mgr [***] [***]
49 Quality Supv [***] [***]
50 Quality Engr [***] [***]
51 Quality Insp [***] [***]
52 Quality Spec [***] [***]
Finance / Accounting
53 Proj Sr. Acctnt [***] [***]
54 Proj Acctnt [***] [***]
55 Payroll Clerk [***] [***]
56 Timekeeper [***] [***]
IT
57 IT/Information Management Manager [***] [***]
58 IT/Information Management Technician [***] [***]
59 Procurement & Material Management
60 Buyer [***] [***]
61 Sr. Expeditor [***] [***]
62 Expeditor [***] [***]
63 Purchasing Clerk [***] [***]
64 Matls Mgmt Supv [***] [***]
65 Matls Mgmt Coord [***] [***]
66 Matls Mgmt Spec [***] [***]
67 Material Control [***] [***]
68 Whse Supv [***] [***]
69 Toolroom [***] [***]
Subcontracts
70 Subcontracts Mgr [***] [***]
71 Subcontracts Coordinator [***] [***]
72 Subcontracts Administrator [***] [***]
Commissioning
73 Sr Commissioning Mgr [***] [***]
74 Commissioning Supt [***] [***]
75 Sr Commissioning Spec [***] [***]
76 Commissioning Spec [***] [***]
D-18
Rates for Changes - Field Direct Craft Labor Rates
Operation Center 1
Line Job Description S.T. Rate, O.T. Rate,
Item (US$) (US$)
Number Work Week (Days / Hours)
Available Work Hours per Year
Boiler Maker
1 General Foreman [***] [***]
2 Foreman [***] [***]
3 Journeyman [***] [***]
4 Apprentice / Helper [***] [***]
Bricklayer / Mason
5 General Foreman [***] [***]
6 Foreman [***] [***]
7 Journeyman [***] [***]
8 Apprentice / Helper [***] [***]
Carpenter
9 General Foreman [***] [***]
10 Foreman [***] [***]
11 Journeyman [***] [***]
12 Apprentice / Helper [***] [***]
Electrician
13 General Foreman [***] [***]
14 Foreman [***] [***]
15 Journeyman [***] [***]
16 Apprentice / Helper [***] [***]
Instrument
17 General Foreman [***] [***]
18 Foreman [***] [***]
19 Journeyman [***] [***]
20 Apprentice / Helper [***] [***]
Iron Worker
21 General Foreman [***] [***]
22 Foreman [***] [***]
23 Journeyman [***] [***]
24 Apprentice / Helper [***] [***]
Laborer
25 General Foreman [***] [***]
D-19
26 Foreman [***] [***]
27 Journeyman [***] [***]
28 Apprentice / Helper [***] [***]
Millwrights
29 General Foreman [***] [***]
30 Foreman [***] [***]
31 Journeyman [***] [***]
32 Apprentice / Helper [***] [***]
Operators
33 General Foreman [***] [***]
34 Foreman [***] [***]
35 Journeyman [***] [***]
36 Apprentice / Helper [***] [***]
Painters
37 General Foreman [***] [***]
38 Foreman [***] [***]
39 Journeyman [***] [***]
40 Apprentice / Helper [***] [***]
Pipe Fitters
41 General Foreman [***] [***]
42 Foreman [***] [***]
43 Journeyman [***] [***]
44 Apprentice / Helper [***] [***]
Scaffold Builders
45 General Foreman [***] [***]
46 Foreman [***] [***]
47 Journeyman [***] [***]
48 Apprentice / Helper [***] [***]
D-20
ATTACHMENT E
E-1
SCHEDULE E-1
KEY DATES
E-2
SCHEDULE E-1.1
[***]
E-3
SCHEDULE E-2
In accordance with Sections 13.1A and 13.1.B of the EPC Agreement, if Substantial Completion occurs after
the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date (as adjusted by Change Order), for the applicable Train,
Contractor shall pay to Owner Substantial Completion Delay Liquidated Damages in the amounts set forth in
this Attachment E for each Day, or portion thereof, of delay until Substantial Completion occurs for the
applicable Train, subject to the limitations in Section 20.2 of the EPC Agreement.
[***].
E-4
[***] to [***] Days after the Guaranteed Substantial $[***]
Completion Date
More than [***] Days after the Guaranteed Substantial $[***]
Completion Date
[***].
E-5
ATTACHMENT F
The persons named in the table below, in accordance with Section 2.2A of the Agreement,
are designated by Contractor and approved by Owner as Key Personnel. Key Personnel shall
be assigned full time to the Work for the entire duration of the Project unless otherwise
specified in this Attachment F. Without limiting the requirements of the Agreement, before
any Key Personnel are assigned to the Project, the full names and 1-2 page résumés of
nominated Key Personnel shall be provided to and approved by Owner.
[***].
Replacements of any Key Personnel during the Project shall be in accordance with Section 2.2A of the EPC
Agreement.
MOBILIZATION
DEMOBILIZATION
DATE (no later than
NAME POSITION DATE (no earlier than
referenced
referenced milestone)
milestone)
[***] [***] [***] Train 1 Substantial Completion
[***] [***] [***] Train 2 Substantial Completion
[***] [***] [***] Train 2 Substantial Completion
[***] [***] [***] Train 2 Substantial Completion
[***] [***] [***] Final Completion
[***] [***] [***] Final Completion
[***] [***] [***] Train 1 Substantial Completion
[***] [***] [***] Train 2 Engineering substantially
complete
[***] [***] [***] Final Completion
F-1
CONTRACTOR’S ORGANIZATION
The diagram below illustrates the organizational structure to be implemented for the Work by Contractor,
which includes significant roles to be filled by any Subcontractor personnel.
[***]
F-2
ATTACHMENT G
G-1
SECTION 1
List of potential Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors that may have Subcontracts or Sub-subcontracts with
an aggregate value in excess of [***] U.S. Dollars (U.S. $[***])
[***]
G-2
SECTION 2
List of Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors with whom Contractor has agreed to subcontract on a sole-
source basis for that portion of the Work specified.
[***]
G-3
SECTION 3
List of potential Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors that may have Subcontracts or Sub-Subcontracts with
an aggregate value less than [***] U.S. Dollars (U.S. $[***]) but nevertheless are providing work deemed
critical by Owner.
[***]
G-4
ATTACHMENT H
Date:
Via Electronic and Certified Mail
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
Attention: [ ]
Pursuant to Section 5.2B of the Fixed Price Turnkey Agreement for the Engineering, Procurement and
Construction of the Rio Grande Natural Gas Liquefaction Facility, by and between Rio Grande LNG, LLC
(“Owner”) and Bechtel Oil, Gas and Chemicals, Inc. (“Contractor”), dated as of May 24, 2019 (the
“Agreement”), this letter shall serve as a Limited Notice to Proceed from Owner to Contractor authorizing
Contractor to proceed with that certain portion of the Work as described below pursuant to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement:
(“LNTP
Work”).
Contractor is authorized under this Limited Notice to Proceed to incur no more than
____________________________U.S. Dollars (U.S. $ ) for performance of the foregoing LNTP Work with
cancellation costs not to exceed _______________U.S. Dollars (U.S. $ ). The amount for the LNTP Work
shall cover these activities for the time frame from the Effective Date through the [ ]. No other
amounts are authorized under this Limited Notice to Proceed for any other services, labor or Work.
Contractor shall be paid for such specified LNTP Work pursuant to the terms and conditions of the
Agreement.
Owner: Contractor:
By By
Name Name
Title Title
Date Date
cc: [ ]
[ ]
H-6
SCHEDULE H-2
Date:
Via Electronic and Certified Mail
[ ]
[ ]
[ ]
Attention: [ ]
Pursuant to Section 5.2D of the Fixed Price Turnkey Agreement for the engineering, procurement and
construction of the Rio Grande Natural Gas Liquefaction Facility, by and between Rio Grande LNG, LLC
(“Owner”) and Bechtel Oil, Gas and Chemicals, Inc. (“Contractor”), dated as of May 24, 2019 (the
“Agreement”), Owner having fulfilled all conditions precedent set forth in Section 5.2D of the Agreement for
the issuance of the Notice to Proceed, this letter shall serve as the Notice to Proceed from Owner to
Contractor authorizing Contractor to immediately proceed with the Work upon receipt of this letter pursuant
to the terms and conditions of the Agreement.
By:
Name:
Title:
cc: [ ]
[ ]
H-7
SCHEDULE H-3
LNTP No. 1
LNTP-1
LIMITED NOTICE TO PROCEED #1
Pursuant to Section 5.2A of the Fixed Price Turnkey Agreement for the Engineering, Procurement and
Construction of the Rio Grande Natural Gas Liquefaction Facility, by and between Rio Grande LNG, LLC
(“Owner”) and Bechtel Oil, Gas and Chemicals, Inc. (“Contractor”), dated as of May 24, 2019 (the
“Agreement”), this letter shall serve as a Limited Notice to Proceed from Owner to Contractor authorizing
Contractor to proceed with that certain portion of the Work as described below pursuant to the terms and
conditions of the Agreement:
Contractor is authorized under this Limited Notice to Proceed to invoice no more than thirty million three
hundred ten thousand U.S. Dollars (U.S. $30,310,000.00) for performance of the foregoing LNTP #1
Work. The amount for the LNTP #1 Work shall cover these activities for the time frame from the Effective
Date through January 1, 2020. No other amounts are authorized under this Limited Notice to Proceed for any
other services, labor or Work. Contractor shall be paid for such specified LNTP #1 Work pursuant to the
terms and conditions set forth in Exhibit B (“LNTP #1 Payment Terms”).
If Owner terminates the Agreement for convenience prior to the issuance of NTP, or if Contractor terminates
this Agreement pursuant to Section 16.5 of the Agreement, then Contractor shall be entitled to (i) those
amounts owed to Contractor by Owner pursuant to Exhibit B of this LNTP No. 1 prior to termination, plus (ii)
actual costs reasonably incurred by Contractor on account of such termination (which costs shall be
adequately documented and supported by Contractor, including any cancelation costs incurred with respect to
Subcontractors) plus associated profit margin of five percent 5%, provided however that in no event shall
Contractor be entitled to receive any amount for unabsorbed overhead, contingency, risk, anticipatory profit or
other form of cancellation charges under this LNTP. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein,
Owner’s total liability to Contractor for LNTP No. 1 shall not exceed those amounts specified in the
immediately preceding paragraph.
Owner: Contractor:
-1-
EXHIBIT A TO LNTP #1
[***]
-2-
EXHIBIT B
In consideration of Contractor’s performance of the Work described in Exhibit A to LNTP #1, Owner agrees to
pay Contractor in accordance with the following terms and conditions (which shall apply only to this LNTP
#1):
(i) On [***], Owner will pay Contractor the amount of [***] dollars (U.S.$ [***]) in cash, upon
receipt of an Invoice for such amount from Contractor (“LNTP Payment 1”). In order to
facilitate LNTP Payment 1, Contractor is requested to submit an Invoice for the amount of
LNTP Payment 1 by [***] indicating a due date of [***];
(ii) On [***], Owner will pay Contractor the amount of [***] dollars (U.S.$ [***]) (“LNTP
Payment 2”). In order to facilitate LNTP Payment 2, Contractor is requested to submit an
Invoice for the amount of LNTP Payment 2 (and such other documentation as may reasonably
be required by Owner in accordance with the Agreement) by [***] indicating a due date of
[***];
(iii) Upon receipt of revised APCI Greenbook deliverables, Owner will pay Contractor the amount of
[***] dollars (U.S.$ [***]) (“LNTP Payment 3”). In order to facilitate LNTP Payment 3,
Contractor is requested to submit an Invoice for the amount of LNTP Payment 3 (and such
other documentation as may reasonably be required by Owner in accordance with the
Agreement) two weeks prior to the anticipated date of Owner’s receipt of such deliverables;
(iv) On [***], Owner will pay Contractor the amount of [***] dollars (U.S.$ [***]) in cash, upon
receipt of an Invoice for such amount from Contractor (“LNTP Payment 4). In order to
facilitate LNTP Payment 4, Contractor is requested to submit an Invoice for the amount of
LNTP Payment 4 (and such other documentation as may reasonably be required by Owner in
accordance with the Agreement) by [***] indicating a due date of [***].
-3-
ATTACHMENT I
DATE OF
INVOICE: , 20
OWNER: Rio Grande LNG, LLC
This Invoice covers Payment Milestone No(s). _______ set forth in Schedule C-2 of the EPC Agreement and
covers the Month ending ______________, 20___ (“Current Date”).
Contractor hereby makes application for payment to Owner as shown below in connection with the above
referenced Contract between the Parties.
Contractor certifies that (i) the Work is progressing in accordance with the Key Dates and Monthly Updated
CPM Schedule, except to the extent (if any) expressly set forth in the current Monthly Progress Report; (ii) the
Work described in or relating to this Invoice has been performed and supplied in accordance with the EPC
Agreement; (iii) all quantities and prices in this Invoice or attached Exhibits are correct and in accordance
with the EPC Agreement and the referenced Payment Milestone(s) and Work for which Earned Value
payments are requested are complete; (iv) Contractor is entitled to payment of the amount set forth as
“Current Payment Due” in this Invoice, and such Current Payment Due constitutes in full all amounts due
and owing as of the Current Date; (v) the Work and any portion thereof described in or relating to this Invoice
and all previous invoices are free and clear of all liens, security interests and encumbrances through the date
of this Invoice; (vi) all Subcontractors have been paid the monies due and payable for Work performed in
connection with the Project (except for any amounts owed such Subcontractors for Work billed under this
Invoice); (vi) fully completed and executed Interim Lien and Claim Waivers from Contractor and all Major
Subcontractors, are attached to this Invoice; (vii) if requested by Owner, fully completed and executed Interim
Lien and Claim Waivers from each Major Sub-subcontractor; (viii) Contractor has attached to this Invoice an
itemization of the Texas state sales and use tax in the form of Exhibit 3 to this Schedule I-1 (“Contract Price
Itemization for Sales and Use Tax Purposes”); (ix) attached to this Invoice is all documentation supporting
Contractor’s request for payment as required under the EPC Agreement; and (x) this Invoice is signed by an
authorized representative of Contractor.
I-1-1
Contractor Subscribed and sworn to before me this _______________ day
of ______________, 20__
Signed: _________________________
Name: __________________________
I-1-2
RIO GRANDE NATURAL GAS LIQUEFACTION FACILITY
INVOICE
INVOICE NUMBER DATE , 20
OWNER APPROVAL
Owner
Signed: _________________________
Name: __________________________
Title: ___________________________
The AMOUNT APPROVED by Owner is without prejudice to any rights of Owner under the EPC Agreement.
Explanation is listed below or attached if the AMOUNT APPROVED is less than the amount requested by
Contractor under this Invoice:
I-1-3
EXHIBIT 1
The following Change Orders have been executed as of the Current Date by Owner and Contractor pursuant
to Section 6.1D or Section 6.2C.
A B C D E
Aggregate
Aggregate
Labor and Total Price
Equipment
No. Description of Change Order Skills Price Change
Price Change
Change (U.S.$)
(U.S.$)
(U.S.$)
Total
I-1-4
EXHIBIT 2
CHANGE DIRECTIVES
WORK COMPLETED UNDER CHANGE DIRECTIVES: The following Work has been completed for active
Change Directives executed by Owner in accordance with Section 6.1E or Section 6.2D of the EPC Agreement
up through the Month ending ____________________, 20_____ (“Current Date”).
Table 1
Note: Closed Change Directives converted to executed Change Orders are excluded.
I-1-5
EXHIBIT 3
I-1-6
EXHIBIT 4
I-1-7
EXHIBIT 5
I-1-8
SCHEDULE I-2
This Invoice covers Payment Milestone No(s). _______ for the Work as further set forth in Schedule C-2 of the
Agreement and covers the period from _______________, 201__ to ________________, 201__ (“Current Date”).
Contractor hereby makes application for payment to Owner for the Work as shown below in connection with
the above referenced Agreement between the Parties.
I-2-1
13 Total current month amount invoiced (current payment
due)
Submitted by:
[_____]
By:
Name:
Title:
[_____]
[Address]
[City], TX [Zip]
Bank Name:
Bank
Account#:
ABA/Routing
#:
CHIPS ID#:
I-2-2
EXHIBIT 1 – LIST OF EXECUTED CHANGE ORDERS
I-2-3
EXHIBIT 2 – CURRENT MONTH AMOUNT INVOICED FOR THE EARNED VALUE ACHIEVED
I-2-4
EXHIBIT 3 – CURRENT MONTH AMOUNT INVOICED FOR MILESTONES COMPLETED
I-2-5
EXHIBIT 4 – CONTRACT PRICE ITEMIZATION FOR SALES AND USE TAX PURPOSES
Adjustments
Amount
Original due to Current Amount
Component Earned To
Value Change Value Remaining
Date
Order(s)
Aggregate Equipment Price
Aggregate Labor and Skills
Price
I-2-6
EXHIBIT 5 – LIST OF FINAL LIEN AND CLAIM WAIVERS ATTACHED
No. Name
I-2-7
EXHIBIT 6 – CONTRACTOR STATEMENT SUMMARIZING AND RECONCILING ALL PREVIOUS
INVOICES
I-2-8
EXHIBIT 7 – CONTRACTOR AFFIDAVIT
Contractor certifies that (i) all Work (except for that Work and obligations that survive the termination or
expiration of the Agreement) has been fully and completely performed in accordance with the terms of the
Agreement, including the completion of all Punchlist items; (ii) all quantities and prices in this final Invoice or
attached Exhibits are correct and in accordance with the Agreement; (iii) fully completed and executed Final
Lien and Claim Waivers from Contractor, all Major Subcontractors, as provided in Section 7.3 of the
Agreement, are attached to this final Invoice; (iv) if requested by Owner, fully executed Interim Lien and Claim
Waivers from all Major Sub-subcontractors; (v) all documentation and electronic databases required to be
delivered by Contractor to Owner under the Agreement, including Record As-Built Drawings and
Specifications, and test reports, have been delivered to Owner; (vi) all of Contractor’s, Subcontractors’ and
Sub-subcontractors personnel, supplies, waste, materials, rubbish, and temporary facilities have been
removed from the Site, except as permitted under Section 12.3A of the Agreement; (vii) all Subcontractors and
Sub-subcontractors have been fully paid in accordance with the terms of their Subcontracts or Sub-
subcontracts, except for amounts that are the subject of this final Invoice, and attached is evidence acceptable
to Owner that all Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors have been fully paid, less amounts that are the
subject of this final Invoice; (viii) all payrolls, Taxes, liens, charges, claims, demands, judgments, security
interests, bills for Equipment, and any other indebtedness connected with the Work has been paid; (ix)
Contractor has attached to this Invoice an itemization of the Texas state sales and use tax in the form of
Exhibit 4 to this Schedule I-2 (“Contract Price Itemization for Sales and Use Tax Purposes”); (x) Contractor
has delivered an executed Final Completion Certificate, which has been accepted by Owner by signing such
certificate; (xi) attached to this final Invoice is all documentation supporting Contractor’s request for payment
as required under the Agreement; and (xi) this final Invoice is signed by an authorized representative of
Contractor
FOR CONTRACTOR:
APPLICABLE TO INVOICE NO(S). ALL (IF ALL, PRINT
ALL)
DATE:
SIGNED:
BY:
TITLE:
Notary Public
My term expires
(date):
I-2-9
ATTACHMENT J
J-1
Table of Contents
1.0 INTRODUCTION 3
2.0 OBJECTIVES 3
3.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 3
3.1Definitions 3
3.2Interpretation 3
4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 3
5.0 PLANNING 4
5.1Safety in Engineering and Design 4
5.2Subcontractor and Sub-subcontractor Safety 4
5.3Construction 4
5.4Commissioning 5
5.5Environmental 5
5.6Security 5
6.0 PROJECT HSSE EXECUTION 5
6.1Audits 5
6.2Inspections 6
6.3Regulatory Inspections 6
6.4Owner Communication 6
6.5Training and Certification 6
6.6Emergency Response Team 6
6.7Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors 6
7.0 REPORTING 7
7.1Incidents 7
7.2Leading and Lagging Indicators 7
7.3Safety Committees 7
7.4Lessons Learned 7
J-2
1.0 INTRODUCTION
In addition to the requirements specified in any other provision of the Agreement, this Attachment J
sets out the requirements and resultant scope of activities for health, safety, security and environment
(“HSSE”) to be performed by Contractor for the Project. This Attachment J does not constitute a
substitute for the Contractor HSSE Plan.
2.0 OBJECTIVES
The objective of this Attachment J is to provide the standards and requirements for:
· Compliance with relevant regulations, permits and consents;
· Contractor HSSE procedures; and
· Subcontractor HSSE procedures.
J-3
5.0 PLANNING
Contractor shall prepare an overall HSSE execution plan and procedures covering all Work (“HSSE
Plan”). The HSSE Plan shall detail the HSSE requirements for the Contractor and Subcontractors for
areas in and around the Site and other areas where Work is being performed by Contractor. The
HSSE Plan will comply with requirements of Sections 2.3, 2.4, 3.6, 3.8, 3.10, 3.17, 3.19, 3.24, and 3.27
of the Agreement. Contractor shall provide to Owner the HSSE Plan for approval pursuant to Section
3.10 of the Agreement.
5.1 Safety in Engineering and Design
Contractor will develop and implement a safety in design program for the detailed design and
engineering to ensure that the design developed by the Contractor integrates elements of hazard
identification and risk assessment methods. This program will include and be applicable to all aspects
of the Work and will be made available to the Owner for review. This safety in design program shall
also include ergonomic and human factors reviews of designs to ensure operability, maintainability,
access and egress are duly considered. Reviews of the 3D model shall incorporate such safety in
design requirements.
5.2 Subcontractor and Sub-subcontractor Safety
Contractor will require that all Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors comply with the HSSE Plan.
5.3 Construction
Section 6.0 further details HSSE requirements for the Contractor to implement at Site and for all
elements of the Work during construction and pre-Commissioning.
The HSSE Plan and procedures for the Site shall contain multiple elements to increase the visibility of
HSSE protection during execution of the Work and shall include:
· Posters with performance to date and safety themes;
· Site induction and regular tool-box meetings;
· Training of workers prior to commencing special tasks;
· Competent and qualified persons list;
· Identification badges that ensure controlled and necessary access to Site;
· Inspection of all vehicles and Construction Equipment prior to first use on Site, with up to date
testing certificates (as applicable) and/or color (tape) labelling (as applicable);
· Periodic (quarterly) re-inspection and updating of color tape identification to mark fit-for use
Construction Equipment;
· Testing and/or verification of skills of specific groups of workers, such as divers, scaffolders, truck
drivers, signal persons, excavator operators, and crane operators;
· Define or make reference to scaffold tagging procedure, lock-out/tag-out procedure, permit-to-work
procedure.
5.3.1 Marine Construction
The provisions of Section 6.0 shall apply to all marine construction. Further, Contractor shall include in
its HSSE Plan and procedures provisions to address the
J-4
risks to workers and the environment during construction of the marine structures and facilities such
as the marine offloading facilities, loading jetties, and any other open water activities.
5.4 Commissioning
All provisions of Section 6.0 shall apply from the start of Commissioning to handover to Owner at
Substantial Completion.
5.5 Environmental
As part of the HSSE Plan, Contractor will develop and implement an environmental plan and
associated procedures which is compliant with the requirements of the Agreement, including Sections
3.6 and 3.17 thereof, and all Applicable Law. The environmental plan will detail Contractor
participation and compliance with Owner’s regulatory compliance reporting, as well as Contractor
generated plans to perform the Work including storm-water pollution prevention plan, and other
remedial action identification and close-out procedures. Regular Construction Equipment inspections
to prevent spills and pollution shall be part of the environmental plan.
5.6 Security
Contractor will develop and implement a security plan which is compliant with the requirements of the
Agreement, including Sections 3.10, 3.24, 3.25, and 4.3 of the Agreement, and all Applicable Law. The
security plan will detail the requirements for the physical and cyber security of offices, Subcontractor
facilities, and Site. The security plan will also address the control of access for personnel (both
physical and cyber), vehicles, Equipment, Construction Equipment and Hazardous Materials (including
gate passes for removal from Site), and logging of access card swipes at Site. The access card system
will also host the records on personnel induction training for gate entry and cross-referenced to other
records for personnel allowed to enter the Site.
Contractor shall deliver to Owner the security plan the earlier of [***] ([***]) Days after NTP or [***]
([***]) Days prior to commencement of the Work at the Site for Owner’s for review and approval.
J-5
Planned internal audits specified in the HSSE Plan will be notified to the Owner. Summaries of
Contractor’s HSSE audit reports, corrective actions and close out documentation will be made
available to the Owner upon request.
6.2 Inspections
As part of the HSSE Plan, Contractor will develop a Project-specific plan and schedule of weekly
inspections of the Site. These inspections will be carried out by Contractor personnel with
participation of Owner’s Representative, at Owners discretion.
At weekly Contractor meetings, the results of the HSSE inspections will be discussed and where
applicable follow-up actions and responsibilities will be assigned. Subcontractor’s own HSSE
personnel shall carry out their own worksite inspections.
6.3 Regulatory Inspections
As part of the HSSE Plan, Contractor will implement a procedure to address regulatory
inspections. This procedure will include a requirement to inform Owner of regulatory inspections,
request participation, and make available the findings of the inspections to the extent specified in the
Agreement.
6.4 Owner Communication
Communication requirements are described in Attachment X.
6.5 Training and Certification
As part of the HSSE Plan, Contractor will develop and implement a procedure and processes to train
Contractor personnel, Subcontractor personnel, and Owners personnel on the HSSE rules, guidelines
and expectations for performing Work at the Site or other locations where construction, fabrication, or
heavy lift operations are being performed.
This training program will comply with all applicable federal, state and local regulatory
requirements. This training program will also ensure that Contractor, Subcontractor and Sub-
subcontractor personnel are trained on the pertinent Site specific HSSE requirements for their work
scope.
6.6 Emergency Response Team
As part of the HSSE Plan, Contractor will establish an emergency response team (“ERT”) at the Site,
and the ERT will be responsible for responding to incidents at the Site, as established in the Owner
and Contractor emergency response plans (“ERP”).
6.7 Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors
Contractor will require that all Subcontractors and Subcontractors’ personnel comply with the
requirements of the HSSE Plan when they work at the Site or remote locations. Subcontractors are
also required to adhere to Contractor’s HSSE plan, or have an HSSE plan which is compliant with
Project and all federal, state and local regulatory requirements. Subcontractors are responsible for
Subcontractors’ personnel compliance to the Subcontractors’ HSSE plans.
Where a Subcontractor hires a Sub-subcontractor to perform work, it is the responsibility of the
Subcontractor to ensure Sub-subcontractor compliance with the
J-6
HSSE Plan. This includes the training of Sub-subcontractor personnel. Records of Subcontractor
training compliant with the HSSE Plan shall be kept on Site.
7.0 REPORTING
7.1 Incidents
Contractor will require that all Contractor, Subcontractor and Sub-subcontractor personnel in the
home office, at Site or remote locations report any accident or incident as soon as possible to
Contractor. This reporting will also include near-misses and any unsafe conditions. Any near miss that
could have resulted in an LTA or any LTA will be subject to a root cause analysis to identify any
potential unsafe working practices.
[***].
For any construction, fabrication or heavy lift operations performed off Site, Contractor shall also
report incidents that occur at such locations if they occur in relation to the performance of the Work.
All incidents at Site and other areas where Work is being performed shall be investigated by
Contractor and reported to Owner.
7.2 Leading and Lagging Indicators
As part of the HSSE Plan, Contractor will develop and implement a system for tracking and reporting
to the Owner all leading and lagging indicators associated with the execution of the Work. This system
will also use, as a basis, lagging indicators from previous Contractor projects to form the basis for the
leading indicators associated with analogous elements of the Work. This system will, at a minimum, be
based upon GECP.
7.3 Safety Committees
As part of the HSSE Plan, Contractor will establish one or more safety committees at the Site. Such
safety committee(s) shall be comprised of Contractor personnel on Site, Owner HSSE leadership
personnel and, if Contractor deems necessary, Major Subcontractor personnel performing Work on
Site. The Site safety committee shall meet no less than once per [***] (***) Month period to review
HSSE trends and develop specific HSSE themes and actions to actively address trends.
7.4 Lessons Learned
As part of the HSSE Plan, Contractor will capture, document, report on and make available to the
Owner all HSSE lessons learned associated with the execution of the Work. These shall be used to
upgrade Site job-specific safety induction briefings, and also serve as input in developing safety
initiatives and focus programs by the safety committee(s).
J-7
ATTACHMENT K
AFFIDAVIT
On this day of , 20 , before me appeared the above‑signed, known or identified to me
personally, who, being first duly sworn, did say that s/he is the authorized representative of Contractor and
that this document was signed on behalf of Contractor.
Notary
Public:
My term expires
(date):
K-1-1
SCHEDULE K-2
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF CAMERON
The undersigned, Bechtel Oil, Gas and Chemicals, Inc. (“Contractor”), has been engaged under a contract
with Rio Grande LNG, LLC (“Owner”) to furnish certain materials, equipment, services, and/or labor for the
construction of improvements to the Rio Grande Natural Gas Liquefaction Facility Project, together with all
improvements and appurtenances attendant thereto (the “Facility”), which is located near Brownsville,
Texas, and more particularly described as follows: south of the Brownsville-Port Isabel Highway and north of
the Brownsville Ship Channel in Cameron County near Brownsville, Texas.
Upon receipt of the sum of U.S. $___________________________, Contractor waives and releases any and all
claims and demands (except those concerning lien or bond rights which are separately waived pursuant to
TEX. PROP. CODE ANN. § 53.284 by the Contractor’s Interim Conditional Waiver and Release on Progress
Payment, which is executed concurrently with this form) against Owner for payment for work, materials,
equipment, services, labor, and other items performed or provided through the date of _______________, 20___
(include the Current Date as defined in the Invoice) except this Waiver and Release does not foreclose and
Contractor reserves (i) claims for payment related to work, materials, equipment, services, labor, and other
items performed or provided pursuant to a Change Directive; or (ii) retained or escrowed amounts, on account
of materials, equipment, services and/or labor furnished by the undersigned to or on account of Owner or any
other entity for said Facility. For the avoidance of doubt, this Waiver and Release does not foreclose and
Contractor reserves (a) Change Order rights under the Agreement for unknown claims unrelated to payment
for work, materials, equipment, services, labor, and other items performed or provided through the date
above (except to the extent precluded by the Agreement), (b) claims for payment for work, materials,
equipment, services, labor, and other items performed or provided which are known but the required notice
period has not expired, or (c) claims for payment for work, materials, equipment, services, labor, and other
items performed or provided for which notice was given by Contractor as required under Section 6.5 of the
Agreement; Exceptions as follows:
___________________________________________________________________________________
___________________________________________________________________________________
(If no exceptions or “none” is entered above, undersigned shall be deemed not to have reserved any claim.)
This Waiver and Release is freely and voluntarily given, and the undersigned acknowledges and represents
that it has fully reviewed the terms and conditions of this Waiver and Release, that it is fully informed with
respect to the legal effect of this Waiver and Release, and that it has voluntary chosen to accept the terms and
conditions of this Waiver and Release in return for the payment recited above.
FOR CONTRACTOR:
Applicable to Invoice
No. By:
(signature)
Print
Name:
Title:
K-2-1
SCHEDULE K-3
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF CAMERON
PROJECT: RIO GRANDE NATURAL GAS LIQUEFACTION FACILITY
JOB NO. ___________________
Upon receipt by the signer of this document, [______________] (“Subcontractor”), of a check, wire transfer or
other valid form of payment from, or on behalf of Bechtel Oil, Gas and Chemicals, Inc. (“Contractor”), in the
sum of U.S. $__________ payable to Subcontractor and when the check has been properly endorsed and has
been paid by the bank on which it is drawn, or the wire transfer payment is received by Subcontractor, or
Subcontractor is in possession of such other valid form of payment, as applicable, this document becomes
effective to release any mechanic’s lien right, any right arising from a payment bond that complies with a state
or federal statute, any common law payment bond right, any claim for payment, and any rights under any
similar ordinance, rule, or statute related to claim or payment rights for persons in Subcontractor’s position
that Subcontractor has on the property of Rio Grande LNG, LLC, located south of the Brownsville-Port Isabel
Highway and north of the Brownsville Ship Channel in Cameron County near Brownsville, Texas to the
following extent:
For purposes of the provision of labor, services, equipment and/or materials for the Rio Grande
Natural Gas Liquefaction Facility.
This Waiver and Release covers a progress payment for all labor, services, equipment, and/or materials
furnished to the property or to Contractor, or to ___________________ (Owner Parties) as indicated in the
attached statement(s) or progress payment request(s), except for unpaid retention, pending modifications and
changes, or other items furnished.
Before any recipient of this document relies on this document, the recipient should verify evidence of payment
to Subcontractor.
Subcontractor warrants that Subcontractor has already paid or will use the funds received from this progress
payment to promptly pay in full all of Subcontractor’s laborers, subcontractors, materialman, and suppliers for
all work, materials, equipment, and/or services provided for or to the above referenced Project in regard to
the attached statement(s) or progress payment request(s).
FOR
SUBCONTRACTOR:
Applicable to Invoice(s)
No(s).
Date:
Signed:
By:
Title:
K-3-1
AFFIDAVIT
On this __ day of _________, 20__, before me appeared the above‑signed, known or identified to me personally,
who, being first duly sworn, did say that s/he is the authorized representative of Subcontractor and that this
document was signed on behalf of Subcontractor.
Notary
Public:
My term expires
(date):
K-3-2
SCHEDULE K-4
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF CAMERON
The undersigned, _______________________ (“Subcontractor”), has been engaged under a contract with
Bechtel Oil, Gas and Chemicals, Inc. (“Contractor”) to furnish certain materials, equipment, services, and/or
labor for the construction of improvements to the Rio Grande Natural Gas Liquefaction Facility Project,
together with all improvements and appurtenances attendant thereto (the “Facility”), which is located near
Brownsville, Texas, and more particularly described as follows: south of the Brownsville-Port Isabel Highway
and north of the Brownsville Ship Channel in Cameron County near Brownsville, Texas.
Upon receipt of the sum of U.S. $___________________________, the Subcontractor waives and releases any
and all claims, demands, actions, causes of action or other rights (except those concerning lien or bond rights
which are separately waived pursuant to TEX. PROP. CODE ANN. § 53.284 by the Subcontractor’s Interim
Conditional Waiver and Release on Progress Payment, which is executed concurrently with this form) against
Contractor or Rio Grande LNG, LLC (“Owner”) for payment for work, materials, equipment, services, labor,
and other items performed or provided through the date of _______________, 20___ and reserving those rights
that the Subcontractor might have in any retained amounts, on account of materials, equipment, services
and/or labor furnished by the undersigned to or on account of Owner or any other entity for said
Facility. Exceptions as follows: _____________________________
_____________________________________________________________________________________
(If no exceptions or “none” is entered above, undersigned shall be deemed not to have reserved any claim.)
This Waiver and Release is freely and voluntarily given, and the undersigned acknowledges and represents
that it has fully reviewed the terms and conditions of this Waiver and Release, that it is fully informed with
respect to the legal effect of this Waiver and Release, and that it has voluntary chosen to accept the terms and
conditions of this Waiver and Release in return for the payment recited above.
FOR SUBCONTRACTOR:
Applicable to Invoices
No. By:
(signature)
Print
Name:
Title:
AFFIDAVIT
On this __ day of _________, 20__, before me appeared the above‑signed, known or identified to me personally,
who, being first duly sworn, did say that s/he is the authorized representative of Subcontractor and that this
document was signed on behalf of Subcontractor.
Notary
Public:
My term expires
(date):
K-4-1
SCHEDULE K-5
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF CAMERON
PROJECT: RIO GRANDE NATURAL GAS LIQUEFACTION FACILITY
JOB NO. ___________________
Upon receipt by the signer of this document, Bechtel Oil, Gas and Chemicals, Inc. (“Contractor”), of a check,
wire transfer or other valid form of payment from, or on behalf of, Rio Grande LNG, LLC (“Owner”), in the
sum of U.S. $__________ payable to Contractor and when the check has been properly endorsed and has been
paid by the bank on which it is drawn, or the wire transfer payment is received by Contractor, or Contractor is
in possession of such other valid form of payment, as applicable, this document becomes effective to release
any mechanic’s lien right, any right arising from a payment bond that complies with a state or federal statute,
any common law payment bond right, any claim for payment, and any rights under any similar ordinance, rule,
or statute related to claim or payment rights for persons in Contractor’s position that Contractor has on the
property of Rio Grande LNG, LLC located south of the Brownsville-Port Isabel Highway and north of the
Brownsville Ship Channel in Cameron County near Brownsville, Texas to the following extent:
For purposes of the provision of labor, services, equipment and/or materials for the Rio Grande
Natural Gas Liquefaction Facility pursuant to that certain Fixed Price Turnkey Agreement for
the Engineering, Procurement and Construction of the Rio Grande Natural Gas Liquefaction
Facility by and between Contractor and Owner.
This Waiver and Release covers the final payment to the Contractor for all labor, services, equipment, and/or
materials furnished to the property, or to ____________ (Owner Parties).
Before any recipient of this document relies on this document, the recipient should verify evidence of payment
to Contractor.
Contractor warrants that Contractor has already paid or will use the funds received from this final payment to
promptly pay in full all of Contractor’s laborers, subcontractors, materialman, and suppliers for all work,
materials, equipment, and/or services provided for or to the above referenced Project up to the date of this
Waiver and Release.
FOR CONTRACTOR:
Applicable to Invoice No(s). ALL (if all, print all)
Date:
Signed:
By:
Title:
AFFIDAVIT
On this __ day of _________, 20__, before me appeared the above‑signed, known or identified to me personally,
who, being first duly sworn, did say that s/he is the authorized representative of Contractor and that this
document was signed on behalf of Contractor.
Notary
Public:
My term expires
(date):
K-5-1
SCHEDULE K-6
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF CAMERON
The undersigned, Bechtel Oil, Gas and Chemicals, Inc. (“Contractor”), has been engaged under a contract
with Rio Grande LNG, LLC (“Owner”) to furnish certain materials, equipment, services, and/or labor for the
construction of improvements to the Rio Grande Natural Gas Liquefaction Facility Project, together with all
improvements and appurtenances attendant thereto (the “Facility”), which is located near Brownsville,
Texas, and more particularly described as follows: south of the Brownsville-Port Isabel Highway and north of
the Brownsville Ship Channel in Cameron County near Brownsville, Texas.
Upon receipt of the sum of U.S. $___________________________ (amount in invoice for final payment),
Contractor waives and releases all claims, demands, actions, causes of actions or other rights at law, in
contract, tort, equity or otherwise (except those concerning lien or bond rights which are separately waived
pursuant to TEX. PROP. CODE ANN. § 53.284 by the Contractor’s Conditional Waiver and Release on Final
Payment, which is executed concurrently with this form) that Contractor has, may have had or may have in the
future against Owner for payment for work, materials, equipment, services, labor, and other items performed
under the contract with Owner. This Waiver and Release applies to all facts, acts, events, circumstances,
changes, constructive or actual delays, accelerations, extra work, disruptions, interferences and the like
which have occurred, or may be claimed to have occurred prior to the date of this Waiver and Release,
whether or not known to Contractor at the time of the execution of this Waiver and Release.
Contractor represents that all of its obligations, legal, equitable, or otherwise, relating to or arising out of its
work on the Facility have been fully satisfied (except for that work and obligations that survive the termination
or expiration of the contract, including warranties and correction of defective work), including, but not limited
to, payment to subcontractors and employees and payment of taxes.
This Waiver and Release is freely and voluntarily given, and Contractor acknowledges and represents that it
has fully reviewed the terms and conditions of this Waiver and Release, that it is fully informed with respect to
the legal effect of this Waiver and Release, and that it has voluntarily chosen to accept the terms and
conditions of this Waiver and Release in return for the payment recited above. Contractor understands,
agrees and acknowledges that, upon payment, this document waives rights unconditionally and is fully
enforceable to extinguish all claims (except those concerning lien or bond rights which are separately waived
pursuant to TEX PROP. CODE § 53.284 by the Contractor’s Final Conditional Lien Waiver and Release on Final
Payment, which is executed concurrently with this form) of Contractor against Owner for payment for work,
materials, equipment, services, labor, and other items performed under the contract with Owner as of the
date of execution of this document by Contractor.
FOR CONTRACTOR:
AFFIDAVIT
K-6-1
On this __ day of _________, 20__, before me appeared the above‑signed, known or identified to me personally,
who, being first duly sworn, did say that s/he is the authorized representative of Contractor and that this
document was signed on behalf of Contractor.
Notary
Public:
My term expires
(date):
K-6-2
SCHEDULE K-7
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF CAMERON
PROJECT: RIO GRANDE NATURAL GAS LIQUEFACTION FACILITY
JOB NO. ___________________
Upon receipt by the signer of this document, [___________________] (“Subcontractor”), of a check, wire
transfer or other valid form of payment from, or on behalf of Bechtel Oil, Gas and Chemicals, Inc.
(“Contractor”), in the sum of U.S. $__________ payable to Subcontractor and when the check has been
properly endorsed and has been paid by the bank on which it is drawn, or the wire transfer payment is
received by Subcontractor, or Subcontractor is in possession of such other valid form of payment, as
applicable, this document becomes effective to release any mechanic’s lien right, any right arising from a
payment bond that complies with a state or federal statute, any common law payment bond right, any claim
for payment, and any rights under any similar ordinance, rule, or statute related to claim or payment rights for
persons in Subcontractor’s position that Subcontractor has on the property of Rio Grande LNG, LLC, located
south of the Brownsville-Port Isabel Highway and north of the Brownsville Ship Channel in Cameron County
near Brownsville, Texas to the following extent:
For purposes of the provision of labor, services, equipment and/or materials for the Rio Grande
Natural Gas Liquefaction Facility.
This Waiver and Release covers the final payment to the Contractor for all labor, services, equipment, and/or
materials furnished to the property, to the Contractor, or to ____________ (Owner Parties).
Before any recipient of this document relies on this document, the recipient should verify evidence of payment
to Subcontractor.
Subcontractor warrants that Subcontractor has already paid or will use the funds received from this final
payment to promptly pay in full all of Subcontractor’s laborers, subcontractors, materialman, and suppliers for
all work, materials, equipment, and/or services provided for or to the above referenced Project up to the date
of this Waiver and Release.
FOR
SUBCONTRACTOR:
Applicable to Invoice No. ALL (if all, print all)
Date: (SEAL)
Signed:
By:
Title:
AFFIDAVIT
On this __ day of _________, 20__, before me appeared the above‑signed, known or identified to me personally,
who, being first duly sworn, did say that s/he is the authorized representative of Subcontractor and that this
document was signed on behalf of Subcontractor.
Notary
Public:
My term expires
(date):
K-7-1
SCHEDULE K-8
STATE OF TEXAS
COUNTY OF CAMERON
The undersigned, ___________________________ (“Subcontractor”), has been engaged under a contract with
Bechtel Oil, Gas and Chemicals, Inc. (“Contractor”) to furnish certain materials, equipment, services, and/or
labor for the construction of improvements to the Rio Grande Natural Gas Liquefaction Facility Project,
together with all improvements and appurtenances attendant thereto (the “Facility”), which is located near
Brownsville, Texas, and more particularly described as follows: south of the Brownsville-Port Isabel Highway
and north of the Brownsville Ship Channel in Cameron County near Brownsville, Texas.
Upon receipt of the sum of U.S. $___________________________ (amount in invoice for final payment),
Subcontractor waives and releases all claims, demands, actions, causes of actions or other rights at law, in
contract, tort, equity or otherwise (except those concerning lien or bond rights which are separately waived
pursuant to TEX. PROP. CODE § 53.284 by the Subcontractor’s Final Lien Waiver and Release Upon Final
Payment, which is executed concurrently with this form) that Subcontractor has, may have had or may have in
the future against Contractor or Rio Grande LNG, LLC (“Owner”) (i) for payment for work, materials,
equipment, services, labor, and other items performed or (ii) arising out of, or in any way related to,
Subcontractor’s contract with Contractor or the Facility. This Waiver and Release applies to all facts, acts,
events, circumstances, changes, constructive or actual delays, accelerations, extra work, disruptions,
interferences and the like which have occurred, or may be claimed to have occurred prior to the date of this
Waiver and Release, whether or not known to Subcontractor at the time of the execution of this Waiver and
Release.
Except for work and obligations that survive the termination or expiration of the agreement between
Subcontractor and Contractor, including warranties and correction of defective work, Subcontractor
represents that all of its obligations, legal, equitable, or otherwise, relating to or arising out of its work on the
Facility have been fully satisfied, including, but not limited to, payment to lower tiered subcontractors and
employees and payment of taxes.
This Waiver and Release is freely and voluntarily given, and Subcontractor acknowledges and represents that
it has fully reviewed the terms and conditions of this Waiver and Release, that it is fully informed with respect
to the legal effect of this Waiver and Release, and that it has voluntarily chosen to accept the terms and
conditions of this Waiver and Release in return for the payment recited above. Subcontractor understands,
agrees and acknowledges that, upon payment, this document waives rights unconditionally and is fully
enforceable to extinguish all claims (except those concerning lien or bond rights which are separately waived
pursuant to TEX. PROP. CODE § 53.284 by the Subcontractor’s Final Lien Waiver and Release Upon Final
Payment, which is executed concurrently with this form) of Subcontractor as of the date of execution of this
document by Subcontractor.
FOR SUBCONTRACTOR:
K-8-1
AFFIDAVIT
On this __ day of _________, 20__, before me appeared the above‑signed, known or identified to me personally,
who, being first duly sworn, did say that s/he is the authorized representative of Subcontractor and that this
document was signed on behalf of Subcontractor.
Notary
Public:
My term expires
(date):
K-8-2
ATTACHMENT L
Date: ______________
[______________]
[______________]
[______________]
[______________]
Attn: [______________]
Pursuant to Section 11.1A of the EPC Agreement, Contractor hereby certifies all of the following have
occurred with respect to ______________ (insert applicable system or subsystem or Train), with the exception
of Punchlist items, including: (i) Contractor has completed all design, procurement, fabrication, assembly,
erection, installation and pre-commissioning of all Equipment (including all systems and components of
Equipment, such as all operating, protection, fire, safety and other related systems required or necessary
prior to start-up) for such applicable system or subsystem of the Equipment or a Train to ensure that all such
Equipment or Train was correctly fabricated, assembled, erected, installed, tested and pre-commissioned and
is capable of being operated safely and reliably within the requirements and specifications contained in the
EPC Agreement, all as set forth in greater detail in Attachment A and the Mechanical Completion checklists
agreed by Owner and Contractor in accordance with Section 11.1A of the EPC Agreement; (ii) the applicable
system, subsystem of Equipment or Train is ready for the commencement of Commissioning; (iii) Contractor
and Owner have agreed upon an initial Punchlist of items set forth in Section 11.6 of the EPC Agreement, (iv)
Contractor hereby delivers to Owner this Mechanical Completion Certificate for the applicable system or
subsystem or Train; and (v) Contractor has performed all other obligations required under the EPC Agreement
for Mechanical Completion of such system or subsystem.
Contractor certifies that all requirements under the EPC Agreement for Mechanical Completion with respect
to _______________________ (insert applicable system or subsystem) were achieved on _____, 20__.
Attached is all documentation required to be provided by Contractor under the EPC Agreement to establish
that all requirements under the EPC Agreement for Mechanical Completion of the applicable system or
subsystem have been achieved.
L-1-1
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Contractor has caused this Mechanical Completion Certificate to be duly
executed and delivered as of the date first written above.
By:
Name:
Title:
Date:
cc:
[__________]
[__________]
Attention: [__________]
Telephone: (___) ___-____
L-1-2
Owner Acceptance or Rejection of Mechanical Completion Certificate
Pursuant to Section 11.4 of the EPC Agreement, Owner ___ accepts or ___ rejects (check one) the Mechanical
Completion Certificate for _____________________ (insert applicable system or subsystem).
If the Mechanical Completion Certificate was rejected, the basis for any such rejection of Mechanical
Completion is attached hereto.
By:
Name:
Title:
Date:
L-1-3
SCHEDULE L-2
NOT USED
L-2-1
SCHEDULE L-3
Date: ______________
[______________]
[______________]
[______________]
[______________]
Attn: [______________]
Re: Ready for Start Up (hereinafter “RFSU”) Certificate for ________________________ (insert applicable
Train) for the Fixed Price Turnkey Agreement for the Engineering, Procurement and Construction of
Trains 1 and 2 of the Rio Grande Natural Gas Liquefaction Facility (the “Project”), dated as of May
24, 2019 (the “EPC Agreement”), by and between Rio Grande LNG, LLC (“Owner”) and Bechtel Oil,
Gas and Chemicals, Inc. (“Contractor”)
Pursuant to Section 11.1B of the EPC Agreement, Contractor hereby certifies all of the following have
occurred with respect to ______________ (insert applicable Train) with the exception of Punchlist items,
including: (i) Contractor has achieved Mechanical Completion of such Train, including Mechanical Completion
of all systems and subsystems of Equipment for such Train; (ii) all activities necessary to support the
introduction of hydrocarbons, including all utility and process utility, safeguarding and shutdown systems have
been pre-commissioned, commissioned and integrity verified; (iii) Commissioning is complete, cool down can
commence for such Train, and such Train is ready for startup and acceptance of feed gas; (iv) Equipment
vendor representatives and other specialist Subcontractors required to support RFSU and early operations
are mobilized at the Site; (v) Contractor hereby delivers to Owner a RFSU Certificate; and (vi) Contractor has
performed all other obligations required under the EPC Agreement for RFSU of such Train.
Contractor certifies that all requirements under the EPC Agreement for RFSU with respect to
_______________________ (insert applicable Train) were achieved on_____, 20__.
Attached is all documentation required to be provided by Contractor under the EPC Agreement to establish
that all requirements under the EPC Agreement for RFSU of the applicable Train have been achieved.
L-3-1
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Contractor has caused this RFSU Certificate to be duly executed and
delivered as of the date first written above.
By:
Name:
Title:
Date:
cc:
[__________]
[__________]
Attention: [__________]
Telephone: (___) ___-____
L-3-2
Owner Acceptance or Rejection of RFSU Certificate
Pursuant to Section 11.4 of the EPC Agreement, Owner ___ accepts or ___ rejects (check one) the RFSU
Certificate for _____________________ (insert the applicable Train).
If the RFSU Certificate was rejected, the basis for any such rejection of RFSU is attached hereto.
By:
Name:
Title:
Date:
L-3-3
SCHEDULE L-4
Date: ______________
[______________]
[______________]
[______________]
[______________]
Attn: [______________]
Re: Ready to Load First Cargo (hereinafter “RLFC”) Certificate for ____________________ (insert
applicable Train) – for the Fixed Price Turnkey Agreement for the Engineering, Procurement and
Construction of Trains 1 and 2 of the Rio Grande Natural Gas Liquefaction Facility (the “Project”),
dated as of May 24, 2019 (the “Agreement”), by and between Rio Grande LNG, LLC (“Owner”) and
Bechtel Oil, Gas and Chemicals, Inc. (“Contractor”)
Pursuant to Section 11.2 of the Agreement, Contractor hereby certifies all of the following have occurred with
respect to ______________ (insert applicable Train) with the exception of Punchlist items, including: (i)
Contractor has achieved and maintained RFSU for such Train; (ii) the applicable LNG Storage Tank(s)
designated to be completed as part of such Train have been successfully cooled down and is operating
normally with LNG stored in such tank(s); (iii) such Train has liquefied natural gas into LNG meeting all
specifications and requirements of the Agreement (other than the Minimum Acceptance Criteria and
Performance Guarantees) and successfully transferred and stored such LNG into the applicable LNG Storage
Tank(s); (iv) the LNG Storage Tank(s) and all LNG loading and unloading lines (and equipment and systems
related thereto) necessary for transfer of LNG from such LNG Storage Tank(s) to the loading dock have been
cooled down and filled with LNG while remaining at cryogenic temperatures via circulation to the LNG berth
and are ready for transfer of LNG to an LNG Tanker and for return of vapor and boil-off gas to the LNG tanks,
and the loading dock or berth have successfully passed and Owner has approved the pre-LNG arrived berth
readiness review; (v) LNG is ready for delivery to, and capable of being delivered to and loaded into, an LNG
Tanker via the loading dock; (vi) Contractor and Owner have agreed upon a list of Punchlist items as set forth
in Section 11.6; (vii) Contractor hereby delivers to Owner this RLFC Certificate for such Train; and (ix)
Contractor has performed all other obligations required under the Agreement for RLFC of such Train.
Contractor certifies that all requirements under the Agreement for RLFC with respect to
_______________________ (insert applicable Train) were achieved on , 20 .
Attached is all documentation required to be provided by Contractor under the Agreement to establish that all
requirements under the Agreement for RLFC of _______________________ (insert applicable Train) have been
achieved.
L-4-1
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Contractor has caused this RLFC Certificate to be duly executed and
delivered as of the date first written above.
By:
Name:
Title:
Date:
cc:
[__________]
[__________]
Attention: [__________]
Telephone: (___) ___-____
L-4-2
Owner Acceptance or Rejection of RLFC Certificate
Pursuant to Section 11.4 of the Agreement, Owner ___ accepts or ___ rejects (check one) the RLFC Certificate
for _____________________ (insert applicable Train).
If the RLFC Certificate was rejected, the basis for any such rejection of RLFC is attached hereto.
By:
Name:
Title:
Date:
L-4-3
SCHEDULE L-5
Date: ______________
[______________]
[______________]
[______________]
[______________]
Attn: [______________]
Re: Substantial Completion Certificate for ________________________ (insert applicable Train) for the
Fixed Price Turnkey Agreement for the Engineering, Procurement and Construction of Trains 1 and 2
of the Rio Grande Natural Gas Liquefaction Facility (the “Project”), dated as of May 24, 2019 (the
“EPC Agreement”), by and between Rio Grande LNG, LLC (“Owner”) and Bechtel Oil, Gas and
Chemicals, Inc. (“Contractor”)
Pursuant to Section 11.3 of the EPC Agreement, Contractor hereby certifies all of the following have occurred
with respect to ______________ (insert applicable Train): (i) Mechanical Completion of such Train, including
Mechanical Completion of all systems and subsystems of Equipment of such Train; (ii) RFSU has been
achieved for such Train; (iii) RLFC has been achieved for such Train; (iv) all Minimum Acceptance Criteria
have been achieved; (v) in the case that all the Performance Guarantees have not been achieved, Owner has
accepted (such acceptance not to be unreasonably withheld) Contractor’s corrective work plan, and
Contractor has turned over the Train pursuant to Section 11.5A; (vi) Contractor and Owner have agreed upon
a list of Punchlist items as set forth in Section 11.6; (vii) any Delay Liquidated Damages due and owing have
been paid to Owner in accordance with Section 13.2; (viii) the entire Work related to such Train (including
training and the delivery of all documentation, manuals and instruction books necessary for safe and proper
operation) has been completed, except for Punchlist items, in accordance with the requirements and
Specifications of the EPC Agreement; (ix) Contractor has delivered to Owner all Capital Spare Parts for such
Train in accordance with Section 3.4B; (x) Contractor hereby delivers to Owner this Substantial Completion
Certificate as required under Section 11.3; (xi) such Train is available for commercial operation in accordance
with the requirements of the EPC Agreement, and with respect to Substantial Completion of Train 2, Train 2
has been integrated with Train 1; (xii) Contractor has obtained all Permits required to be obtained by
Contractor under the EPC Agreement; and (xiii) Contractor has delivered to Owner a fully executed Interim
Lien and Claim Waiver in the form of Schedules K-1 and K-2, fully executed Interim Lien and Claim Waivers
from all Major Subcontractors in the form of Schedules K-3 and K-4 and, if requested by Owner, fully executed
Interim Lien and Claim Waivers from all Major Sub-subcontractors substantially in the form of Schedules K-3
and K-4, covering all Work up to the date of Substantial Completion.
Contractor certifies that it achieved Substantial Completion of Train [__] on ______________, 20__.
L-5-1
Attached is all documentation required to be provided by Contractor under the EPC Agreement to establish
that Contractor has achieved all requirements under the EPC Agreement for Substantial Completion, including
the Performance Test reports and analysis.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Contractor has caused this Substantial Completion Certificate to be duly
executed and delivered as of the date first written above.
By:
Name:
Title:
Date:
cc:
[__________]
[__________]
Attention: [__________]
Telephone: (___) ___-____
L-5-2
Owner Acceptance or Rejection of Substantial Completion Certificate
Pursuant to Section 11.4 of the EPC Agreement, Owner ___ accepts or ___ rejects (check one) the Substantial
Completion Certificate for _____________________ (insert applicable Train).
If the Substantial Completion Certificate was rejected, the basis for any such rejection of Substantial
Completion is attached hereto.
By:
Name:
Title:
Date:
L-5-3
SCHEDULE L-6
Date: ______________
[______________]
[______________]
[______________]
[______________]
Attn: [______________]
Re: Final Completion Certificate for the Fixed Price Turnkey Agreement for the Engineering,
Procurement and Construction of Trains 1 and 2 of the Rio Grande Natural Gas Liquefaction Facility
(the “Project”), dated as of May 24, 2019 (the “EPC Agreement”), by and between Rio Grande LNG,
LLC (“Owner”) and Bechtel Oil, Gas and Chemicals, Inc. (“Contractor”)
Pursuant to Section 11.7 of the EPC Agreement, Contractor hereby certifies all of the following have occurred
with respect to the Project, and that all Work and all other obligations under the EPC Agreement (except for
that Work and obligations that survive the termination or expiration of the EPC Agreement, including
obligations for Warranties, correction of Defective Work and those covered by Section 11.10), are fully and
completely performed in accordance with the terms of the EPC Agreement, including: (i) the achievement of
Substantial Completion of all Trains; (ii) the achievement of all Performance Guarantees or payment of all
Performance Liquidated Damages due and owing; (iii) the completion of all Punchlist items; (iv) delivery by
Contractor to Owner of a fully executed Final Lien and Claim Waiver in the form of Schedules K-5 and K-6; (v)
delivery by Contractor to Owner of all documentation required to be delivered under the EPC Agreement,
including Record As-Built Drawings and Specifications, test reports and the final operations and maintenance
manuals for the Facility; (vi) delivery to Owner, in content and form reasonably satisfactory to Owner, copies
of all required Subcontracts, written assignments of Subcontractor warranties and a list of the names,
addresses and telephone numbers of the Subcontractors providing such warranties; (vii) removal from the
Site of all of Contractor’s, Subcontractors’ and Sub-subcontractors’ personnel, supplies, waste, materials,
rubbish, Hazardous Materials, Construction Equipment, and temporary facilities for which Contractor is
responsible under Article 3 of the EPC Agreement; (viii) delivery by Contractor to Owner fully executed Final
Lien and Claim Waivers from all Major Subcontractors in the forms of Schedules K-7 and K-8; (ix) if, requested
by Owner, fully executed Final Lien and Claim Waivers from Major Sub-subcontractors in a form substantially
similar to the forms of Schedules K-7 and K-8; and (x) Contractor hereby delivers to Owner this Final
Completion Certificate as required under Section 11.7.
L-6-1
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Contractor has caused this Final Completion Certificate to be duly
executed and delivered as of the date first written above.
By:
Name:
Title:
Date:
cc:
[__________]
[__________]
Attention: [__________]
Telephone: (___) ___-____
L-6-2
Owner Acceptance or Rejection of Final Completion Certificate
Pursuant to Section 11.7 of the EPC Agreement, Owner ___ accepts or ___ rejects (check one) the Final
Completion Certificate.
If the Final Completion Certificate was rejected, the basis for rejection of Final Completion is attached
hereto.
By:
Name:
Title:
Date:
L-6-3
ATTACHMENT M
[***]
M-1
ATTACHMENT N
NOT USED
N-1
ATTACHMENT O
INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
1. Contractor’s Insurance.
A. Types and Amounts of Insurance. Contractor shall, at its own cost and expense, procure and
maintain in full force and effect at all times from the commencement of the Work through Final Completion
(and in the case of products and completed operations coverage, for a further period of ten (10) years after
Final Completion or the applicable statute of repose pursuant to the governing law under Section 21.9 of the
Agreement (“Statute of Repose”), whichever is greater) the following insurances on an occurrence basis for
coverages with the following prescribed limits of liability; provided however, the insurances addressed in
subsections (iv), (v), (vi), (vii), (viii), (ix), (x), (xi), (xii) and (xiii) do not need to be maintained until Owner’s
issuance of the Notice to Proceed (or Limited Notice to Proceed as applicable) under the Agreement and the
insurances in subsections (x), (xi), (xii) and (xiii) are required to be maintained until Substantial Completion of
each applicable Train. All required limits may be met with any combination of primary and excess limits:
Limits:
ii. Commercial General Liability Insurance. This policy shall be written as a Contractor
Controlled Insurance Policy (as defined in Section 1(D) below) and provide
O-1
coverage against claims for bodily injury (including bodily injury and death), advertising injury, property
damage (including loss of use), and shall include blanket contractual liability insuring the indemnity
obligations under the Agreement, products and completed operations coverage (for a minimum of ten
(10) years after Final Completion or the Statute of Repose, whichever is greater), premises and
operations coverage, independent contractors, medical expense, cross liabilities/separation of
insureds, temporary storage locations, punitive damages (to the extent allowed by Applicable Law),
sound location/subsidence, and fire, explosion, collapse, or underground damage. Such insurance shall
not include any exclusions for X.C.& U., operations within 50 feet of a railroad, rigging, lifting or boom
overload exposures. Such insurance shall not include the professional services exclusion. The
aggregate limits shall apply separately to each annual policy period.
iii. Commercial Automobile Insurance. This policy shall include coverage for all owned,
hired, rented, and non-owned automobiles and equipment (if required to be licensed under the
applicable vehicle code), and shall include contractual liability, employees as insured, loading and
unloading of automotive equipment, deletion of the fellow employee exclusion, uninsured/underinsured
motorist and no-fault insurance provisions wherever applicable and liabilities for the death of or injury
to any one person and liabilities for loss of or damage to property resulting from any one accident and
otherwise comply with Applicable Law. If Hazardous Materials are to be hauled, then the policy shall
contain an MCS-90 endorsement that evidences a policy limit of U.S. $5,000,000.
iv. Umbrella or Excess Liability Insurance. This policy shall be written as a Contractor
Controlled Insurance Policy (as defined in Section 1(D) below) on a “following form” basis and shall
provide coverage in excess of the coverages required to be provided by Contractor for employers’
liability insurance, commercial general liability insurance and maritime employer’s liability. The
aggregate limit shall apply separately to each annual policy period.
O-2
Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors in connection with the Work under the Agreement, Contractor
shall carry or require the owner or operator of such aircraft to carry:
(a) Aircraft Hull Insurance for agreed value, including breach of warranty,
coverage to present value each aircraft, or breach of warranty amount, whichever is
greater.
(b) Aircraft Liability Insurance, including coverage for bodily injury liability,
property damage liability and passenger liability, and including coverage for contractual
liability for those liabilities assumed by Contractor, including liability for damage due to
collision, pollution and removal of wreck. If aircraft will be used to perform lifts at the
Site or any Project related site, a “slung cargo” endorsement must be included to cover
the full replacement value of any equipment being lifted.
(c) The policy listed in clause (b) above shall provide a breach of warranty in favor
of Owner Indemnified Parties.
vi. Watercraft Insurance. If applicable, for all vessels owned, operated, chartered, or
brokered by or for Contractor or any of its Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors in connection with its
Work under the Agreement, Contractor or its Subcontractors shall carry or require the owner or
operator of such vessels to carry:
(b) Protection and Indemnity Insurance to cover liabilities arising out of the
ownership, operation and use of any vessel, including coverage for contractual liability
for those liabilities assumed by Contractor herein, including pollution liability and
coverage for crew and personnel on such vessels (if not covered under Workers’
Compensation Insurance), with no exclusion for activities arising from the use
of remote operated vehicles and submarines and diving operations (if these operations
are to be performed under this Agreement), and including collision and tower’s liability,
cargo legal liability (to the extent applicable), and coverage for liabilities for the
removal of wreck or debris. The clause “As Owner other than Owner” shall be
deleted. Insurers shall waive any right to limit liability to the value of the vessel, but
only with respect to Owner Indemnified Parties, and the phrase “as owner of vessel
named herein” and all similar phrases purporting to limit the insurer’s liability to that of
an owner shall be deleted. Contractor may satisfy the obligation to provide this
insurance coverage by causing its marine Subcontractor(s) or Sub-subcontractor(s) to
provide and maintain such insurance.
O-3
(c) Charterer’s Legal Liability Insurance to cover liabilities arising out of operation
and use of any time or voyage chartered vessel including coverage for contractual
liability for those liabilities assumed by Contractor herein.
(e) The insurance listed in clauses (a) and (b) above shall provide that
seaworthiness of vessels used to perform Work under this Agreement is accepted by
insurers (or that insurers shall waive in favor of Owner Indemnified Parties, the vessel
owner’s and/or Contractor’s warranty of seaworthiness).
vii. Contractor’s Equipment Floater. Contractor shall maintain or self-insure, and shall
cause all Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors to maintain or self-insure, equipment insurance
covering all materials, tools, equipment, and items (whether owned, rented, or borrowed) of
Contractor, its Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors that will not become part of the finished Work,
including loss or damage during loading, unloading and while in transit. Such coverage shall be on an
all-risk basis to the full value of the materials, tools, equipment, and items with any and all deductibles
to be assumed by, for the account of, and at Contractor’s, Subcontractor’s, and Sub-subcontractor’s
sole risk. Contractor waives, and shall cause all of its Subcontractors and Sub-subcontractors to waive,
all rights against Owner Indemnified Parties for loss or damage to any Construction Equipment used in
connection with the Project.
viii. Contractor’s Pollution Liability Insurance. This policy shall be written as a Contractor
Controlled Insurance Policy (as defined in Section 1(D) below) and provide coverage against claims for
bodily injury (including bodily injury and death) and property damage (including loss of use) caused by
or arising out of pollution incidents arising from the activities of Contractor or any of its
Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors at or near the Site, and shall include contractual liability per the
terms and conditions of such policy. Coverage shall apply to sudden and gradual pollution events and
mold and fungus damage, shall include all transportation-related events, and respond to cleanup both
on and off the Site. Coverage shall include completed operations coverage for two (2) years after
Final Completion.
(b) Coverage must be evidenced for on and off-site transportation which may result
in a pollution incident/event and non-owned disposal site
O-4
coverage (if applicable), and shall not include a lead-based paint or asbestos exclusion if
such materials are included in the Equipment and materials supplied as part of the Work
or are present at the Site or any Project-related site.
ix. Marine Liability Insurance. If a dock or wharf is used to perform any part of the Work
(or Work is otherwise performed on, over, or in close proximity to navigable waters), Contractor shall,
or shall cause the relevant Subcontractor to, provide marine liability insurance covering liabilities
arising from the use or operation of the dock or wharf in the care, custody or control of the Contractor
or for Work performed on, over, or in close proximity to navigable waters. This requirement does not
apply to transport providers if coverage is provided under a separate protection and indemnity
policy. Coverage shall include the following: wharfinger’s/stevedores/MTOL with respect to operations
at the construction dock, contractual liability (if not provided in the policy form, is to be provided by
endorsement), sudden and accidental pollution, “in rem” liability and charterer’s legal liability and
deletion of the care, custody and control exclusion.
x. Builder's Risk Insurance. Property damage insurance on an "all risk" basis insuring
Contractor, Owner and Lender, as their interests may appear, including coverage against loss or
damage from the perils of earth movement (including earthquake, landslide, subsidence and volcanic
eruption), Windstorms, startup and testing, strike, riot, civil commotion, malicious damage , and
terrorism (such terrorism policy may be obtained under a separate policy).
(a) Property Covered: The insurance policy shall provide coverage for (i) the
buildings, structures, boilers, machinery, Equipment, facilities, fixtures, supplies, fuel,
and other properties constituting a part of the subject Train, (ii) free issue items used in
connection with the subject Train, (iii) the inventory of spare parts to be included in the
subject Train, (iv) property of others in the care, custody or control of Contractor or
Owner in connection with the subject Train, (v) all preliminary works, temporary works
and interconnection works, (vi) foundations and other property below the surface of the
ground, and (vii) electronic equipment and media.
(b) Additional Coverages: The insurance policy shall insure (i) the cost of
preventive measures to reduce or prevent a loss (sue & labor) in an amount not less
than U.S.$5,000,000, (ii) operational and performance
O-5
testing for a period not less than ninety (90) Days, (iii) unless otherwise covered under
the marine cargo policy, inland transit with sub-limits sufficient to insure the largest
single shipment to or from the Site from anywhere worldwide, (iv) expediting expenses
(defined as extraordinary expenses incurred after an insured loss to make temporary
repairs and expedite the permanent repair of the damaged property) in an amount not
less than U.S.$15,000,000, which such amount shall be specific to Section 1 of the
Builder’s Risk policy, (v) off-Site storage with sub-limits sufficient to insure the full
replacement value of any property or Equipment not stored on the Site, and (vi) the
removal of debris with a sub-limit not less than twenty-five percent (25%) of the loss
amount, but subject to a minimum of U.S.$25,000,000.
(c) Special Clauses: The insurance policy shall include (i) a seventy-two (72) hour
flood/storm/earthquake clause, (ii) unintentional errors and omissions clause, (iii) a
50/50 clause, (iv) an other insurance clause making this insurance primary over any
other insurance, (v) a clause stating that the policy shall not be subject to cancellation
by the insurer except for non-payment of premium and (vi) an extension clause allowing
the policy period to be extended up to six (6) months with respect to physical loss or
damage without modification to the terms and conditions of the policy and a pre-agreed
upon premium, with an option to extend for an additional six (6) months (for a total of
twelve (12) months) for an additional premium to be agreed.
(d) Prohibited Exclusions: The insurance policy shall not contain any
(i) coinsurance provisions, (ii) exclusion for loss or damage resulting from freezing and
mechanical breakdown, (iii) exclusion for loss or damage covered under any guarantee
or warranty arising out of an insured peril, (iv) exclusion for resultant damage caused by
ordinary wear and tear, gradual deterioration, normal subsidence, settling, cracking,
expansion or contraction and faulty workmanship, design or materials no more
restrictive than the LEG 3/96 or DE-5 exclusion.
(e) Sum Insured: The insurance policy shall (i) be on a replacement cost form,
with no periodic reporting requirements with the exception of material changes in the
sum insured, (ii) insure each Train for an amount no less than an amount to be
determined based upon a probable maximum loss study for such Train performed by a
reputable and experienced firm reasonably satisfactory to Contractor, Owner and
Owner’s Lenders, with such maximum probable loss approved by the Parties within such
time; (iii) value losses at replacement cost, without deduction for physical depreciation
or obsolescence including custom duties, Taxes and fees, (v) insure loss or damage from
earth movement without a sub-limit, (vi) insure the Facility for property loss or damage
from Named Windstorm and water damage (including flood and storm surge) with a sub-
limit of not less than U.S.$250,000,000 or other such greater sum as determined by
Owner,
O-6
subject to commercial availability, and such sublimit shall apply to the combined loss
covered under Section 1.A.x Builder’s Risk and Section1.A.xi Builder’s Risk Delayed
Startup, and (viii) insure with a sub-limit not less than U.S.$250,000,000 for loss or
damage from strikes, riots and civil commotion.
(f) Deductible: The insurance policy covering each Train shall have no deductible
greater than U.S.$500,000 per occurrence; provided, however, (i) for Windstorms and
water damage (including flood and storm surge), the deductible shall not be greater
than two percent (2%) of values at risk for the Facility, subject to a minimum deductible
of U.S.$1,000,000 and a maximum deductible of U.S.$7,500,000 for Windstorms for the
Facility, and (ii) for wet works, the deductible shall not be greater than U.S.$1,000,000
for the Facility, (iii) for claims arising from testing and commissioning, the deductible
shall not be greater than U.S.$1,000,000, (iv) for claims where defects exclusion
LEG3/06 applies, the deductible shall not be greater than U.S.$1,000,000 and (v) for
claims arising from tank fill the deductible shall not be greater than U.S.$1,000,000.
(g) Payment of Insurance Proceeds: The property damage proceeds under the
builder’s risk policy shall be paid as follows with respect to any one occurrence:
1) the first Ten Million U.S. Dollars (U.S.$10,000,000) of amounts paid under the
builder’s risk insurance policy for property damage to the Facility shall be paid
by the insurance carrier directly to Contractor, which shall be used by
Contractor in connection with the repair, replacement or other necessary work
in connection with the loss or damage to the Facility; and
O-7
pay Contractor; (b) however, for any interim payment(s) or final settlement
payment received by the Collateral Agent (or escrow agent) for the Facility,
Owner shall not have more than sixty (60) Days to pay any portion of the
builder’s risk proceeds received to date. Notwithstanding the foregoing, under
no circumstances shall Owner be required to pay any builder’s risk insurance
proceeds to Contractor if Owner or Lender elects not to repair or rebuild the
damaged aspect of the Facility, except to the extent Contractor has incurred
costs in excess of the Ten Million U.S. Dollars (U.S.$10,000,000) of the
builder’s risk proceeds paid directly to Contractor for safety, protection and
salvage for the Facility. For the avoidance of doubt, if there is a delay in the
approval of the restoration plan beyond the times specified in Section
1.A.x(g)2)(y) through no fault of Contractor, and Contractor satisfies the
conditions in this Section 1.A.x(g)2) for the payment of builder’s risk proceeds
received by the Collateral Agent (or escrow agent), then Contractor shall not
be required to effect repairs or other restoration of the Work affected by the
insured occurrence for any costs of repairs or restoration exceeding the sum
of the deductible under such insurance and any amounts previously paid to
Contractor under such insurance and Contractor shall be entitled to relief to
the extent permitted under Section 6.2A10. of the Agreement. “Collateral
Agent” means the collateral agent under the credit agreement with Owner for
the financing of the Project.
xi. Builder’s Risk Delayed Startup Insurance. Delayed startup coverage insuring Owner
and Lender, as their interests may appear, covering the Owner’s debt servicing expenses, fixed costs,
and / or gross profit as determined by Owner as a result of any loss or damage insured by Section
1.A.x above resulting in a delay in Substantial Completion beyond the applicable Guaranteed
Substantial Completion Date in an amount to be determined by Owner, subject to commercial
availability at a reasonable cost. This coverage shall be on an actual loss-sustained basis. Any
proceeds from delay in startup insurance, with the exception of payments for increased cost of
working costs incurred by the Contractor, shall be payable solely to the Lender or its designee and
shall not in any way reduce or relieve Contractor of any of its obligation or liabilities under the
Agreement. The increased cost of working costs shall not erode the delayed startup limit and is paid
in addition to the delayed startup proceeds. Any claims under the builder’s risk delayed startup
insurance shall be handled and adjusted by Owner, with cooperation by Contractor.
(a) Such insurance shall (a) have a deductible of not greater than sixty (60) Days
aggregate for all occurrences, except ninety (90) Days in the aggregate in the respect of
Windstorms and water damage (including flood and storm surge), (b) include an interim
payments clause allowing for the monthly payment of a claim pending final
determination of the full claim amount, (c) cover loss sustained when access to the Site
is prevented due to an insured peril at premises in the vicinity of the Site for a period
not less
O-8
than sixty (60) Days, (d) cover loss sustained due to the action of a public authority
preventing access to the Site due to imminent or actual loss or destruction arising from
an insured peril at premises in the vicinity of the Site for a period not less than sixty (60)
Days, (e) insure loss caused by FLEXA named perils to finished Equipment (including
machinery) while awaiting shipment at the premises of a Subcontractor or Sub-
subcontractor, (f) not contain any form of a coinsurance provision or include a waiver of
such provision, (g) cover loss sustained due to the accidental interruption or failure,
caused by an insured peril of supplies of electricity, gas, sewers, water or
telecommunication up to the terminal point of the utility supplier with the Site for a
period not less than sixty (60) Days, and (h) an extension clause allowing the policy
period to be extended up to six (6) months without modification to the terms and
conditions (other than the deductible) of the policy and a pre-agreed premium, if
commercially available.
(c) The Contract Price includes a premium price of [***] U.S. Dollars (U.S.$ [***])
for the provision of the Builder’s Risk Delayed Startup Insurance and Marine Cargo
Delayed Startup Insurance meeting the requirements contained herein, including a [***]
percent ([***]%) markup. If the actual premium cost of such insurance, together with a
[***] percent ([***]%) markup on such actual costs, as determined at NTP, is different
than U.S.$ [***], then a Change Order shall be executed by the Parties increasing or
decreasing the Contract Price in the amount of such difference (together with [***]% on
such difference.)
xii. Marine Cargo Insurance. Cargo insurance insuring Contractor, Owner and Lender, as
their interests may appear, on a “warehouse to warehouse” basis including land, air and marine transit
insuring “all risks” of loss or damage on a C.I.F. basis plus ten percent (10%) from the time the goods
are in the process of being loaded for transit until they are finally delivered to the Site including
shipment deviation, delay, forced discharge, re-shipment and transshipment. Such insurance shall (a)
include coverage for war, strikes, theft, pilferage, non-delivery, charges of general average sacrifice or
contribution, salvage expenses, temporary storage in due course of transit, consolidation, repackaging,
refused and returned shipments, debris removal, (b) contain a replacement by air extension clause, a
50/50 clause, a difference in conditions for C.I.F. shipments, an errors and omissions clause, an import
duty clause and a non-vitiation clause (but subject to a paramount warranty for surveys of critical
items), (c) include an insufficiency of packing clause, (d) provide coverage for sue and labor in an
amount not less than $1,000,000 and (e) insure for the replacement value of the largest single
shipment on a C.I.F. basis plus ten percent (10%).
(a) The physical damage proceeds under the marine cargo policy shall be paid as
follows with respect to any one occurrence:
O-9
1) the first Ten Million U.S. Dollars (U.S.$10,000,000) of amounts paid under
the marine cargo insurance policy for physical damage to the interest insured
(i.,e., equipment, materials, machinery, spares, etc.) shall be paid by the
insurance carrier directly to Contractor, which shall be used by Contractor in
connection with the repair, replacement or other necessary work in
connection with the Facility; and
O-10
restoration exceeding the sum of the deductible under such insurance and any
amounts previously paid to Contractor under such insurance and shall be
entitled to relief to the extent permitted under Section 6.2A10. of the
Agreement.
xiii. Marine Cargo Delayed Startup Insurance. Delayed startup insurance insuring Owner
and Lender, as their interests may appear, for the Owner’s debt servicing expenses, fixed costs, and /
or gross profit as determined by Owner due to a delay in achievement of Substantial Completion
beyond the applicable Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date arising out of an event insured by the
marine cargo insurance. Such insurance shall (a) cover the actual loss sustained due to
blockage/closure of specified waterways, (b) include an interim payments clause allowing for the
monthly payment of a claim where liability is admitted, pending final determination of the full claim
amount and (c) cover delay caused by loss, breakdown or damage to the hull, machinery or equipment
of the vessel or aircraft on which the insured property is being transported, resulting in a delay in
achievement of Substantial Completion beyond the applicable Guaranteed Substantial Completion
Date in an amount to be determined by Owner and Lender but subject to commercial availability at a
reasonable cost. Prior to the shipment of any Equipment under this Agreement but in any event no
later than NTP, Contractor shall insure Project for an amount to be determined by Owner and Lender’s
insurance advisor and subject to commercial availability at a reasonable cost. Such insurance shall
have a deductible of not greater than sixty (60) Days aggregate for all occurrences during the policy
period. Any proceeds from delay in startup insurance shall be payable solely to Lender or its designee
and shall not in any way reduce or relieve Contractor of any of its obligation or liabilities under the
Agreement. Any claims under the marine cargo delayed startup insurance shall be handled and
adjusted by Owner, with the cooperation by Contractor. Owner may communicate all financial
information directly to Contractor’s insurance broker. Contractor shall not be entitled to receive any
such information.
O-11
Insureds; and (ii) name Port Indemnified Parties as Additional Insureds to the extent of Contractor’s indemnity
obligations set forth in the Agreement. Project-specific insurance means the insurances dedicated to the
Project, which are commercial general liability, umbrella or excess liability, Contractor’s pollution liability
insurance, builder’s risk insurance and marine cargo insurance (each a “Contractor Controlled Insurance
Policy”). Owner Indemnified Parties shall be a Named Insured under the builder’s risk delayed startup
insurance and the marine cargo delayed startup insurance. Except for Contractor Controlled Insurance
Policies and the builder’s risk delayed startup insurance and marine cargo delayed startup insurance, all
insurance policies provided by Contractor or any of its Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors pursuant to the
Agreement (except for Workers’ Compensation, Employer’s Liability and Contractor’s Equipment Floater)
shall include Owner Indemnified Parties and Port Indemnified Parties as Additional Insureds (utilizing to the
extent commercially available CG2010 1001 and CG2037 1001) to the extent of Contractor’s indemnity
obligations in the Agreement or the respective Subcontractor’s or Sub-subcontractor’s indemnity obligations
set forth in their respective Subcontracts.
E. Waiver of Subrogation. Unless prohibited by Applicable Law, all policies of insurance provided
by Contractor or any of its Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors pursuant to this Agreement shall include
clauses providing that each underwriter shall waive its rights of recovery, under subrogation or otherwise,
against Owner Indemnified Parties and Port Indemnified Parties.
F. Contractor’s Insurance is Primary. Except for the insurance provided by Owner under this
Attachment O, the insurance policies of Contractor and its Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors shall state
that such coverage is primary and non-contributing to any other insurance available to or provided by Owner
Indemnified Parties and Port Indemnified Parties.
G. In Rem. The insurance policies of Contractor and any of its Subcontractors or Sub-
subcontractors shall, where applicable, contain a clause providing that a claim “in rem” shall be treated as a
claim against the respective Contractor, Subcontractor, Sub-subcontractor or Owner Indemnified Parties, as
applicable.
H. Severability. The insurance policies of Contractor and of its Subcontractors and Sub-
subcontractors shall, where applicable, contain a severability of interest clause or a standard cross liability
endorsement.
I. Non-Vitiation. The insurance policies of Contractor and of its Subcontractors and Sub-
subcontractors shall provide a “Multiple Insured Clause” or “Separation of Insureds Clause” which includes
language substantially similar to the following:
i. It is noted and agreed that coverage under the aforementioned policies shall apply in
the same manner and to the same extent as if individual policies had been issued to each insured party,
provided that the total liability of the insurers to all the insured parties collectively shall not exceed the
sums insured and limits of indemnity stated in such policy.
ii. It is further understood and agreed that, under such policy’s terms and conditions, the
insurers may be entitled to avoid liability to the insured parties in circumstances of fraud,
misrepresentation, non-disclosure or breach of any warranty or
O-12
condition of said policy or committed by an insured party, which shall herein be referred to in this
section as a “Vitiating Act”.
iii. It is however agreed that a Vitiating Act committed by one insured party shall not
prejudice the right to indemnity of any other insured party who has an insurable interest and who has
not committed a Vitiating Act by including language such as that the policy shall treat each Named
Insured as if they were the only Named Insured and as to any claim separately to each insured as if
they were the only insured.
J. Copy of Policy. At Owner’s written request, Contractor shall promptly provide Owner valid
copies of each of the Contractor Controlled Insurance Policies, the builder’s risk delayed startup insurance
policy and the marine cargo delayed startup insurance policy procured by Contractor pursuant to this
Attachment O, or if such policies have not yet been received by Contractor, then with binders of insurance,
duly executed by the insurance agent, broker or underwriter fully describing the insurance coverages affected.
K. Subject to Change. All insurance requirements for this Agreement are subject to change at
the reasonable discretion of Owner, provided the insurances required to be procured by Contractor to comply
with such changes are available in the market. Such changed insurance requirements shall be documented
pursuant to a Change Order pursuant to this Agreement to reimbursement of the costs associated with such
changes, without any markup. Such change shall include any requirements of Lenders, if applicable.
L. Limitation of Liability. Types and limits of insurance shall not in any way limit any of
Contractor’s obligations, responsibilities or liabilities under this Agreement.
M. Jurisdiction. All insurance policies shall include coverage for jurisdiction within the United
States of America and shall comply with Applicable Laws. To the extent Work is performed outside of the
United States of America, Contractor shall, or cause it Subcontractors to maintain coverage for the applicable
jurisdiction and comply with Applicable Laws.
O-13
P. Certificate of Insurance Requirements. Contractor shall furnish to Owner, (a) no later than
thirty (30) Days prior to the commencement of Work at the Site and (b) any other time upon Owner’s request,
certificates of insurance, on the most recent edition of the ACORD form, or equivalent, reflecting all of the
insurance required of Contractor under this Agreement; provided that Contractor shall not be required to
deliver certificates of insurance for any insurance provided by any Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors
unless requested in writing by Owner. Neither Owner’s review nor failure to review such certificates shall
constitute acquiescence thereto or be deemed to waive or diminish Owner’s rights under the Agreement. All
certificates of insurance and associated notices and correspondence concerning such insurance shall be
addressed to the contact information listed in the Agreement for notices, plus the following:
[_________________], Attn: [__________].
Q. Policy Form and Approval. Except as specifically set forth in this Section 1 of this Attachment
O, all policies of insurance required to be maintained by Contractor and its Subcontractors and Sub-
subcontractors shall be written on reasonable and customary terms, conditions and exclusions for facilities of
similar size and scope as the Facility. The commercial general liability insurance, Contractor’s pollution
liability insurance, umbrella or excess liability insurance, builder’s risk insurance, marine cargo insurance,
builder’s risk delayed start up insurance, marine cargo delayed startup insurance and any other Contractor
Controlled Insurance Policy required to be provided by Contractor shall be subject to Owner’s written
approval, not to be unreasonably withheld.
R. Deductibles. Contractor shall bear the costs of all deductibles under insurances provided by
Contractor under this Agreement, and Contractor or its Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors shall bear the
cost of all deductibles under insurances provided by Contractor’s Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors under
this Agreement.
S. Owner’s Right to Remedy. In addition to the rights under Sections 9.1D and 9.1E of the
Agreement, if Contractor fails to provide or maintain insurance as required herein, including any insurance
required to cover its Subcontractors or Sub-subcontractors, Owner shall have the right but not the obligation
to purchase such insurance. In such event, the Contract Price shall be reduced by the amount paid for such
insurance.
2. Owner’s Insurance.
A. Types and Limits of Insurance. Owner shall, at its own cost and expense, procure and
maintain (or require to be procured and maintained) in full force and effect at all times for the applicable
Train of the Facility (to the extent described below), the following insurance:
i. Property Insurance. After Substantial Completion of each Train and until the
expiration of the Defect Correction Period for such Train, Owner shall obtain property insurance and
such insurance shall contain a waiver of subrogation in favor of Contractor and its Subcontractors and
Sub-subcontractors (except for Vitiating Acts) during the Defect Correction Period for such Train.
O-14
consistent with prudent practices associated with the operation of the Facility and its dock facilities
with minimum limits of [US$300,000,000] per occurrence and in the aggregate (which such limits may
be met using a stevedores/wharfingers excess liability policy). Such policy shall cover liability.
(a) As a wharfinger, for physical loss of or damage to LNG Tanker, the property of
others while the LNG Tankers are in the custody of Owner at the landing and mooring
facilities of the Facility;
(b) As a stevedore, for physical loss of or damage to LNG Tankers, the property of
others arising from loading or unloading operations performed by or for Owner or
Owner Indemnified Parties at the Facility; and
(c) For physical loss of or damage to property of others arising out of loading,
unloading, docking and undocking, including LNG Tankers approaching, at and
departing from the landing and mooring facilities of the Facility or for loss of life or
personal injury, if arising only out of those operations covered by these Sections
2.A.ii(a), 2.A.ii(b) and 2.A.ii(c).
Owner shall procure for Contractor, its Subcontractors and its Sub-subcontractors an additional
insured endorsement under this policy. A waiver of subrogation will be provided in the policy in favor
of Contractor, Subcontractors and its Sub-subcontractors. The additional insured endorsement shall
be in effect, at a minimum, prior to RLFC of Train 1 through Substantial Completion of Train 2.
B. Limitation of Insurance. The insurance provided by Owner shall not in any way limit or reduce
Contractor’s liability to Owner under the Agreement.
C. Claims. Contractor shall promptly give Owner notice in writing of the occurrence of any
casualty or injury that may give rise to a significant claim under an insurance policy required to be provided
hereunder; provided, however, in no event shall such notice be more than three (3) Days after Contractor has
received notice of a claim or intent to file a claim. In addition, Contractor shall ensure that Owner is kept fully
informed of any subsequent action and developments concerning the same, assist in the investigation of any
such casualty or injury, and assist in the preparation and negotiation of any such claims.
D. Disclosure to Insurers. Contractor shall ensure that full disclosure is made to the insurers
providing insurance to Owner under this Agreement, including: (i) all information which such insurers
specifically request to be disclosed; (ii) all information which is of a type which insurance brokers in relation
to the relevant policy notify Contractor should be disclosed to such insurers; (iii) reports required by such
insurers; and (iv) details of any significant problems encountered in the Work which may be relevant to or
impact the insurance covering the Work. Contractor shall put in place appropriate internal reporting
procedures to ensure that full disclosure required by this Section 2.D is made by Contractor’s staff.
O-15
from an insurer or insurers permitted to conduct business as required by Applicable Law and shall either (1)
be acceptable to Lender’s collateral agent or (2) be rated with either (a) an “A-” or better and a financial
category of “VIII” or better by Best’s Insurance Guide Ratings (or equivalent) or (b) a “A-” or better by
Standard and Poor’s (or equivalent).
Any time after issuance of NTP, at Contractor’s written request, Owner shall deliver to Contractor certificates
of insurance reflecting all of the insurance required of Owner under this Agreement. Types and limits of
insurance provided by Owner shall not in any way limit any of Owner’s or Contractor’s obligations,
responsibilities or liabilities under the Agreement.
O-16
ATTACHMENT P
CONTRACTOR PERMITS
[***]
P-1
ATTACHMENT Q
OWNER PERMITS
[***]
Q-1
ATTACHMENT R
DATE: , 20
AMOUNT OF: U.S.$ [ ]
ISSUING BANK:
[INSERT ISSUING BANK’S NAME AND ADDRESS]
RIO GRANDE LNG, LLC BECHTEL OIL, GAS AND CHEMICALS, INC.
1000 LOUISIANA STREET 3000 POST OAK BOULEVARD
39TH FLOOR HOUSTON, TEXAS 77056
HOUSTON, TEXAS 77002 FACSIMILE: [ ]
FACSIMILE: [ ] ATTN: [ ]
ATTN: [ ]
WE HEREBY ISSUE OUR IRREVOCABLE STANDBY LETTER OF CREDIT NO. (THIS “LETTER
OF CREDIT”) IN FAVOR OF RIO GRANDE LNG, LLC, AS BENEFICIARY, FOR AN INITIAL AMOUNT OF
[ DOLLARS (U.S.$ ) (e.g. INSERT AMOUNT EQUAL TO TEN PERCENT
(10%) OF THE CONTRACT PRICE UNDER THE AGREEMENT (AS DEFINED BELOW))] (THE
“STATED AMOUNT”) AT THE REQUEST AND FOR THE ACCOUNT OF BECHTEL OIL, GAS AND
CHEMICALS, INC., AS APPLICANT.
WE ARE INFORMED THAT THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS ISSUED ON BEHALF OF THE APPLICANT TO
SUPPORT APPLICANT’S OBLIGATIONS UNDER THAT CERTAIN FIXED PRICE TURNKEY AGREEMENT FOR
THE ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE RIO GRANDE NATURAL GAS
LIQUEFACTION FACILITY (“PROJECT”), DATED AS OF MAY 24TH, 2019, BY AND BETWEEN APPLICANT
AND BENEFICIARY (AS AMENDED, RESTATED, SUPPLEMENTED OR OTHERWISE MODIFIED FROM TIME
TO TIME, THE “AGREEMENT”). “CONTRACTOR” AS USED HEREIN MEANS BECHTEL OIL, GAS AND
CHEMICALS, INC. AND ITS PERMITTED SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS UNDER THE AGREEMENT.
“BENEFICIARY” AS USED HEREIN MEANS RIO GRANDE LNG, LLC AND ITS PERMITTED SUCCESSORS
AND ASSIGNS UNDER THE AGREEMENT.
FUNDS UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT ARE AVAILABLE BY PAYMENT IN U.S. DOLLARS IN
IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS AGAINST THE PRESENTATION OF YOUR WRITTEN DEMAND TO
[INSERT ISSUING BANK’S NAME] (THE “ISSUING BANK”) AT [INSERT ISSUING BANK’S ADDRESS AND
FACSIMILE NUMBER], IN PERSON, IN THE FORM OF ANNEX I ATTACHED HERETO APPROPRIATELY
COMPLETED AND ACCOMPANIED BY A DRAWING CERTIFICATE DULY SIGNED BY BENEFICIARY IN THE
FORM OF ANNEX II OR ANNEX VII ATTACHED HERETO APPROPRIATELY COMPLETED.
MULTIPLE AND PARTIAL DRAWINGS ARE PERMITTED. THE STATED AMOUNT SHALL BE
AUTOMATICALLY AND PERMANENTLY REDUCED BY THE AMOUNT OF ANY DRAWING RECEIVED BY
BENEFICIARY PURSUANT TO THIS LETTER OF CREDIT. ALL BANKING CHARGES UNDER THIS LETTER
OF CREDIT ARE FOR ACCOUNT OF THE APPLICANT.
THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS TRANSFERABLE IN ITS ENTIRETY AND NOT IN PART TO A PERMITTED
R-1
ASSIGNEE AS SPECIFIED IN THE AGREEMENT. BENEFICIARY’S DRAWING RIGHTS UNDER THIS LETTER
OF CREDIT SHALL BE TRANSFERRED IN THEIR ENTIRETY BY PRESENTATION TO ISSUING BANK (AT
THE ABOVE-STATED PLACE FOR PRESENTATION) OF A DEMAND FOR TRANSFER, SUBSTANTIALLY IN
THE FORM OF ANNEX III ATTACHED HERETO APPROPRIATELY COMPLETED. UPON PRESENTATION OF
A COMPLYING DEMAND FOR TRANSFER, THE PERSON IDENTIFIED AS THE TRANSFEREE SHALL
BECOME THE BENEFICIARY, WHOSE NAME AND ADDRESS SHALL BE SUBSTITUTED FOR THAT OF THE
TRANSFEROR ON ANY DEMANDS, REQUESTS, OR CONSENTS THEN OR THEREAFTER REQUIRED OR
PERMITTED TO BE MADE BY BENEFICIARY. SUBJECT TO COMPLIANCE WITH THE NEXT SENTENCE, WE
SHALL ACKNOWLEDGE AND SHALL EFFECT THE DEMANDED TRANSFER AND SHALL ISSUE OUR
ADVICE OF TRANSFER TO THE TRANSFEROR AND TRANSFEREE. NOTWITHSTANDING THE FOREGOING,
THIS LETTER OF CREDIT MAY NOT BE TRANSFERRED TO ANY PERSON IF SUCH TRANSFER TO, OR
DRAWING UNDER THIS LETTER OF CREDIT BY, SUCH PERSON WOULD BE PROHIBITED OR BLOCKED
UNDER ANY U.S. EXECUTIVE ORDER, LAW OR ANY RULE OR REGULATION OF THE OFFICE OF FOREIGN
ASSETS CONTROL OF THE U.S. TREASURY DEPARTMENT OR THE U.S. COMMERCE DEPARTMENT, AND
ANY ATTEMPTED TRANSFER WHICH VIOLATES THIS PROVISION SHALL BE NULL AND VOID.
THE STATED AMOUNT OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL DECREASE TO AN AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF
[ DOLLARS (U.S.$ ) (e.g. INSERT AMOUNT EQUAL TO
SEVEN PERCENT (7%) OF THE CONTRACT PRICE)] UPON THE ISSUING BANK’S RECEIPT FROM
BENEFICIARY OF WRITTEN NOTICE, WHICH SHALL BE IN THE FORM OF ANNEX IV ATTACHED HERETO
APPROPRIATELY COMPLETED, THAT (A) SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF TRAIN 1 HAS OCCURRED
(INCLUDING APPLICANT’S PAYMENT OF ALL DELAY LIQUIDATED DAMAGES DUE AND OWING UNDER
THE AGREEMENT FOR TRAIN 1), AND (B) APPLICANT HAS ACHIEVED THE PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES
FOR TRAIN 1 OR PAID ALL PERFORMANCE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES DUE AND OWING UNDER THE
AGREEMENT FOR TRAIN 1 (INCLUDING ANY POTENTIAL PERFORMANCE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES
EXPOSURE BASED UPON THE RESULTS OF THE PERFORMANCE TESTS CONDUCTED PRIOR TO
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION).
PROVIDED THAT THE CONDITIONS FOR DECREASING THE LETTER OF CREDIT TO AN AGGREGATE
AMOUNT OF [ DOLLARS (U.S.$ ) (E.G. INSERT AMOUNT EQUAL
TO SEVEN PERCENT (7%) OF THE CONTRACT PRICE) HAVE OCCURRED, THE STATED AMOUNT OF THIS
LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL DECREASE TO AN AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF [
DOLLARS (U.S.$ ) (E.G. INSERT AMOUNT EQUAL TO FIVE PERCENT (5%) OF THE
CONTRACT PRICE) UPON THE ISSUING BANK’S RECEIPT FROM BENEFICIARY OF WRITTEN NOTICE,
WHICH SHALL BE IN THE FORM OF ANNEX IV ATTACHED HERETO APPROPRIATELY COMPLETED, THAT
(I) SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF TRAIN 2 HAS OCCURRED (INCLUDING APPLICANT’S PAYMENT OF
ALL DELAY LIQUIDATED DAMAGES DUE AND OWING UNDER THE AGREEMENT FOR TRAIN 2), AND (II)
CONTRACTOR HAS ACHIEVED THE PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES FOR TRAIN 2 OR PAID ALL
PERFORMANCE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES DUE AND OWING UNDER THE AGREEMENT FOR TRAIN 2
(INCLUDING ANY POTENTIAL PERFORMANCE LIQUIDATED DAMAGE EXPOSURE BASED UPON THE
RESULTS OF THE PERFORMANCE TESTS CONDUCTED PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION).
[BENEFICIARY SHALL PROVIDE A COPY OF SUCH NOTICE TO APPLICANT CONCURRENTLY WITH ITS
PROVISION TO THE ISSUING BANK OF SUCH NOTICE.
PROVIDED THAT THE CONDITIONS FOR DECREASING THE LETTER OF CREDIT TO AN AGGREGATE
AMOUNT OF [ ] DOLLARS (U.S.$ ) (E.G. INSERT AMOUNT EQUAL TO FIVE
PERCENT (5%) OF THE CONTRACT PRICE) HAVE OCCURRED, THE STATED AMOUNT OF THIS LETTER
OF CREDIT SHALL DECREASE TO AN AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF [ DOLLARS
(U.S.$ ) (e.g. INSERT AMOUNT EQUAL TO TWO PERCENT (2%) OF THE CONTRACT
PRICE)] UPON THE ISSUING BANK’S RECEIPT FROM BENEFICIARY OF WRITTEN NOTICE, WHICH
SHALL BE IN THE FORM OF ANNEX V ATTACHED HERETO APPROPRIATELY COMPLETED, THAT THE
PERIOD SPECIFIED IN CLAUSE (I) OF THE DEFINITION OF DEFECT CORRECTION PERIOD IN THE
AGREEMENT HAS EXPIRED (I.E., THE [***] (***) MONTH PERIOD FOLLOWING SUBSTANTIAL
COMPLETION OF TRAIN 1); PROVIDED THAT IF THE EXPIRATION OF SUCH DEFECT
R-2
CORRECTION PERIOD OCCURS BEFORE SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF TRAIN 2, SUCH DECREASE
SHALL NOT OCCUR UNTIL AFTER THE CONDITIONS FOR DECREASING THE LETTER OF CREDIT FOR
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF TRAIN 2 OCCURS. BENEFICIARY SHALL PROVIDE A COPY OF SUCH
NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR CONCURRENTLY WITH ITS PROVISION TO THE ISSUING BANK OF SUCH
NOTICE.
PROVIDED THAT THE CONDITIONS FOR DECREASING THE LETTER OF CREDIT TO AN AGGREGATE
AMOUNT OF [ ] DOLLARS (U.S.$ ) (E.G. INSERT AMOUNT EQUAL TO TWO
PERCENT (2%) OF THE CONTRACT PRICE) HAVE OCCURRED, THE STATED AMOUNT OF THIS LETTER
OF CREDIT SHALL DECREASE TO THE AGGREGATE AMOUNT STATED IN BENEFICIARY’S WRITTEN
NOTICE TO THE ISSUING BANK (WHICH SHALL BE IN THE FORM OF ANNEX VI ATTACHED HERETO
APPROPRIATELY COMPLETED), WHICH SUCH DECREASE SHALL OCCUR UPON THE ISSUING BANK’S
RECEIPT OF SUCH WRITTEN NOTICE. BENEFICIARY SHALL PROVIDE A COPY OF SUCH NOTICE TO
CONTRACTOR CONCURRENTLY WITH ITS PROVISION TO THE ISSUING BANK OF SUCH NOTICE.
ALL DEMANDS FOR PAYMENT MUST BE PRESENTED TO THE ISSUING BANK LOCATED AT [INSERT
ISSUING BANK’S NAME AND ADDRESS], NOT LATER THAN 5:00 P.M., CENTRAL STANDARD TIME
(“C.S.T.”).
THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SHALL EXPIRE ON [ ], 20[ ] BUT SUCH EXPIRATION DATE
SHALL BE AUTOMATICALLY EXTENDED FOR A PERIOD OF ONE (1) YEAR ON [ ], 20[ ], AND
ON EACH SUCCESSIVE EXPIRATION DATE THEREAFTER, UNLESS (A) AT LEAST [***] (***) CALENDAR
DAYS BEFORE THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE WE NOTIFY BOTH BENEFICIARY AND
APPLICANT, BY CERTIFIED MAIL OR COURIER (WITH RECEIPT ACKNOWLEDGED BY BENEFICIARY), AT
THEIR RESPECTIVE ADDRESSES SET FORTH ABOVE, THAT WE HAVE DECIDED NOT TO EXTEND THIS
LETTER OF CREDIT BEYOND THE THEN CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE, OR (B) BEFORE THE THEN
CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE, BENEFICIARY PROVIDES WRITTEN NOTICE TO US IN SUBSTANTIALLY
THE FORM OF ANNEX VI THAT THE PERIOD SPECIFIED IN CLAUSE (II) OF THE DEFINITION OF DEFECT
CORRECTION PERIOD IN THE AGREEMENT HAS EXPIRED (I.E., [***] (***) MONTH PERIOD FOLLOWING
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF TRAIN 2), AND THAT THERE ARE NO CLAIMS THAT BENEFICIARY HAS
AGAINST CONTRACTOR ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT THAT REMAIN UNRESOLVED, AND
THAT BENEFICIARY HEREBY REQUESTS TERMINATION OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.
UPON RECEIPT OF YOUR DRAFT AND DRAWING CERTIFICATE IN FULL COMPLIANCE WITH THE TERMS
AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, WE WILL HONOR YOUR DEMAND FOR PAYMENT
WITHIN THREE (3) BUSINESS DAYS FOLLOWING SUCH RECEIPT. “BUSINESS DAY” MEANS ANY DAY
OTHER THAN A SATURDAY, A SUNDAY OR ANY OTHER DAY COMMERCIAL BANKS IN THE UNITED
STATES OF AMERICA ARE AUTHORIZED OR REQUIRED TO BE CLOSED, AND A DAY ON WHICH
PAYMENTS CAN BE EFFECTED ON THE FEDWIRE SYSTEM.
IF A DEMAND FOR PAYMENT MADE BY BENEFICIARY HEREUNDER DOES NOT, IN ANY INSTANCE,
CONFORM TO THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, THE ISSUING BANK SHALL
GIVE BENEFICIARY AND APPLICANT PROMPT NOTICE THAT THE DEMAND FOR PAYMENT WAS NOT
EFFECTED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, STATING
THE REASONS THEREFORE AND THAT THE ISSUING BANK WILL HOLD ANY DOCUMENTS AT
BENEFICIARY’S DISPOSAL OR UPON BENEFICIARY’S INSTRUCTIONS RETURN THE SAME TO
BENEFICIARY. UPON BEING NOTIFIED THAT THE DEMAND FOR PAYMENT WAS NOT MADE IN
CONFORMITY WITH THIS LETTER OF CREDIT, BENEFICIARY MAY ATTEMPT TO CORRECT ANY SUCH
NON-CONFORMING DEMAND FOR PAYMENT PRIOR TO THE EXPIRATION OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT.
EXCEPT AS OTHERWISE EXPRESSLY STATED HEREIN, THIS LETTER OF CREDIT IS SUBJECT TO THE
INTERNATIONAL STANDBY PRACTICES (1998), INTERNATIONAL CHAMBER OF COMMERCE
PUBLICATION NO. 590 (“ISP98”), WHICH SHALL IN ALL RESPECTS BE DEEMED A PART HEREOF AS
FULLY AS IF INCORPORATED IN FULL HEREIN, EXCEPT AS MODIFIED HEREBY. THIS LETTER OF
R-3
CREDIT IS ALSO SUBJECT TO THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK AND SHALL, AS TO MATTERS
NOT GOVERNED BY ISP98, BE GOVERNED AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF
SUCH STATE, WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICTS OF LAW THAT WOULD REQUIRE THE
APPLICATION OF THE LAW OF ANOTHER JURISDICTION. THE UNCITRAL CONVENTION ON
INDEPENDENT GUARANTEES AND STANDBY LETTERS OF CREDIT DOES NOT APPLY TO THIS LETTER
OF CREDIT.
THIS LETTER OF CREDIT SETS FORTH IN FULL THE TERMS OF OUR UNDERTAKING AND SUCH
UNDERTAKING SHALL NOT IN ANY WAY BE MODIFIED OR AMPLIFIED BY REFERENCE TO ANY
DOCUMENT, INSTRUMENT, OR AGREEMENT REFERRED TO HEREIN OTHER THAN ISP98 OR OTHER
THAN BY AGREEMENT IN WRITING BETWEEN BENEFICIARY AND APPLICANT AND CONSENTED TO BY
US.
BY:
NAME:
TITLE:
R-4
ANNEX I
DRAFT
______________________, 20___
THE UNDERSIGNED, BENEFICIARY, CERTIFIES THAT IN ACCORDANCE WITH THAT CERTAIN FIXED
PRICE TURNKEY AGREEMENT FOR THE ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE
RIO GRANDE NATURAL GAS LIQUEFACTION FACILITY, DATED AS OF MAY 24TH, 2019, BY AND BETWEEN
BECHTEL OIL, GAS AND CHEMICALS, INC. (“APPLICANT”) AND BENEFICIARY (AS AMENDED,
RESTATED, SUPPLEMENTED OR OTHERWISE MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME, THE “AGREEMENT”), IT
IS ENTITLED TO PAYMENT OF THE AMOUNTS SET FORTH ABOVE.
By:
Name:
Title:
R-5
ANNEX II
DRAWING CERTIFICATE
TO: [ISSUING BANK NAME]
GENTLEMEN:
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THAT CERTAIN FIXED PRICE TURNKEY AGREEMENT FOR THE ENGINEERING,
PROCUREMENT AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE RIO GRANDE NATURAL GAS LIQUEFACTION FACILITY,
DATED AS OF MAY 24TH, 2019, BY AND BETWEEN BENEFICIARY AS OWNER AND APPLICANT AS
CONTRACTOR (AS AMENDED, RESTATED, SUPPLEMENTED OR OTHERWISE MODIFIED FROM TIME TO
TIME, THE “AGREEMENT”), THE UNDERSIGNED DOES HEREBY CERTIFY THAT:
b. THE ISSUING BANK FOR THE LETTER OF CREDIT NO LONGER HAS THE INVESTMENT
GRADE RATING AND [***] (***) CALENDAR DAYS OR MORE HAVE ELAPSED SINCE THE DATE IN WHICH
YOUR RATING FELL BELOW INVESTMENT GRADE (AS DEFINED IN THE AGREEMENT) AND A
REPLACEMENT LETTER OF CREDIT COMPLYING WITH SECTION 9.2 OF THE AGREEMENT HAS NOT
BEEN RECEIVED BY BENEFICIARY.
YOU ARE REQUESTED TO REMIT PAYMENT OF THIS DRAWING IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS BY
WIRE TRANSFER TO THE FOLLOWING ACCOUNT:
[ACCOUNT INFORMATION]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE UNDERSIGNED HAS EXECUTED AND DELIVERED THIS CERTIFICATE AS OF
THIS DAY OF , 20 .
BY:
NAME:
TITLE:
R-6
ANNEX III
DATE:
GENTLEMEN:
FOR VALUE RECEIVED, THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY HEREBY IRREVOCABLY TRANSFERS TO:
NAME OF TRANSFEREE
ADDRESS
ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY TO DRAW UNDER THE ABOVE LETTER OF CREDIT IN
ITS ENTIRETY.
BY THIS TRANSFER, ALL RIGHTS OF THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY IN SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT
ARE TRANSFERRED TO THE TRANSFEREE AND THE TRANSFEREE SHALL HAVE THE SOLE RIGHTS AS
BENEFICIARY THEREOF, INCLUDING ALL DRAWING RIGHTS UNDER THE LETTER OF CREDIT, ALL
RIGHTS TO TRANSFER SET FORTH IN THE LETTER OF CREDIT AND SOLE RIGHTS RELATING TO ANY
AMENDMENTS WHETHER INCREASES OR EXTENSIONS OR OTHER AMENDMENTS AND WHETHER NOW
EXISTING OR HEREAFTER MADE. ALL AMENDMENTS ARE TO BE DIRECTED TO THE TRANSFEREE
WITHOUT NECESSITY OF ANY CONSENT OF OR NOTICE TO THE UNDERSIGNED BENEFICIARY.
THE ORIGINAL OF SUCH LETTER OF CREDIT ALONG WITH ALL AMENDMENTS, IF ANY, IS RETURNED
HEREWITH, AND WE ASK YOU TO ENDORSE THE TRANSFER ON THE REVERSE THEREOF, AND
FORWARD IT DIRECTLY TO THE TRANSFEREE WITH YOUR CUSTOMARY NOTICE OF TRANSFER.
SINCERELY,
AUTHORIZED SIGNATURE
TELEPHONE NUMBER
Addl Info.:
R-7
AUTHORIZED
SIGNATURE
TELEPHONE NO.
R-8
ANNEX IV
FORM OF NOTICE OF SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION FOR TRAIN [___] OF THE RIO GRANDE NATURAL GAS
LIQUEFACTION FACILITY
DATE:
GENTLEMEN:
[IF TRAIN 1] [IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT, BENEFICIARY HEREBY
NOTIFIES YOU THAT (I) SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF TRAIN 1 HAS OCCURRED (INCLUDING
APPLICANT’S PAYMENT OF ALL DELAY LIQUIDATED DAMAGES DUE AND OWING UNDER THE
AGREEMENT FOR TRAIN 1), AND (II) APPLICANT HAS ACHIEVED THE PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES FOR
TRAIN 1 OR PAID ALL PERFORMANCE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES DUE AND OWING UNDER THE
AGREEMENT FOR TRAIN 1 (INCLUDING ANY POTENTIAL PERFORMANCE LIQUIDATED DAMAGE
EXPOSURE BASED UPON THE RESULTS OF THE PERFORMANCE TESTS CONDUCTED PRIOR TO
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION).]
[IF TRAIN 2] [IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT, BENEFICIARY HEREBY
NOTIFIES YOU THAT (I) SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF TRAIN 2 HAS OCCURRED (INCLUDING
APPLICANT’S PAYMENT OF ALL DELAY LIQUIDATED DAMAGES DUE AND OWING UNDER THE
AGREEMENT FOR TRAIN 2), AND (II) APPLICANT HAS ACHIEVED THE PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES FOR
TRAIN 2 OR PAID ALL PERFORMANCE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES DUE AND OWING UNDER THE
AGREEMENT FOR TRAIN 2 (INCLUDING ANY POTENTIAL PERFORMANCE LIQUIDATED DAMAGE
EXPOSURE BASED UPON THE RESULTS OF THE PERFORMANCE TESTS CONDUCTED PRIOR TO
SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION).]
THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY REQUESTS THAT THE STATED AMOUNT OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT
DECREASE TO AN AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF U.S. DOLLARS ($[ ]).
By:
Name:
Title:
R-9
ANNEX V
FORM OF NOTICE FOR EXPIRATION OF DEFECT CORRECTION PERIOD OF TRAIN 1 OF THE RIO
GRANDE NATURAL GAS LIQUEFACTION FACILITY
DATE:
GENTLEMEN:
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT, BENEFICIARY HEREBY NOTIFIES YOU
THAT (A) SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF TRAIN 2 HAS OCCURRED (INCLUDING APPLICANT’S PAYMENT
OF ALL DELAY LIQUIDATED DAMAGES DUE AND OWING UNDER THE AGREEMENT FOR TRAIN 2), (B)
CONTRACTOR HAS ACHIEVED THE PERFORMANCE GUARANTEES FOR TRAIN 2 OR PAID ALL
PERFORMANCE LIQUIDATED DAMAGES DUE AND OWING UNDER THE AGREEMENT FOR TRAIN 2
(INCLUDING ANY POTENTIAL PERFORMANCE LIQUIDATED DAMAGE EXPOSURE BASED UPON THE
RESULTS OF THE PERFORMANCE TESTS CONDUCTED PRIOR TO SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION), AND (C)
THE PERIOD SPECIFIED IN CLAUSE (I) OF THE DEFINITION OF “DEFECT CORRECTION PERIOD” HAS
EXPIRED AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN FIXED PRICE TURNKEY AGREEMENT FOR THE
ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE RIO GRANDE NATURAL GAS
LIQUEFACTION FACILITY, DATED AS OF MAY 24TH, 2019, BY AND BETWEEN BECHTEL OIL, GAS AND
CHEMICALS, INC. (“APPLICANT”) AND BENEFICIARY (AS AMENDED, RESTATED, SUPPLEMENTED OR
OTHERWISE MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME, THE “AGREEMENT”).
THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY REQUESTS THAT THE STATED AMOUNT OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT
DECREASE TO AN AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF U.S. DOLLARS ($[ ]).
By:
Name:
Title:
R-10
ANNEX VI
FORM OF NOTICE FOR EXPIRATION OF DEFECT CORRECTION PERIOD OF TRAIN 2 OF THE RIO
GRANDE NATURAL GAS LIQUEFACTION FACILITY
DATE:
GENTLEMEN:
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE TERMS OF THE LETTER OF CREDIT, BENEFICIARY HEREBY NOTIFIES YOU
THAT THE PERIOD SPECIFIED IN CLAUSE (II) OF THE DEFINITION OF “DEFECT CORRECTION PERIOD”
(I.E., THE [[***] (***)] MONTH PERIOD FOLLOWING SUBSTANTIAL COMPLETION OF TRAIN 2) HAS
EXPIRED AS SET FORTH IN THAT CERTAIN FIXED PRICE TURNKEY AGREEMENT FOR THE
ENGINEERING, PROCUREMENT AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE RIO GRANDE NATURAL GAS
LIQUEFACTION FACILITY, DATED AS OF MAY 24TH, 2019, BY AND BETWEEN BECHTEL OIL, GAS AND
CHEMICALS, INC. (“APPLICANT”) AND BENEFICIARY (AS AMENDED, RESTATED, SUPPLEMENTED OR
OTHERWISE MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME, THE “AGREEMENT”).
[IF CLAIMS REMAIN BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR] THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY REQUESTS
THAT THE STATED AMOUNT OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DECREASE TO AN AGGREGATE AMOUNT OF
U.S. DOLLARS ($[ ]).
[IF NO CLAIMS REMAIN BETWEEN OWNER AND CONTRACTOR] THE UNDERSIGNED HEREBY
REQUESTS THAT THE STATED AMOUNT OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT DECREASE TO AN AGGREGATE
AMOUNT OF ZERO U.S. DOLLARS ($0.00) AND TERMINATION OF THIS LETTER OF CREDIT AND
CONFIRMATION TO APPLICANT OF SAID TERMINATION.
By:
Name:
Title:
R-11
ANNEX VII
DRAWING CERTIFICATE
DATE: , 20
GENTLEMEN:
IN ACCORDANCE WITH THAT CERTAIN FIXED PRICE TURNKEY AGREEMENT FOR THE ENGINEERING,
PROCUREMENT AND CONSTRUCTION OF THE RIO GRANDE NATURAL GAS LIQUEFACTION FACILITY,
DATED AS OF MAY 24TH, 2019, BY AND BETWEEN BECHTEL OIL, GAS AND CHEMICALS, INC.
(“APPLICANT”) AND BENEFICIARY (AS AMENDED, RESTATED, SUPPLEMENTED OR OTHERWISE
MODIFIED FROM TIME TO TIME, THE “AGREEMENT”), THE UNDERSIGNED, AN OFFICER OF
BENEFICIARY, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY THAT:
1. BENEFICIARY HAS BEEN NOTIFIED THAT YOU HAVE DECIDED NOT TO EXTEND THE LETTER OF
CREDIT BEYOND THE CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE AND [***] (***) OR LESS CALENDAR DAYS REMAIN
BEFORE THE EXPIRATION OF THE CURRENT EXPIRATION DATE;
AND
YOU ARE REQUESTED TO REMIT PAYMENT OF THIS DRAWING IN IMMEDIATELY AVAILABLE FUNDS BY
WIRE TRANSFER TO THE FOLLOWING ACCOUNT:
[ACCOUNT INFORMATION]
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, THE UNDERSIGNED HAS EXECUTED AND DELIVERED THIS CERTIFICATE AS OF
THIS DAY OF , 20 .
By:
Name:
Title:
R-12
ATTACHMENT S
PERFORMANCE TESTS
[***]
ATTACHMENT T
[***]
ATTACHMENT U
This GUARANTEE (this “Guarantee”), dated as of [____________], 20[__], is made by Bechtel Global
Energy, Inc., a public company organized under the laws of Delaware (“Guarantor”), in favor of Rio Grande
LNG, LLC, a limited liability company organized under the laws of Texas (“Owner,” and, together with
Guarantor, each a “Party” and, collectively, the “Parties”).
RECITALS
WHEREAS, Owner has agreed to enter into the Fixed Price Turnkey Agreement for the Engineering,
Procurement and Construction of Trains 1 and 2 of the Rio Grande Natural Gas Liquefaction Facility to be
located in Cameron County, Texas (“Project”), dated as of May 24th, 2019, with Bechtel Oil, Gas and
Chemicals, Inc. (“Contractor”), a subsidiary of Guarantor (the “Agreement”); and
WHEREAS, it is a condition to Owner and Contractor entering into the Agreement that Guarantor
execute and deliver this Guarantee.
NOW THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and other good and valuable consideration, the
receipt and sufficiency of which are hereby acknowledged, the Parties hereby agree as follows:
1. Guarantee.
(a) On the terms and subject to the conditions contained herein, Guarantor hereby absolutely,
unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees, to and for the benefit of Owner, the full and punctual performance
and payment, as and when each such payment or performance becomes due, by or on behalf of Contractor of
any and all obligations or amounts owed by Contractor to Owner arising under the Agreement (the
“Guaranteed Obligations”). The Guaranteed Obligations of Guarantor hereunder are primary obligations.
(c) Guarantor agrees that any court judgment or arbitration award between Contractor and
Owner under the Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on the Parties (subject to either Parties’ right to
appeal) for the purposes of determining Guarantor’s obligations under the Guarantee but no such judgment
shall be required to enforce the Guarantor’s obligations under this Guarantee.
(d) Guarantor further agrees to pay to Owner any and all reasonable direct costs, expenses
(including, without limitation, all reasonable fees and disbursements of counsel), and damages paid or
incurred by Owner in enforcing any rights pursuant to this Guarantee, including, without limitation, collecting
against Guarantor under this Guarantee.
2. Obligations Absolute and Unconditional, Continuing. Guarantor agrees that the obligations of
Guarantor set forth in this Guarantee shall be direct obligations of Guarantor, and such obligations shall be
U-1
absolute, irrevocable and unconditional, and shall remain in full force and effect without regard to and shall
not be released, discharged or in any way affected or impaired by, any circumstance or condition whatsoever
(other than full and strict compliance by Guarantor with its obligations hereunder) (whether or not Guarantor
shall have any knowledge or notice thereof), including, without limitation:
(a) the existence, validity, enforceability, perfection, release, or impairment of value of any
collateral for such Guaranteed Obligations;
(b) any amendment or modification of or supplement to or other change in the Agreement or any
other document, including, without limitation, any change order, renewal, extension, acceleration or other
changes to time, manner, place or terms of payment thereunder;
(c) any failure, omission or delay on the part of Owner to confirm or comply with any term of the
Agreement or any other document;
(d) any waiver, consent, extension, indulgence, compromise, release or other action or inaction
under or in respect of the Agreement or any other agreement or instrument or any obligation or liability of
Owner or any other Person, or any exercise or non-exercise of any right, remedy, power, or privilege under or
in respect of any such instrument or agreement or any such obligation or liability;
(h) any merger or consolidation of Guarantor or Contractor into or with any other Person or any
sale, lease or transfer of all or any of the assets of Guarantor or Contractor;
(k) any assignment of, or the creation of any mortgage, pledge, charge or other encumbrance over
or in respect of, this Guarantee, the Agreement, or any of the Owner’s rights, benefits, or obligations under or
pursuant to this Guarantee or the Agreement; or
(l) to the fullest extent permitted under Applicable Law, any other occurrence or circumstance
whatsoever, whether similar or dissimilar to the foregoing, which might otherwise constitute a legal or
equitable defense or discharge of the liabilities of a guarantor or surety or which might otherwise limit
recourse against Guarantor
The Guaranteed Obligations constitute the full recourse obligations of Guarantor enforceable against it to the
full extent of all its assets and properties. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Guarantor
U-2
agrees that repeated and successive demands may be made and recoveries may be had hereunder as and
when, from time to time, Contractor shall fail to perform obligations or pay amounts owed by Contractor
under the Agreement and that notwithstanding the recovery hereunder for or in respect of any given failure to
so comply by Contractor under the Agreement, this Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and shall
apply to each and every subsequent such failure.
Notwithstanding anything else in this Guarantee, the Guarantor’s duties, obligations and liability under this
Guarantee shall be no greater (including in duration) than the duties, obligations and liabilities of Contractor
under the Agreement, and Guarantor shall have the right to avail itself of any equivalent rights of defense,
claim, right, privilege, counterclaim, set-off, waiver, release, exclusions and/or limitation of liability which are
or would have been available to Contractor; provided that, the foregoing statement shall not be interpreted to
relieve Guarantor of any Guaranteed Obligations due to any of the circumstances in Sections 2(f), 2(h), 2(i) or
2(j) above, or due to the cancellation or termination of the Agreement or due to the invalidity or
unenforceability of the Agreement (such as Contractor’s lack of authority to enter into the Agreement). The
Owner agrees that in determining whether any limit on liability under the Agreement has been reached or
exceeded, the liabilities of the Guarantor under this Guarantee shall be taken into account as if the amount of
the relevant liability has been recovered by the Owner from the Contractor under the Agreement.
3. Reinstatement. Guarantor agrees that this Guarantee shall be automatically reinstated with
respect to any payment made by or on behalf of Contractor pursuant to the Agreement if and to the extent
that such payment is rescinded or must be otherwise restored, whether as a result of any proceedings in
bankruptcy or reorganization or otherwise.
4. Waiver of Demands, Notices. Guarantor hereby unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent
permitted by Applicable Law: (i) notice of any of the matters referred to in Section Error! Reference source
not found. hereof; (ii) all notices which may be required by Applicable Law, or otherwise, now or hereafter in
effect, to preserve any rights against Guarantor hereunder, including, without limitation, any demand, proof,
or notice of non-payment or non-performance of any Guaranteed Obligation; (iii) notice of acceptance of this
Guarantee, demand, protest, presentment, notice of failure of performance or payment, and any requirement
of diligence; and (iv) any requirement to exhaust any remedies resulting from failure of performance or
payment by Contractor under the Agreement or by any other Person under the terms of the Agreement.
U-3
6. Representations and Warranties. Guarantor represents and warrants that:
(a) it is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and is in good standing under the laws of
Delaware, and has the corporate power and authority to execute, deliver and carry out the terms and
provisions of the Guarantee;
(b) the execution, delivery and performance of this Guarantee will not violate or conflict with its
charter or by-laws (or comparable constituent documents), any law, regulation or order of any governmental
authority or any court or other agency of government applicable to it or the terms of any agreement to which
it is a party;
(c) no authorization, approval, consent or order of, or registration or filing with, any court or other
governmental entity having jurisdiction over Guarantor is required on the part of Guarantor for the execution,
delivery and performance of this Guarantee;
(d) the execution, delivery and performance of this Guarantee has been and remains duly
authorized by all necessary corporate action and does not contravene the Guarantor's constitutional
documents or any contractual restriction binding on the Guarantor or its assets;
(e) this Guarantee, when executed and delivered, will constitute a valid and legally binding
agreement of Guarantor, enforceable against Guarantor in accordance with its terms, except as the
enforceability of this Guarantee may be limited by the effect of any applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
reorganization, moratorium or similar laws affecting creditors’ rights generally and by general principles of
equity as they apply to the Guarantor; and
(f) Such Guarantor is financially solvent, able to pay all debts as they mature, and possesses
sufficient working capital to perform its obligations under this Guarantee.
8. Miscellaneous.
(a) This Guarantee shall inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Parties hereto and their
respective successors and permitted assigns. Guarantor may not assign or transfer this Guarantee or any
rights or obligations hereunder without Owner’s prior written consent, which consent may be withheld in
Owner’s sole and absolute discretion. Owner, without the consent of Guarantor: (i) may assign, pledge and/or
grant a security interest in this Guarantee to any lender; and (ii) may assign this Guarantee to any
U-4
Person who is a permitted successor or assignee of Owner under the Agreement. Except as otherwise
provided in this Section 8, nothing herein, express or implied, is intended or shall be construed to confer upon
or to give to any Person other than the Parties hereto any rights, remedies, or other benefits.
(b) This Guarantee shall be governed by, interpreted and construed in accordance with the laws of
the State of Texas, without giving effect to any choice or conflict of law provision or rule that would cause the
application of the laws of any jurisdiction other than the State of Texas.
(c) In the event that any claim, dispute, controversy, difference, disagreement, or grievance (of
any and every kind or type, whether based on contract, tort, statute, regulation or otherwise) arising out of,
connected with or relating in any way to this Guarantee (including the construction, validity, interpretation,
termination, enforceability or breach of this Guarantee) (“Dispute”) cannot be resolved informally within [***]
([***]) Days after the Dispute arises (or such longer period of time if agreed to in writing by the Parties),
either Party may give written notice of the Dispute (“Dispute Notice”) to the other Party requesting that a
representative of Owner’s senior management and Guarantor’s senior management meet in an attempt to
resolve the Dispute. Each such senior executive shall have full authority to resolve the Dispute and shall
promptly begin discussions in an effort to agree on a resolution of the Dispute within [***] ([***]) Days after
receipt by the non-notifying Party of such Dispute Notice, with such negotiations being held in Harris County,
Texas or at another location if agreed upon by the Parties in writing. In no event shall this Section 8(c) be
construed to limit either Party’s right to take any action under this Guarantee, provided that such rights are
not the subject of the Dispute.
(d) If the Dispute is not resolved by negotiation within [***] ([***]) Days after the date of a Party’s
written notice requesting that representatives of each Party’s senior management meet (or such other time as
may be agreed in writing by the Parties), then the Parties agree that the Dispute shall be decided by final and
binding arbitration. Such arbitration shall be held in Harris County, Texas, unless otherwise agreed by the
Parties, shall be administered by the AAA’s office in Harris County, Texas, shall be conducted by three (3)
arbitrators (or for Claims involving less than [***] U.S. Dollars (U.S.$ [***]), one (1) arbitrator) chosen in
accordance with Section 8(d)(i), and shall, except as otherwise agreed by the Parties, be governed by the
AAA’s Construction Industry Arbitration Rules and Mediation Procedures then in effect (“AAA Rules”). For
the purposes of determining the number of arbitrators, the total value of the Claims and counterclaims
reasonably asserted by all the Parties shall be used to determine whether the [***] U.S. Dollars (U.S.$ [***])
threshold has been met. The arbitration tribunal shall determine the rights and obligations of the Parties
according to the laws of Texas, excluding its conflict of law principles; provided, however, the law applicable
to the validity of the arbitration clause, the enforcement of any award and any other question of arbitration
law or procedure shall be the Federal Arbitration Act, 9 U.S.C.A. § 2. Issues concerning the arbitrability of a
matter in dispute shall be decided by a court with proper jurisdiction. The arbitration shall be conducted in
the English language and all submissions shall be made in the English language or with an English translation;
provided that witnesses may provide testimony in a language other than English if a simultaneous English
translation is provided. The Parties shall be entitled to engage in reasonable discovery, including the right to
production of relevant and material documents by the opposing Party and the right to take depositions
reasonably limited in number, time and place; provided that in no event shall any Party be entitled to refuse to
produce relevant and non-privileged documents or copies thereof requested by the other Party within the time
limit set and to the extent required by order of the arbitration tribunal. All Disputes regarding discovery shall
be promptly resolved by the arbitration tribunal. The award of the arbitration tribunal shall be in writing,
state the reasons upon which the award thereof is based, be signed by all arbitrators, and be final and
binding. Any other person may be joined as an additional party to any arbitration conducted under this Section
8(d), provided that joinder is permitted under and in accordance with the Agreement. The Parties agree that
judgment on the arbitration award may be entered by any court having jurisdiction thereof.
U-5
(i) The arbitrators for any arbitration under Section 8(d) shall be selected in accordance
with this Section 8(d).
a) For Claims less than [***] U.S. Dollars (U.S.$ [***]), Owner and Guarantor
shall jointly select one arbitrator within ([***]) Days of the filing of the demand for arbitration
with the AAA, or if the Parties fail to appoint such arbitrator within the applicable time period,
then the AAA shall appoint the arbitrator in accordance with the AAA rules.
b) For Claims [***] U.S. Dollars (U.S.$ [***]) or more, Owner and Guarantor
shall each appoint one (1) arbitrator within [***] ([***]) Days of the filing of the demand for
arbitration with the AAA, and the two (2) arbitrators so appointed shall select the presiding
arbitrator within [***] ([***]) Days after the latter of the two (2) arbitrators has been appointed
by the Parties. If either Party fails to appoint its party-appointed arbitrator or if the two (2)
party-appointed arbitrators cannot reach an agreement on the presiding arbitrator within the
applicable time period, then the AAA shall appoint the remainder of the three (3) arbitrators not
yet appointed. Each arbitrator shall be and remain at all times wholly impartial, and, once
appointed, no arbitrator shall have any ex parte communications with any of the Parties or any
other parties to the Dispute concerning the arbitration or the underlying Dispute, provided,
however, that the Parties may have ex parte communications with their appointed arbitrators
until the third arbitrator is selected.
(e) No modification or amendment of this Guarantee shall be of any force or effect unless made in
writing, signed by the Parties hereto, and specifying with particularity the nature and extent of such
modification or amendment. This Guarantee constitutes the entire and only understanding and agreement
among the Parties hereto with respect to the subject matter hereof and cancels and supersedes any prior
negotiations, proposals, representations, understandings, commitments, communications, or agreements,
whether oral or written, with respect to the subject matter hereof.
(f) All notices, demands, offers, requests and other written instruments required or permitted to be
given pursuant to this Guarantee shall be in writing signed by the Party giving such notice and shall be hand
delivered or sent by overnight courier, messenger, facsimile or certified mail, return receipt requested, to the
other Parties at the address set forth below.
If to Owner:
If to Guarantor:
U-6
With a copy to:
Bechtel Oil, Gas and Chemicals, Inc.
3000 Post Oak Blvd.
Houston, Texas 77056
Phone: [***]
Facsimile: [***]
Attn: [***]
Each Party shall have the right to change the place to which such notices shall be sent or delivered by sending
a similar notice to the other Parties in like manner. Notices, demands, offers, requests or other written
instruments shall be deemed to have been duly given on the date actually received by the intended recipient,
provided that if the day of receipt is not a Business Day then it shall be deemed to have been received on the
next succeeding Business Day.
(g) The headings of the several provisions of this Guarantee are inserted for convenience only and
shall not in any way affect the meaning or construction of any provision of this Guarantee.
(h) No forbearance or delay by Owner in asserting rights against Contractor or Guarantor shall
affect or impair in any way Guarantor’s obligations hereunder or the rights of Owner hereunder.
(i) In addition to other assurances provided in this Guarantee, Guarantor acknowledges that
Owner may obtain financing associated with the Project and Guarantor agrees to provide reasonable
cooperation to Owner and Lenders in connection with such project financing, including, but not limited to,
entering into direct agreements with Lenders (which shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit 1 with such
other changes thereto as are reasonably requested by Lenders), as required by Lenders, covering matters
that are reasonable and customary in project financings of this type such as Lenders assignment or security
rights with respect to this Guarantee, direct notices to Lenders, step-in/step-out rights, opinions, access by
Lenders’ representatives and other reasonable and customary matters applicable to such project financing.
(j) Definitions.
(i) Capitalized terms used, but not otherwise defined, herein shall have the respective
meanings ascribed to such terms in the Agreement.
(ii) “Applicable Law” means all laws, statutes, ordinances, certifications, orders, decrees,
injunctions, licenses, Permits, approvals, agreements, rules and regulations, including any conditions
thereto, of any Governmental Instrumentality having jurisdiction over any Party or Contractor, or other
legislative or administrative action of a Governmental Instrumentality, or a final decree, judgment or
order of a court which relates to the performance of Work under the Agreement or the interpretation
or application of this Guarantee or the Agreement.
(iii) The term “Person” shall mean any individual, company, joint venture, corporation,
partnership, association, joint stock company, limited liability company, trust, estate, unincorporated
organization, governmental entity or other entity having legal capacity.
(k) Any provision in this Guarantee which is illegal, void or unenforceable will be ineffective to the
extent only of such illegality, voidness or unenforceability and the invalidity of one or more phrases,
sentences, clauses, Sections or Articles contained in this Guarantee shall not affect the validity of the
remaining portions of this Guarantee.
U-7
(l) This Guarantee may be executed in any number of separate counterparts and all of said
counterparts taken together shall be deemed to constitute one and the same instrument.
U-8
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned have duly executed this Guarantee as of the date first
above written.
By:
Name:
Title:
By:
Name:
Title:
U-9
EXHIBIT 1 TO THE PARENT GUARANTEE
FORM OF ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND CONSENT AGREEMENT WITH LENDER
U-10
ATTACHMENT V
V-1
With respect to any furnished items that are tied to the issuance of NTP (i.e., NTP + X months), if a Change
Order involves an adjustment to a Key Date (including the Guaranteed Substantial Completion Dates), the
dates upon which such items are required to be furnished shall also be adjusted accordingly, provided that
such adjusted dates shall in no event be earlier than the original date listed below. All such adjusted dates
shall be included in any Change Order that adjusts a Key Date or a Guaranteed Substantial Completion Date.
[***]
V-2
ATTACHMENT W
Commissioning spare parts, Capital Spare Parts, and Operating Spare Parts as described in Section 3.4 of the
Agreement are further defined in this Attachment W and Schedule W-1 (Capital Spare Parts). Schedule W-1
also provides a list of Capital Spare Parts that are included in the Contract Price.
Commissioning spare parts are those spare parts necessary for Contractor to achieve Substantial
Completion of each Train and are specified and purchased by Contractor for Contractor’s own use
through Substantial Completion of Train 2. Until such time, commissioning spare parts shall be stored
in the Contractor’s construction warehouse. Any commissioning spare parts not incorporated into the
Facility may be assumed by Owner at no cost after Substantial Completion of Train 2.
Capital Spare Parts are spare parts with a low probability of use, which typically have long
procurement times and significant cost, and are critical to the Plant operation in terms of safety or lost
production. Capital Spare Parts are classified as part of the Project capital investment and valued as
part of the asset. Capital Spare Parts are non-depreciable and are not treated as normal inventory.
Capital Spare Parts can be refurbished to an “as new” condition.
In the course of the Work, Contractor shall identify all potential additions to the Capital Spare Parts
listed in Schedule W-1 based on Contractor’s experience, expertise, procurement processes
(requisitions to include requests for spare parts recommendations), and GECP. For any Capital Spare
Parts identified by Contractor (which are not already included in the Capital Spare Parts listed in
Schedule W-1) (“Additional Capital Spare Parts”), Contractor shall deliver to Owner for Owner’s
approval, not to be unreasonably withheld, the detailed priced lists obtained from the Additional
Capital Spare Parts manufacturer(s) along with Contractor’s own recommendations for such Additional
Capital Spare Parts for each applicable item of Equipment, including components and systems of such
Equipment. Such priced lists shall originate from the Equipment supplier(s) and shall be provided to
Owner no later than [***] (***) Days after the execution of the applicable Subcontract for such
Equipment, and such purchase prices will be valid for one hundred and [***] (***) Days after
Contractor’s execution thereof.
Within such [***] (***) Days, Owner may respond to Contractor identifying which Additional Capital
Spare Parts, if any, that Owner wishes Contractor to procure under each Subcontract. The cost
associated with all Work related to Additional Capital Spare Parts is included in the Contract Price,
except for the purchase and delivery price of such Additional Capital Spare Parts. In the event Owner
requests in writing that Contractor procure any Additional Capital Spare Parts on Owner’s behalf,
Contractor shall be entitled to a Change Order in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Agreement
increase the Contract Price for the actual purchase price and delivery costs of such requested
W-1
Additional Capital Spare Parts, plus costs of transportation, preservation and a profit of [***] ([***]%)
on such price and costs.
Capital Spare Parts will be delivered by Contractor to Site (or other designated warehouse location as
determined by Owner) at or before Substantial Completion of Train 1 as required by the Agreement.
Operating Spare Parts are those spare parts necessary for ongoing Facility operation sufficient for
[***] (***) years after Substantial Completion (but only to the extent not taken into consideration by
Capital Spare Parts) and are based upon Plant maintenance requirements including preventative
maintenance and unplanned, or breakdown, maintenance.
In the course of the Work, Contractor shall identify, based on Contractor’s experience, expertise,
procurement processes (requisitions to include requests for spare parts recommendations), and GECP
recommended Operating Spare Parts. In accordance with Article 3.4C of the Agreement, Contractor
shall deliver to Owner for Owner’s approval detailed priced lists for Operating Spare Parts along with
Contractor’s recommendations regarding such spare parts for each applicable item of Equipment
(including components and systems of such Equipment). Such priced lists shall originate from the
Equipment supplier(s).
In accordance with Article 3.4C of the Agreement, Owner shall respond to Contractor identifying which
Operating Spare Parts, if any, Owner wishes to be procured. The cost associated with all Work related
to Operating Spare Parts is included in the Contract Price, except for the purchase and delivery price
of those Operating Spare Parts. Costs for purchase and delivery of any Operating Spare Parts shall be
addressed through Change Order in accordance with Section 6.1 of the Agreement and such Change
Order shall specify whether each item of Operating Spare Part is to be delivered by Contractor to Site
at or before Substantial Completion or Final Completion.
Contractor shall develop a material and Equipment standardization procedure to minimize required
spare parts inventories.
5. Quality Requirements
Contractor shall supply packing, shipping, storage and preservation procedures for all spare parts.
W-2
Contractor shall provide Owner with all spare part procurement records, including quality records,
including material traceability, SDS’s, test and calibration certificates and Contractor’s receiving
inspection reports as specified in Attachment Y or otherwise required by Owner.
Schedule W-1 also includes pricing for each Capital Spare Part (which is included in the Contract Price
and includes all Work related to the procurement and delivery of such spare part). At any time prior to
the execution of the Subcontract for the purchase of any Capital Spare Part listed in Schedule W-1,
Owner may elect to reduce the quantity of each such Capital Spare Part or remove the Capital Spare
Part listed entirely, and in such case Owner shall be entitled to a Change Order reducing the Contract
Price in an amount equal to the amount listed in Schedule W-1 for each such Capital Spare Part.
W-3
SCHEDULE W-1
CAPITAL SPARE PARTS
W-4
CAPITAL SPARES LIST (PRICED)
[***]
W-5
ATTACHMENT X
[***]
ATTACHMENT Y
1.0 INTRODUCTION 2
2.0 OBJECTIVES 2
3.0 DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION 2
3.1 Definitions 2
3.2 Interpretation 2
4.0 RIGHTS AND RESPONSIBILITIES 2
4.1 Owner Rights and Responsibilities 2
4.2 Contractor Responsibilities 3
5.0 PLANNING 3
5.1 Owner Communication 3
5.2 Inspection and Test Plans 3
5.3 Control of Nonconformities 3
5.4 Control of Measuring and Testing Equipment 4
5.5 Engineering, Design, and Development 4
5.5.1 Design Inputs and Outputs 4
5.5.2 Design Verification and Control 4
5.5.3 Design Review 4
5.5.4 Control of Design Changes and Deviations 4
5.6 Construction 5
5.7 Subcontractor 5
6.0 MEASUREMENT, ANALYSIS AND IMPROVEMENT 5
6.1 Internal Quality Audit 5
6.2 Improvement 6
6.2.1 Corrective Action 6
6.2.2 Preventive Action 6
1.0 INTRODUCTION
In addition to the requirements specified in any other provision of the EPC Agreement, this Attachment
Y sets out the general requirements and scope of activities for quality to be performed by Contractor
for the Project.
This Attachment Y does not constitute a substitute for the Facility-specific quality control and quality
assurance plan, inspection plan or Subcontractor source inspection plan.
2.0 OBJECTIVES
The objective of this Attachment Y is to provide the requirements for the following:
· Contractor quality assurance and quality control plan, and the supporting detailed inspection and
quality assurance and quality control procedures;
· Contractor construction inspection and test plan and supporting construction procedures; and
· Subcontractor source inspection plan.
3.1 DEFINITIONS
Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meaning in the EPC Agreement. Unless otherwise
specified, sections and articles referenced herein refer to the applicable section or article in this
Attachment Y.
· “Key Performance Indicator” or “KPI” means a quantifiable measure used to evaluate the
success of the Contractor and Subcontractor(s) in meeting the objectives for performance of the
Project, as mutually agreed upon between Owner and Contractor;
· “Nonconformance” means any item in which one or more characteristics fails to conform to the
requirements of the EPC Agreement associated with the Work;
· “Project Quality Manager” means Contractor’s designated Person responsible for quality
activities of Contractor described in the EPC Agreement associated with the Work;
· “Quality Assurance” or “QA” means the system by which the Contractor shall monitor the
performance of stages of the Work to a level of quality as agreed between Owner and Contractor
in the Quality Plan;
· “Quality Control” or “QC” means the system by which the Contractor shall test the Work to
ensure that the Work is performed in accordance with the Sections and Articles of this EPC
Agreement; and
3.2 INTERPRETATION
To the extent there is a conflict between this Attachment Y and the terms and conditions of the EPC
Agreement, the terms and conditions of the EPC Agreement shall control.
In addition to the other responsibilities set forth herein, the Parties shall have the following
responsibilities.
· Pursuant to Section 12.2 of the EPC Agreement, Owner, Lender, Independent Engineer, and either
of their representative have the right to inspect all Work (including Equipment) at all times; and
Y-2
· Owner’s engineering and quality staff may attend and observe all internal audits or surveillance
reviews organized by the Contractor. However, Owner reserves the right to waive attendance and
observation in any such witness point. Owner also reserves the right to attend and observe in any
such witness point.
Contractor shall:
· Develop a quality strategy and detailed Quality Plan for Owner’s comment and approval no later
than [***] ([***]) Days after the date Owner issues LNTP;
· Be responsible for all quality requirements of the Work;
· Develop and maintain quality organization charts and staffing plans for Contractor’s home office,
the Site and remote Work locations;
· Establish and implement the basis for evaluating QA/QC activities on the Project;
· Provide Owner with summary reports of internal audits;
· Provide Owner with summary reports related to any quality control or quality assurance issue with
completed Work;
· Maintain Project quality documents and records as specified in the EPC Agreement; and
· Implement quality requirements related to Contractor activities contemplated under the EPC
Agreement and this Attachment Y.
5.0 PLANNING
Reporting requirements for quality control and quality assurance activities shall be described in detail
in the Quality Plan, and shall be included in reports named in Attachment X.
Inspection and test plans (“ITPs”) shall be prepared by Contractor for the Work. An ITP is a document
which shall detail the required inspection points for both the Contractor and Owner for each portion of
the Work. Contractor shall submit each ITP for Owner for approval at least [***] ([***]) Days after
NTP.
Each Contractor and Subcontractor ITP shall include the following information:
· Inspection activities;
· Quality Control requirements;
· Responsibility for inspections or tests;
· Applicable procedures and numbering;
· Acceptance criteria;
· Verifying documents;
· Inspection parties and responsibilities; and
· Inspection points (hold, witness, and review).
Y-3
The responsibility for review and authority for disposition of non-conformances against Owner
approved procedures shall be defined in the Contractor Quality Plan and applicable project
procedures.
Contractor shall identify, maintain, control, adjust, and calibrate tools, gauges, instruments, and other
measuring and testing devices used by Contractor to make and perform tests in the field at Site with
instructions for their use, calibration, and storage.
All input data is to be complete, of current issue, and in compliance with the EPC Agreement. Design
outputs shall:
· Identify the characteristics of the design which are applicable to safe operation of the Facility;
· Consider safeguards against misuse or mal-operation; and
· Define the technical data for procurement.
Contractor shall perform design reviews to address both the specific aspects of the design and the
compliance of the overall design with the requirements of the EPC Agreement. Design reviews shall
include the following:
· HAZOP;
· SIL;
· 3D Model;
· SIMOPs;
· Constructability;
· Ergonomics (to be reviewed as part of 3D Model Reviews); and
· Any other reviews described in Contractor’s project execution plan, including any discipline-specific
subplans.
Prior to the above listed design reviews, relevant procedures and terms of reference shall be issued by
the Contractor to Owner for review. Contractor shall organize the design reviews, present
information, issue review reports, and close out any issues identified during design
reviews. Contractor shall actively involve Owner in the above reviews.
All changes from the approved EPC Agreement baseline shall be comprehensively reviewed and
approved prior to implementation. Contractor, using the change management system defined and
provisioned herein and in Attachment D, shall document the review and approval of any design
changes that deviate from the approved baseline design.
All changes shall be in accordance with the requirements contained in Attachment D and elsewhere in
the EPC Agreement.
Y-4
Contractor’s change management system shall achieve the following:
All Owner-initiated design changes and Change Directives, along with Contractor initiated technical
queries and Change Orders, shall be controlled through the change management process.
5.6 CONSTRUCTION
Contractor shall develop and implement construction inspection and test plans and supporting
construction procedures, and review and approve Subcontractor source inspection plans.
Procedures for construction activities at Site shall be developed, reviewed and approved by
Contractor.
5.7 SUBCONTRACTOR
Subcontractor quality plans and/or ITPs shall be reviewed and approved by Contractor, and issued to
Owner for review prior to commencement of the applicable Work.
Contractor shall maintain records of qualified special processes, Construction Equipment and
Contractor personnel.
The Project quality manager shall be responsible for defining, planning, documenting and
implementing a system to monitor, measure, and analyze the Key Performance Indicators, as
appropriate for the various stages of the Project.
Contractor quality personnel shall have well-defined responsibilities, qualifications, authority, and
organizational freedom to identify quality concerns and non-conformance, and to initiate, recommend,
and implement corrective actions.
Contractor shall include an internal quality audit plan and schedule as part of the Project Quality Plan.
Contractor shall perform internal quality audits to measure the compliance to work processes.
Internal quality audits shall be executed by quality auditors not directly responsible for the Work being
audited and the auditors shall be qualified in auditing and competent in the area(s) being audited.
Y-5
Contractor shall investigate root causes where Contractor deems appropriate in accordance with the
Quality Plan and initiate corrective actions for non-compliances identified in each internal quality audit.
Contractor shall verify implementation and closeout of corrective actions.
Contractor shall notify Owner [***] ([***]) Days prior to any internal quality audit. Quality audit
reports, corrective actions and close out documentation shall be made available to Owner for review,
upon request.
6.2 IMPROVEMENT
Contractor procedures for continual improvement shall capture measurement, analysis, and
improvement of the KPIs and objectives.
Contractor is responsible for (i) maintaining a list of internal quality audit non-compliances and
Corrective Action Requests (“CARs”), (ii) monitoring responses and the timely close-out and
completion of the internal quality audit non-compliances and (iii) including the status of open internal
quality audit non-compliances and CARs as part of the Monthly Progress Report.
Contractor procedures for preventive actions shall describe the requirements for evaluating the need
for additional mitigation actions to prevent occurrence of previous lessons learned.
Y-6
ATTACHMENT Z
SITE PLAN
The parcels of land where the Facility and Expanded Facility shall be located is shown below in Figure 1 and in
Schedule Z-1. Site does not include the restricted areas designated.
After Substantial Completion of Train 1, the “Site” does not include the parcels of land on which such Train is
located after such Train achieves Substantial Completion.
Owner may reduce the size of the Site by removing areas from the Site where future trains 4, 5, and 6 will be
located as long as Owner provides Contractor with a reasonable alternative for its laydown areas. Such
reduction shall be captured in a mutual Change Order.
[***]
Z-1
ATTACHMENT AA
Date: [__]
Bechtel Oil, Gas and Chemicals, Inc. (“Contracting Party”) hereby acknowledges the existence of (but has not
reviewed) the [Security Agreement, dated as of [__] (as from time to time amended, supplemented or
modified, the “Security Agreement”), among [Rio Grande LNG, LLC] (the “Borrower”) and [__], as collateral
agent (in such capacity, the “Collateral Agent”) for the benefit of various financial institutions providing
financing to the Borrower (collectively, the “Secured Parties”)], and hereby executes this Acknowledgement
and Consent Agreement (this “Consent”) and agrees as follows:
1. The Contracting Party hereby acknowledges and consents in accordance with the terms and conditions
set forth below to the Borrower’s pledge and collateral assignment of all its right, title and interest in, to and
under that certain Fixed Price Turnkey Agreement for the Engineering, Procurement and Construction of
Trains 1 and 2 of the Rio Grande Natural Gas Liquefaction Facility, dated as of May 24, 2019, between the
Contractor and [the Borrower] (the “Assigned Agreement”) to the Collateral Agent pursuant to the Security
Agreement. Capitalized terms used, but not otherwise defined, herein shall have the respective meanings
ascribed to such terms in the Assigned Agreement.
2. The Contracting Party represents and warrants as of the date hereof as follows:
(a) The Contracting Party is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing
under the laws of Delaware, is authorized and qualified to do business in all jurisdictions in which the
nature of the business conducted by it makes such qualification necessary and where failure so to
qualify would have a material adverse effect on its financial condition, operations, prospects, taxes or
business.
(b) The Contracting Party is not in violation of any Applicable Law or judgment entered by any
Governmental Instrumentality, which violations, individually or in the aggregate, would affect its
performance of any obligations under this Consent or the Assigned Agreement in any material respect.
There are no legal or arbitration proceedings or any proceeding by or before any Governmental
Instrumentality, now pending or (to the current actual knowledge of the Contracting Party) threatened
against the Contracting Party that, if adversely determined, could reasonably be expected to have a
material adverse effect on its ability to perform under this Consent or the Assigned Agreement.
(c) The Contracting Party is the holder of all licenses, other than Ordinary Course Consents (as
defined below), required to permit it to operate or conduct its business in Texas, and each other
jurisdiction in which the nature of the business conducted by it makes such licenses necessary, now
and as contemplated by the Assigned Agreement. No consent or approval of, or other action by or any
notice to or filing with, any Governmental Instrumentality (except those previously obtained) was
required in connection with the execution and delivery by the Contracting Party of the Assigned
Agreement, or to the current actual knowledge of the Contracting Party, is required in connection with
the execution and delivery of this Consent, or the performance of its obligations under this
Consent. The Contracting Party has obtained all permits, licenses, approvals, consents and exemptions
with respect to the performance of its obligations under the Assigned Agreement required by
Applicable Law in effect as of the date hereof, except those permits, licenses, approvals, consents and
exemptions that the Contracting Party is permitted to obtain in the ordinary course of business in the
performance of its obligations under the Assigned Agreement (collectively, the “Ordinary Course
Consents”).
(d) Neither the execution and delivery of this Consent and the Assigned Agreement by the
Contracting Party, the consummation of the transactions herein contemplated by the Contracting Party,
nor compliance with the terms and provisions hereof by the Contracting Party, will:
(i) conflict with, result in a breach of or default under, or require any consent (other than
consents already obtained and the Ordinary Course Consents) under: (A) the charter or by-laws
of the Contracting Party, (B) any Applicable Law, (C) any order, writ, injunction or decree of any
court applicable to the Contracting Party, or (D) any agreement or instrument to which the
Contracting Party is a party or by which it is bound or to which it or any of its property or assets
is subject in any such case under this clause (i) that would result in a material adverse effect
upon the ability of the Contracting Party to perform its obligations under this Consent and the
Assigned Agreement; or
(ii) result in the creation or imposition of (or the obligation to create or impose) any lien,
security interest, charge or encumbrance upon any of the properties or assets of the
Contracting Party.
(e) The Contracting Party has all necessary power and authority to execute, deliver and perform
its obligations under this Consent and the Assigned Agreement; the execution, delivery and
performance by the Contracting Party of this Consent and the Assigned Agreement have been duly
authorized by all necessary action on its part; and this Consent and the Assigned Agreement have been
duly and validly executed and delivered by the Contracting Party and each constitutes a legal, valid and
binding obligation of the Contracting Party enforceable in accordance with its terms, except as the
enforceability thereof may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization or moratorium or other
similar laws relating to the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and by general principles of
equity. There are no amendments, modifications or supplements (whether by waiver, consent or
otherwise) to the Assigned Agreement, either oral or written.
(f) The Contracting Party is financially solvent, able to pay all debts as they mature and
possesses sufficient working capital to guarantee the completion of the Work under the Assigned
Agreement and perform its obligations hereunder.
(g) To the Contracting Party’s current actual knowledge, the Borrower (a) has complied with all
conditions precedent required to be complied with by or on behalf of the Borrower on or prior to the
date hereof pursuant to the Assigned Agreement and (b) is not in default under any covenant or
obligation of the Assigned Agreement and no such default has occurred prior to the date hereof.
(h) The Contracting Party is not, to its current actual knowledge, in default under any covenant or
obligation hereunder or under the Assigned Agreement and no such default has
Page 2 of 10
occurred prior to the date hereof. After giving effect to the pledge and assignment referred to in
paragraph 1, and after giving effect to the consent to such pledge and assignment by the Contracting
Party, to the current actual knowledge of the Contracting Party, (a) there exists no event or condition
that would, either immediately or with the passage of time or giving of notice, or both, entitle the
Contracting Party or the Borrower to terminate or suspend its obligations under the Assigned
Agreement, (b) all amounts due under the Assigned Agreement as of the date hereof have been paid in
full and (c) there are no claims or rights of set-off pending by any party to the Assigned Agreement.
(i) The Contracting Party affirms that it has no written notice or current actual knowledge of any
pledge or assignment relative to the right, title and interest of the Borrower in, to and under the
Assigned Agreement other than the pledge and assignment referred to in paragraph 1.
3.
(a) From and after the date hereof and unless and until the Contracting Party shall have received
written notice from the Collateral Agent that the lien of the Security Agreement has been released in
full and provided that an event of default by the Borrower shall have occurred and be continuing
pursuant to the loan documents executed in connection with the Security Agreement, the Collateral
Agent shall have the right, but not the obligation, to pay all sums due under the Assigned Agreement by
the Borrower and to perform any other act, duty or obligation required of the Borrower thereunder (to
the same extent as the Borrower has the right to perform any such other act, duty or obligation
thereunder) at any time and, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, shall have the full right
and power to enforce directly against the Contracting Party following written notice to Contracting
Party that the Collateral Agent is exercising such rights and remedies (subject to all of the Contracting
Party’s defenses and other rights under the Assigned Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof)
all obligations of the Contracting Party under the Assigned Agreement and otherwise to exercise all
remedies thereunder and to make all demands and give all notices and make all requests required or
permitted to be made by the Borrower under the Assigned Agreement, all in accordance with the terms
thereof; provided that no such payment or performance shall be construed as an assumption by the
Collateral Agent or any Secured Party of any covenants, agreements or obligations of the Borrower
under or in respect of the Assigned Agreement, except to the extent the Assigned Agreement shall
have been expressly assumed by the Collateral Agent pursuant to paragraph 5 hereof. Any action
taken by the Collateral Agent pursuant to this paragraph 3(a) in accordance with the Security
Agreement shall be binding on the Borrower. If the Contracting Party receives any demands, notices
or requests made from the Collateral Agent in accordance with this paragraph 3(a) which are
conflicting with that made by the Borrower, the Collateral Agent’s demands, notices and requests shall
control over those conflicting demands, notices or requests made by the Borrower.
(b) The Contracting Party agrees that it will not terminate or suspend its obligations under the
Assigned Agreement without giving the Collateral Agent concurrent notice with notice(s) provided the
Borrower pursuant to the applicable provisions of the Assigned Agreement, and, in the case of the
termination of obligations, an opportunity to cure as provided in paragraph 3(c) below.
Page 3 of 10
(c) If (i) the Contracting Party is entitled to terminate the Assigned Agreement pursuant to the
terms of such Assigned Agreement (“Termination Event”), (ii) the Contracting Party desires to
terminate its obligations under the Assigned Agreement, and (iii) notice(s) with respect to clauses (i)
and (ii) shall have been provided to the Collateral Agent by the Contracting Party as provided in
paragraph 3(b) above, then, and in any such case: the Collateral Agent may elect to exercise its right to
cure by providing, within [***] days after the receipt by it of the notices referred to in the preceding
clause (iii), to the Contracting Party, written notice stating that the Collateral Agent has elected to
exercise such right to cure (or cause to be cured), together with a written statement of the Collateral
Agent that it will promptly commence to cure (or cause to be cured) all Termination Events susceptible
of being cured (including, as appropriate, by the payment of money damages), and that it will, during
the cure period, diligently attempt in good faith to complete (or cause to be completed) the curing of all
such Termination Events to the reasonable satisfaction of Contracting Party. If the Contracting Party is
entitled to suspend performance of the Work for an event under Section 16.4 of the Assigned
Agreement (“Suspension Event”), the Contracting Party may, provided that notice to the Collateral
Agent shall have been provided to the Collateral Agent as provided in paragraph 3(b) above, suspend
performance of the Work in accordance with the terms of the Assigned Agreement until such time as
(a) the Borrower has cured the Suspension Event or (b) the Collateral Agent has cured (or caused to
be cured) such Suspension Event in accordance with paragraph 3(d). The preceding sentence shall in
no way limit any rights the Contracting Party may otherwise have to terminate the Assigned
Agreement, subject to the other provisions of this Consent. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in
this paragraph 3(c), in no event shall this paragraph 3(c) be interpreted to change the Contracting
Party’s rights to suspend performance of the Work under the Assigned Agreement or terminate the
Assigned Agreement, except to the extent of the Collateral Agent’s right to effect a cure in accordance
with paragraph 3(c) for a Termination Event or Suspension Event and paragraph 3(d) for a Termination
Event.
(d) The Collateral Agent shall have a period equal to [***] in the event of default in payment of
undisputed amounts under the Assigned Agreement or [***] ([***]) days in other cases, after the
delivery of the notice by the Collateral Agent referred to in paragraph 3(c) in which to cure the
Termination Event(s) specified in such notice; provided that if such cure of any non-payment default
can only be effected through a foreclosure on the Project (as defined in the Security Agreement), then
the Collateral Agent shall have such additional reasonable period of time as is necessary to effect such
foreclosure and provided further that the Contracting Party shall have been provided assurances of
payment and security for payment reasonably satisfactory to the Contracting Party. Notwithstanding
the foregoing, no such cure of a payment shall be construed as an assumption by the Collateral Agent
or any Secured Party of any covenants, agreements or obligations of the Borrower under or in respect
of the Assigned Agreement.
(e) If, before the Collateral Agent shall have cured any Termination Event pursuant to paragraph
3(d), the Borrower shall have cured such Termination Event, the Contracting Party promptly shall
provide the Collateral Agent with notice of such cure and the discontinuance of such Termination
Event.
Page 4 of 10
(f) In the event any delay and incremental costs are due and payable to the Contracting Party
under the terms of this Consent, the Contracting Party shall take, without prejudice to its rights under
the Assigned Agreement for change relief, commercially reasonable steps necessary to mitigate such
delay and incremental costs.
4.
(a) Notwithstanding any provision in the Assigned Agreement to the contrary, in the event of the
rejection or termination of the Assigned Agreement by a receiver of the Borrower or otherwise
pursuant to bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings, then the Contracting Party will enter into a new
agreement with the Collateral Agent or, at the Collateral Agent’s request, with the Collateral Agent’s
nominee, effective as of the date of such rejection, with substantially the same covenants, agreements,
terms, provisions and limitations as are contained in such Assigned Agreement; provided that the
Collateral Agent shall have made a request to the Contracting Party for such new agreement within
[***] ([***]) days in the event of default in payment of undisputed amounts under the Assignment
Agreement or [***] ([***]) days after the date the Collateral Agent receives notice from the
Contracting Party of the rejection of the Assigned Agreement and provided further that the Contracting
Party shall have been provided assurances of payment and security for payment reasonably
satisfactory to the Contracting Party.
(b) If the Collateral Agent or its nominee is prohibited by any process or injunction issued by any
court having jurisdiction of any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding involving the Borrower, from
continuing the Assigned Agreement in place of the Borrower or from otherwise exercising any of its
rights or remedies hereunder or under the Security Agreement in respect of the Assigned Agreement,
then the times specified herein for the exercise by the Collateral Agent of any right or benefit granted
to it hereunder (including without limitation the time period for the exercise of any cure rights granted
hereunder) shall be extended for the period of such prohibition; provided that the Collateral Agent is
diligently pursuing such rights or remedies (to the extent permitted) in such bankruptcy or insolvency
proceeding or otherwise and provided further that the Contracting Party shall have been provided
assurances of payment and security for payment reasonably satisfactory to the Contracting Party.
5. The Collateral Agent shall provide Contracting Party with notice, within [***] ([***]) Business Days of the
event, if there is an event of default by Borrower shall have occurred under the applicable loan documents
executed in connection with the Security Agreement or the Collateral Agent otherwise refuses to fund a draw
or payment under such loan documents; provided, however, that such notice shall not grant Contracting Party
a right to suspend performance of the Assigned Agreement before any of the conditions set forth in Section
16.4 thereof have been satisfied or waived. Provided that an event of default by Borrower shall have occurred
and be continuing pursuant to the loan documents executed in connection with the Security Agreement, the
Contracting Party agrees that the Collateral Agent may (but shall not be obligated to) pursuant to the terms of
the Security Agreement assume, or cause any purchaser at any foreclosure sale or any assignee or transferee
under any instrument of assignment or transfer in lieu of foreclosure to assume, all of the interests, rights and
all of the obligations of the Borrower thereafter arising under the Assigned Agreement, provided that as
conditions precedent to or concurrent with any such assignment or transfer, (a) the Collateral Agent shall
have made or caused to be made payment to the Contracting Party of all sums due hereunder or the Assigned
Agreement and, subject to
Page 5 of 10
paragraph 3(f) hereof, all reasonably delay and incremental costs incurred by the Contracting Party during the
period of time preceding the assignment or transfer, and (b) the assuming party shall have executed an
agreement in writing to be bound by and to assume all of the obligations to the Contracting Party arising or
accruing thereunder from and after the date of such assumption, and shall have provided the Contracting
Party with assurances of future payment and security for future payment reasonably satisfactory to the
Contracting Party. If the interests, rights and obligations of the Borrower in the Assigned Agreement shall be
assumed, sold or transferred as provided herein, then the Contracting Party shall continue to perform its
obligations under such Assigned Agreement in favor of the assuming party as if such party had thereafter
been named as the Borrower under such Assigned Agreement, provided that if the Collateral Agent (or any
entity acting on behalf of the Collateral Agent or any of the other Secured Parties) or such assuming party, as
applicable, assumes the Assigned Agreement as provided above, such party shall not be liable for the
performance of the obligations thereunder except to the extent of all of its rights, title, and interest in and to
the Project (as defined in the Security Agreement). Notwithstanding any such assumption or disposition by the
Collateral Agent, a purchaser, an assignee or a transferee, the Borrower shall not be released or discharged
from and shall remain liable for any and all of its obligations to the Contracting Party arising or accruing
under such Assigned Agreement prior to such assumption and the Contracting Party retains all rights under
such Assigned Agreement relating to any breach thereof by the Borrower or the assuming party.
6. The Contracting Party shall make all payments due to the Borrower under the Assigned Agreement to
[__], acting as the Collateral Agent to Account No. [__], ABA No. [__]. All parties hereto agree that each
payment by the Contracting Party to the Collateral Agent of amounts due to the Borrower from the
Contracting Party under the Assigned Agreement shall satisfy the Contracting Party’s corresponding payment
obligation under the Assigned Agreement.
7. The Contracting Party shall not agree to amend or modify the Assigned Agreement in any material
respect, and shall not be required to enter into any Change Order in excess of [***] for any single Change
Order or in excess of [***] in the case of a Change Order in conjunction with other Change Orders, unless the
Contracting Party has received a duly executed certificate of an authorized officer of the Borrower that such
amendment, modification or Change Order, as applicable, is (i) permitted under the loan documents executed
in connection with the Security Agreement or (ii) permitted on the basis of the prior written consent of the
Collateral Agent obtained by the Borrower. The Contracting Party may rely on such certificate and may waive
the requirement of a certificate with respect to Change Orders. Nothing herein shall prejudice the Contracting
Party’s right to a Change Order under the Assigned Agreement.
8. The Contracting Party shall deliver to the Collateral Agent concurrently with the delivery thereof to the
Borrower, a copy of the following items if and when provided by the Contracting Party to the Borrower
pursuant to the Assigned Agreement: (a) notification prior to cancellation, non-renewal or a material change in
the insurance coverage required under the terms of the Assigned Agreement; (b) notification of termination;
(c) notification of suspension of all of the Work; (d) notification of default by the Borrower; (e) notification of
claims, demands, actions or causes of actions asserted against the Contracting Party for which the Borrower
has indemnification obligations; and (f) notification of request for arbitration.
9. The Contracting Party shall provide to the Collateral Agent any information or documentation as
reasonably requested by the Collateral Agent in connection with the financing of the Borrower’s obligations
under the Assigned Agreement including, without limitation, the following: (a) an
Page 6 of 10
opinion of counsel of the Contracting Party customary for a project financing with respect to the authorization,
execution, delivery and enforceability, and other similar issues, of the Assigned Agreement and this Consent;
(b) a certificate of an authorized officer of the Contracting Party certifying that (i) all amounts due and payable
under the Assigned Agreement have been paid other than those amounts payable in respect of the current
invoice and (ii) no event or condition exists to the Contracting Party’s current actual knowledge which
constitutes a default by the Borrower under the Assigned Agreement; and (c) a copy of a certificate of good
standing of, and payment of franchise taxes by, the Contracting Party issued by the Secretary of State of
Delaware.
10. Notice to any party hereto shall be deemed to be delivered on the earlier of: (a) the date of personal
delivery and (b) if deposited in a United States Postal Service depository, postage prepaid, registered or
certified mail, return receipt requested, addressed to such party at the address indicated below (or at such
other address as such party may have theretofore specified by written notice delivered in accordance
herewith), upon delivery or refusal to accept delivery, in each case as evidenced by the return receipt:
The Borrower:
[__]
[__]
Facsimile: [__] Attn: [__]
11. This Consent shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the respective successors and
permitted assigns of the Contracting Party, the Borrower, the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties
(provided, however, that the Contracting Party shall not assign or transfer it rights hereunder without the
prior written consent of the Collateral Agent).
12. This Consent may be executed in one or more counterparts with the same effect as if the signatures
thereto and hereto were upon the same instrument. This Consent shall become effective at such time as the
Collateral Agent shall have received counterparts hereof signed by all of the intended parties hereto. Neither
this Consent nor any of the terms hereof may be terminated, amended, supplemented, waived or modified
except by an instrument in writing signed by the Contracting Party, the Borrower and the Collateral Agent.
13. For purposes of this Consent, the term “day” or “days” shall mean calendar days unless otherwise
defined herein.
14. No failure on the part of any party or any of its agents to exercise and no delay in exercising, and no
course of dealing with respect to, any right, power or privilege hereunder shall operate as a waiver thereof
(subject to any statute of limitations), and no single or partial exercise of any right,
Page 7 of 10
power or privilege hereunder shall preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other
right power or privilege.
15. If any provision hereof is invalid and unenforceable in any jurisdiction, then, to the fullest extent
permitted by law, (a) the other provisions hereof shall remain in full force and effect in such jurisdiction and
shall be liberally construed to carry out the intentions of the parties hereto as nearly as may be possible and
(b) the invalidity or unenforceability of any provision hereof in any jurisdiction shall not affect the validity or
enforceability of such provision in any other jurisdiction.
16. The agreements of the parties hereto are solely for the benefit of the Contracting Party, the Borrower,
the Collateral Agent and the Secured Parties, and no Person (other than the parties hereto and the Secured
Parties and their successors and assigns permitted hereunder) shall have any rights hereunder.
17. This Consent shall terminate upon the indefeasible payment in full of all amounts owed under any
financing documents executed in connection with the Security Agreement.
18. THIS CONSENT SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAW OF
THE STATE OF NEW YORK WITHOUT REGARD TO PRINCIPLES OF CONFLICT OF LAWS THEREOF
OTHER THAN SECTION 5-1401 OF THE NEW YORK GENERAL OBLIGATIONS LAW. THE CONTRACTING
PARTY, THE COLLATERAL AGENT AND THE BORROWER HEREBY SUBMIT TO THE NONEXCLUSIVE
JURISDICTION OF THE UNITED STATES DISTRICT COURT FOR THE SOUTHERN DISTRICT OF NEW
YORK AND OF ANY NEW YORK STATE COURT SITTING IN NEW YORK CITY FOR THE PURPOSES OF ALL
LEGAL PROCEEDINGS ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS CONSENT OR THE TRANSACTIONS
CONTEMPLATED HEREBY, EXCEPT FOR DISPUTES ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THE ASSIGNED
AGREEMENT WHICH WILL CONTINUE TO BE GOVERNED EXCLUSIVELY BY ARTICLE 18 OF THE
ASSIGNED AGREEMENT. THE CONTRACTING PARTY, THE COLLATERAL AGENT AND THE BORROWER
IRREVOCABLY WAIVE, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY OBJECTION WHICH IT MAY
NOW OR HEREAFTER HAVE TO THE LAYING OF THE VENUE OF ANY SUCH PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN
SUCH A COURT AND ANY CLAIM THAT ANY SUCH PROCEEDING BROUGHT IN SUCH A COURT HAS
BEEN BROUGHT IN AN INCONVENIENT FORUM.
19. EACH OF THE CONTRACTING PARTY, THE COLLATERAL AGENT AND THE BORROWER HEREBY
IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW, ANY AND ALL RIGHT TO TRIAL
BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS CONSENT OR THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY.
20. NOTWITHSTANDING ANY OTHER PROVISIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT, NONE OF THE CONTRACTING
PARTY, THE COLLATERAL AGENT, NOR THE BORROWER, SHALL BE LIABLE UNDER THIS CONSENT,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, WARRANTY, TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), STRICT LIABILITY, PRODUCTS
LIABILITY, PROFESSIONAL LIABILITY, INDEMNITY, CONTRIBUTION, OR ANY OTHER CAUSE OF ACTION
FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL LOSSES OR DAMAGES, OR LOSS OF
PROFITS, LOSS OF USE, LOSS OF OPPORTUNITY, LOSS OF REVENUES, LOSS OF FINANCING, LOSS OR
INCREASE OF BONDING CAPACITY, COSTS OF OBTAINING OR MAINTAINING FINANCING, LOSS OF
GOODWILL, OR
Page 8 of 10
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION, OR DAMAGES OR LOSSES FOR PRINCIPAL OFFICE EXPENSES INCLUDING
COMPENSATION OF PERSONNEL STATIONED THERE (“CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES”), AND THE
CONTRACTING PARTY, THE COLLATERAL AGENT, AND THE BORROWER DO HEREBY RELEASE EACH
OTHER FROM ANY LIABILITY FOR SUCH LOSSES AND DAMAGES; PROVIDED THAT THE EXCLUSION OF
LIABILITY SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION IS NOT INTENDED TO PRECLUDE RECOVERIES AS PERMITTED
PURSUANT TO SECTION 20.4 OF THE ASSIGNED AGREEMENT WITH RESPECT TO OBLIGATIONS UNDER
THE ASSIGNED AGREEMENT ONLY.
Page 9 of 10
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused their duly authorized officers to execute and deliver
this Consent as of the day and year first above written.
[CONTRACTOR]
By:
Name:
Title:
[COLLATERAL AGENT]
By:
Name:
Title:
[BORROWER]
By:
Name:
Title:
Page 10 of 10
ATTACHMENT BB
The following information shall be Rely Upon Information for the purposes of the EPC Agreement:
[***]
Unless expressly referenced above, no other data, information or documentation shall be Rely Upon
Information.
BB-1
ATTACHMENT CC
NOT USED
CC-1
ATTACHMENT DD
The below list shall be updated as part of the LNTP No. 1 scope. Contractor shall assist Owner on an ongoing
basis to refine this Attachment DD. Such refinements shall be completed no later than [***] ([***]) months
after NTP.
[***]
DD-1
ATTACHMENT EE
NOT USED
EE-1
ATTACHMENT FF
[***]
FF-1
ATTACHMENT GG
At Owner’s sole discretion at any time prior to the Second NTP Deadline, Owner may elect to have Contractor
perform the following work for the corresponding amount set forth in Attachment C:
These Additional Work Options are set out in more detail in the Scope of Work. Any Additional Work Options
that Owner elects for Contractor to perform shall become part of the Train 2 Work. Contractor shall only
perform Additional Work Options pursuant to the requirements of Article 6 of the EPC Agreement.
GG-1
ATTACHMENT HH
The table below identifies Work to be undertaken for Train 2, after Substantial Completion of Train 1, that
may interfere with the commercial operation of Train 1. Contractor shall perform such interfering Work as
specified in Section 3.27 of the Agreement.
[***]
HH-1